Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/CMakeLists.txt
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/CMakeLists.txt	(revision 53940)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/CMakeLists.txt	(working copy)
@@ -185,6 +185,153 @@
 vdeck.xml
 viewpoint-g.xml
 wavelet.xml
+aliastorle.xml
+anim_script.xml
+anim_sort.xml
+anim_time.xml
+anim_track.xml
+anim_turn.xml
+applymap.xml
+avg4.xml
+cad_boundp.xml
+cad_parea.xml
+canonize.xml
+chan_mult.xml
+chan_permute.xml
+crop.xml
+cubitorle.xml
+dataprobe.xml
+dvirle.xml
+fant.xml
+fbed.xml
+fbserv.xml
+fedex.xml
+fedex_plus.xml
+firpass.xml
+g_diff.xml
+g_lint.xml
+get4d.xml
+get_orion.xml
+getami.xml
+getap.xml
+getbob.xml
+getcx3d.xml
+getfb.xml
+getgmr.xml
+getiris.xml
+getmac.xml
+getmex.xml
+getqcr.xml
+getren.xml
+getsun.xml
+gettaac.xml
+getx10.xml
+getx11.xml
+giftorle.xml
+graytorle.xml
+halftone.xml
+into.xml
+ir-X.xml
+irdisp.xml
+jove.xml
+lgt.xml
+mcut.xml
+mergechan.xml
+mkProbe.xml
+painttorle.xml
+pgmtorle.xml
+pictx.xml
+ppmtorle.xml
+pyrmask.xml
+rastorle.xml
+rawtorle.xml
+read98721.xml
+remapid.xml
+remrt.xml
+repos.xml
+reshoot.xml
+rlatorle.xml
+rleClock.xml
+rleaddcom.xml
+rleaddeof.xml
+rlebg.xml
+rlebox.xml
+rlecat.xml
+rleccube.xml
+rlecomp.xml
+rledither.xml
+rleflip.xml
+rlegrid.xml
+rlehdr.xml
+rlehisto.xml
+rleinterp.xml
+rleldmap.xml
+rlemandl.xml
+rlenoise.xml
+rlepatch.xml
+rleprint.xml
+rlequant.xml
+rlescale.xml
+rleselect.xml
+rlesetbg.xml
+rleskel.xml
+rlespiff.xml
+rlesplice.xml
+rlesplit.xml
+rlestereo.xml
+rleswap.xml
+rletoabA60.xml
+rletoabA62.xml
+rletoalias.xml
+rletoascii.xml
+rletocgm.xml
+rletogif.xml
+rletogray.xml
+rletopaint.xml
+rletoppm.xml
+rletops.xml
+rletorast.xml
+rletoraw.xml
+rletorla.xml
+rletotarga.xml
+rletotiff.xml
+rlezoom.xml
+rt_bot_faces.xml
+rtg3.xml
+rthide.xml
+rtpp.xml
+rtrange.xml
+rtray.xml
+rtregis.xml
+rtscale.xml
+rtshot.xml
+rttherm.xml
+rtwalk.xml
+rtweight.xml
+rtxray.xml
+scriptsort.xml
+secpass.xml
+shapefact.xml
+show3.xml
+showshot.xml
+showtherm.xml
+smush.xml
+sqlite3.xml
+ssamp-bw.xml
+tabinterp.xml
+tabsub.xml
+targatorle.xml
+tclsh.xml
+template.xml
+tifftorle.xml
+to8.xml
+tobw.xml
+ug-g.xml
+unexp.xml
+unslice.xml
+urt.xml
+wasatchrle.xml
+wish.xml
   )
 
 # Some DocBook man pages generate multiple output files, if they
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/aliastorle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/aliastorle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/aliastorle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='aliastorle1'>
+<!--  &bsol;-*&bsol;- Text &bsol;-*&bsol;-
+ Copyright (c) 1992, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>ALIASTORLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>March, 1992</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>aliastorle</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert AliasTM raster files to RLE format.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>aliastorle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program converts an image in AliasTM "pix" format to
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format.  Since "pix" and <emphasis remap='I'>RLE</emphasis> differ on the origin location, the
+program flips the image top to bottom.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.
+<option>-v</option>
+Verbose output.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rletoalias</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Raul Rivero, Mathematics Department, University of Oviedo.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/aliastorle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_script.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_script.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_script.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='anim_script1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>ANIM_SCRIPT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>anim_script</refname>
+<refpurpose>make an animation script for one object</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>anim_script</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v <replaceable>#</replaceable></arg>
+    <group choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-r </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>t</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>s</replaceable></arg></group><arg choice='opt'>-p </arg>
+    <group choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-a </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>b</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>#</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>#</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>#</replaceable></arg></group>
+    <group choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-c </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>d</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>#</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>#</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>#</replaceable></arg></group>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f <replaceable>#</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-m <replaceable>cmd</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>objectname</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&lt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>in.table</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>out.script</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Anim_script</emphasis>
+is designed to produce an animation script for the
+animation of the virtual camera or one
+<emphasis remap='I'>brlcad</emphasis>
+object at a time. It is
+complementary to
+<emphasis remap='I'>tabsub</emphasis>
+in that it performs a similar
+function, but with a different philosophy.</para>
+
+<para>Both
+<command>anim_script</command>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>tabsub</emphasis>
+use one row of an animation table to
+produce one frame of an animation script. With
+<emphasis remap='I'>tabsub,</emphasis>
+the user supplies
+a template file which controls the form of the animation frames. This
+allows the maximum user control, but also requires a good understanding
+of the script format. With
+<emphasis remap='I'>anim_script,</emphasis>
+the user supplies all the necessary
+information on the command line. The range of possible output scripts is
+limited, but the user does not have to deal directly with the details.
+Both routines have special features which make certain common situations
+easy to do. One of the most important special features of
+<command>anim_script</command>
+is the
+ability to specify a reference position and orientation, as explained
+below.</para>
+
+<para>The objectname is the name of the object which is to be
+animated, as it will appear in the output script. For example, if
+"hatch1"
+is a member of "turret" which is a member of "tank" which is one of the
+objects specified on the command line of the call to
+<emphasis remap='I'>rt,</emphasis>
+then the objectname "tank/turret/hatch1" or simply "turret/hatch1" would be used to
+animate the hatch. The tank itself would be referred to by the name,
+"/tank". Note that toplevel objects should be preceded by a slash.
+If view animation is being performed, no objectname
+should be included.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>in.table</emphasis>
+should be a seven-column animation table,
+specifying the time, 3d position, yaw, pitch and roll of the
+object (or camera), although this changes if the
+<option>-r</option>,
+<option>-t</option>,
+<option>-s</option>,
+or
+<option>-v#</option>
+options are used.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>in.table</emphasis>
+is a four-column file including time and rotation
+information only. No translation will occur.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>in.table</emphasis>
+is a four-column file including time and translation
+information only. No rotation will occur.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>in.table</emphasis>
+is a four-column file including time and translation
+information only. The vehicle will be rotated (steered) to face the
+direction of motion.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-q</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Quaternion orientation. Any orientation information in
+<emphasis remap='B'>in.table</emphasis>
+will be in quaternion form, in the order x,y,z,w. The identity quaternion
+representing no orientation change is (0,0,0,1).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Permuted orientation. This option indicates that transformations defined by
+the quaternions should be applied to an object which has first been placed
+in
+<emphasis remap='I'>rt</emphasis>'s
+default eye orientation. Thus, the identity quaternion represents yawing the
+object 90 degrees to the left and then pitching it 90 degrees downward.
+The quaternions produced by
+<emphasis remap='I'>mged</emphasis>'s
+saveview command and used by
+<emphasis remap='I'>rt</emphasis>'s
+orientation command
+are quaternions of this type. See
+<emphasis remap='I'>anim_orient</emphasis>
+for more information.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The desired output is a view animation script, rather
+than an object animation script. No object should be specified. The
+argument can be any floating point number. If
+the argument
+is positive, the command:</para>
+
+<para>viewsize #;</para>
+
+<para>will be placed at the beginning of the output file. If it is
+zero, the `viewsize' command is omitted from the output script. If it is
+negative, then the
+viewsize for each frame is expected to be in the first column after the
+time in
+<emphasis remap='B'>in.table</emphasis>.
+A `viewsize' command would then be
+included immediately after the `start' command of each frame.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the integer with which to begin
+numbering the frames of the output script. The default is 0.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The remaining options give information about the object which is
+to be animated.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a # # #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>or</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b # # #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>These options take three arguments, which are the
+yaw, pitch, and roll of the object's axes with respect to the
+world axes. With
+<option>-a,</option>
+rotations specified in the infile will be applied
+with respect to the object's axes. With the
+<option>-b</option>
+option, the object is
+rotated so that its axes coincide with the world axes, and then all
+rotations and translations are carried out with respect to the world
+axes. The
+<option>-b</option>
+option is particularly useful in conjunction with the
+<option>-s</option>
+option, because it tells
+<command>anim_script</command>
+which way the front of the vehicle faces. See
+the examples below.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c # # #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>or</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d # # #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>These options take three arguments, which are the x, y,
+and z coordinates of the point which is to be considered the "centroid"
+of the object. All rotations will occur about this point. If
+<option>-c</option>
+is used,
+translations from the input table will be considered to be relative
+displacements from this point. If
+<option>-d</option>
+is used, the translations in the
+input table will be interpreted as absolute displacement from the world
+origin. The direction of translation in both cases is along the world
+axes, unless the
+<option>-a</option>
+option  has been used, in which case the
+translations are with respect to the object's axes. See the examples below.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>When the
+<option>-v</option>
+option is used, the virtual camera is the object
+being animated, and so the meaning of the preceding four options
+changes somewhat. The
+<option>-c</option>
+and
+<option>-a</option>
+options are not useful in this context.
+The
+<option>-d</option>
+option can be thought of as specifying the position and
+orientation of a virtual
+tripod with respect to the camera lens.  The translations and rotations
+specified in
+the input table will be applied to the tripod, to which the camera is
+rigidly attached.  For example, the option
+<option>-d 10 0 -2</option>
+in conjunction with
+the
+<option>-v#</option>
+option means that the virtual tripod is 10 units in front of the
+camera and 2
+units below the camera's line of sight. The option
+<option>-b -90 0 0</option>
+in this
+context would mean that the front of the virtual tripod faces 90 degrees
+to the right of the virtual camera. As translation and rotation
+information are read in from in.table, they are applied to the virtual
+tripod, with the virtual camera rigidly attached. See below for examples
+of how this might be used.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-m cmd</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify a matrix command to use in, object animation. The default value
+is "lmul", which means that matrices in the output script are
+multiplied onto the
+left of the matrix between the object being animated and its parent.
+The matrix residing between the object and its parent is referred to as
+the current arc. The possible matrix commands are the following:</para>
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+
+     lmul   - left-multiply the matrix onto the current arc
+     rmul   - right-multiply the matrix onto the current arc
+     rarc   - replace the current arc with the matrix
+     rstack - replace the stack of ancestor matrices with the matrix
+     rboth  - replace the current arc with the matrix and replace the
+		 stack of ancestor matrices with the identity matrix.
+
+This option is intended primarily to give expert users additional
+flexibility, and shouldn't be needed by most animators.
+
+  </literallayout></listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<para>To animate a truck which is modeled with the front facing the positive
+x-direction, the position of the center of the truck and its orientation at
+each time should be in
+<emphasis remap='B'>truck.table</emphasis>.
+If the center of the modeled truck is at
+the  point (234,0,1200) then the following command could be used:</para>
+
+<para>anim_script -d 234 0 1200 /truck &lt; truck.table &gt; truck.script.</para>
+
+<para>If the front of the model truck faces (for some reason)
+halfway
+between the x and y axes, a
+<option>-b</option>
+option is added, to show the relationship
+between world and truck axes:</para>
+
+<para>anim_script -b 45 0 0 -d 234 0 1200 /truck &lt; truck.table &gt; truck.script.</para>
+
+<para>To steer the truck automatically to face the direction of motion,
+the
+<option>-s</option>
+option is added, and the orientation columns should be removed from
+<emphasis remap='B'>truck.table</emphasis>.</para>
+
+<para>anim_script -s -b 45 0 0 -d 234 0 1200 /truck &lt; truck.table &gt; truck.script.</para>
+
+
+<para>Animating a steering wheel: Suppose the steering wheel is stored
+in the database so that the axis it turns on is at an yaw of -135
+degrees and an pitch of 30 degrees.  It passes through the point
+(700,800,2400). Then we select "rotation only" with
+<option>-r</option>
+and specify the
+relationship between the steering wheels axes and the world with the
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-c</option>
+options. In
+<emphasis remap='B'>roll.table</emphasis>
+we put the time, two zero columns, and a
+column specifying the roll of the wheel (How much it is to be twisted).</para>
+
+<para>anim_script -r -a -135 30 0 -c 700 800 2400 truck/steering_column/wheel &lt;
+roll.table &gt; steer.table</para>
+
+<para>Alternatively, if the turning of the wheel was stored in the yaw
+(second) column of a file,
+<emphasis remap='B'>turn.table</emphasis>,
+a different set of axes would be
+used to achieve the same effect:</para>
+
+<para>anim_script -r -a 45 60 0 -c 700 800 2400 truck/steering_column/wheel &lt;
+turn.table &gt; steer.table</para>
+
+
+<para>To animate seven little men doing simultaneous backflips in different
+places, you would want to use relative motion. That is, a translation
+vector of (0,0,1) means move one unit upward, instead of move to the
+point (0,0,1). For each little man, we specify his position in the
+model using the
+<option>-c</option>
+option. Then we can use the same backflip instructions
+for each of the little men.</para>
+
+<para>anim_script -c 12 34 5 /little.man.one &lt; generic.backflip.table &gt;
+little.man.one.script</para>
+
+<para>anim_script -c -3 13 5 /little.man.two &lt; generic.backflip.table &gt;
+little.man.two.script</para>
+
+<para>and so on.</para>
+
+
+
+<refsect2 xml:id='camera_examples'><title>Camera examples</title>
+<para>If we know the desired position of the camera and its orientation
+at each time, it's very simple. The
+<option>-v#</option>
+option indicates that the view is
+being animated; no object is specified.</para>
+
+<para>anim_script -v0 &lt; view.table &gt; view.script</para>
+
+<para>To follow a truck, so that the camera is always ten units behind and 4
+units above it, we specify a virtual tripod in front of and below the
+camera:</para>
+
+<para>anim_script -v0 -d 10 0 -4 &lt; truck.table &gt; view.script</para>
+
+<para>To do the same thing but with the camera turned to look at the right
+side of the truck, we specify that the virtual tripod originally faces
+to the right, so that the camera faces its right side. Thus when the
+virtual tripod is placed in the same position and orientation as the
+truck, the camera will be looking at the right side of the
+truck.</para>
+
+<para>anim_script -v0 -d 10 0 -4 -b -90 0 0 &lt; truck.table &gt; view.script</para>
+</refsect2>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>The reading of command line options which take more than one
+argument are somewhat finicky. For example, it understands the
+option "-d 1 1 1" but not "-d1 1 1".</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Carl J. Nuzman</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1994-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_script.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_sort.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_sort.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_sort.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='anim_sort1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>ANIM_SORT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>anim_sort</refname>
+<refpurpose>combine concatenated animation scripts into one script</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>anim_sort</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-ic </arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&lt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>mixed.script</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ordered.script</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>Note:
+<command>anim_sort</command>
+has been preempted in release 5.0 by
+<emphasis remap='I'>scriptsort</emphasis>,
+which sorts scripts much faster.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Anim_sort</emphasis>
+allows the user to combine several animation scripts
+into a single script suitable for input to
+<emphasis remap='I'>rt</emphasis>.
+A convenient way to
+prepare a complicated animation script is to develop each part
+separately and then use
+<command>anim_sort</command>
+to combine the various parts. For
+example, suppose that
+<emphasis remap='B'>view.script</emphasis>
+is an animation script controlling the
+movement of the virtual camera and the lighting,
+<emphasis remap='B'>mill.script</emphasis>
+rotates
+the blades of a windmill, and
+<emphasis remap='B'>quixote.script</emphasis>
+controls the movement of a
+knight. These scripts should first be concatenated together:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+cat view.script mill.script quixote.script &gt; mixed.script
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>Calling
+<command>anim_sort</command>
+with
+<emphasis remap='B'>mixed.script</emphasis>
+on standard input would
+reorder the commands in
+<emphasis remap='B'>mixed.script</emphasis>
+to make a viable script on standard
+output.</para>
+
+<para>Each of the input files to be concatenated is expected to be a
+viable
+<emphasis remap='I'>rt</emphasis>
+animation script, containing a series of frames of the
+following form:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+start framenumber;
+any number of semi-colon terminated commands for rt;
+end;
+any number of post-raytracing commands
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para><command>anim_sort</command>
+reads the framenumber of the first start command, and uses
+this to as the first frame number of the output file. The commands of
+all frames in
+<emphasis remap='B'>mixed.script</emphasis>
+with that framenumber are combined in the
+output frame. The post-raytracing commands following all frames with that
+framenumber are placed after the
+<emphasis remap='B'>end;</emphasis>
+command of the output frame. This process is continued for each
+successive integer,
+until anim_sort reaches a framenumber which is not included in any of
+the original scripts.</para>
+
+<para>For example, if
+<emphasis remap='B'>view.script</emphasis>
+contained frames numbered from 5 to
+20,
+<emphasis remap='B'>mill.script</emphasis>
+contained frames from 0 to 10, and
+<emphasis remap='B'>quixote.script</emphasis>
+contained frames numbered from 15 to 25, the output script would start
+at frame 5 (since
+<emphasis remap='B'>view.script</emphasis>
+comes first in
+<emphasis remap='B'>mixed.script</emphasis>
+) and end with
+frame 25 (since frames 5 through 25 can be found somewhere in
+<emphasis remap='B'>mixed.script</emphasis>
+). If the user wanted to include frames 0 through 4, which
+are found only in
+<emphasis remap='B'>mill.script</emphasis>
+, then
+<emphasis remap='B'>mill.script</emphasis>
+should be concatenated
+onto the beginning of
+<emphasis remap='B'>mixed.script</emphasis>
+instead of the middle. In the
+majority of animation situations, all of the input scripts would have
+identical frame numbers anyway.</para>
+
+<para>The first input script may also contain some lines preceding
+the first start command, which are copied to the beginning of the output
+script. This is useful for commands such as 'viewsize', which are often
+specified before the sequence of animations begins.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Incremental mode. The frames of the output script are printed in a scrambled
+order which incrementally increases the time resolution of the animation.
+For example, the frames of an eight-frame script would be printed in the
+order: 0 4 2 6 1 3 5 7.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>For most animation purposes, it is desirable to have a
+<emphasis remap='B'>clean</emphasis>
+command immediately following the
+<emphasis remap='B'>start</emphasis>
+command of each frame. The
+default behavior of
+<command>anim_sort</command>
+is to include one
+<emphasis remap='B'>clean</emphasis>
+command following the
+<emphasis remap='B'>start</emphasis>
+command of each frame.
+<emphasis remap='B'>clean</emphasis>
+commands from the input files are ignored. If the
+<option>-c</option>
+flag is activated, then no clean
+commands are printed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tabsub</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>anim_script</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Carl J. Nuzman</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1994-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_sort.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_time.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_time.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_time.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='anim_time1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>ANIM_TIME</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>anim_time</refname>
+<refpurpose>estimate appropriate time parameters for path</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>anim_time</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-s <replaceable>start_speed_absolute</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-e <replaceable>end_speed_absolute</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-i <replaceable>initial_speed_relative</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f <replaceable>final_speed_relative</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-m <replaceable>max_len</replaceable></arg>
+    <group choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-v </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>q</replaceable></arg></group>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&lt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>in.table</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>out.table</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This filter is designed to estimate appropriate time parameters for
+an animation curve in 3D space. Given a four-column table specifying
+time and 3D position for an object,
+<command>anim_time</command>
+ignores all but the first and last time specifications and
+calculates reasonable time values for each intermediate point in the table.
+The
+output time values are based on the distances between points and the
+calculated speed of the object. Various options allow the user to
+control the assumptions on the object's initial and final speeds, and the
+form of the output.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Anim_time</emphasis>
+is intended to be used in situations where the user knows what key points
+an object should pass through and how long the entire motion should take,
+but doesn't care exactly when the object
+reaches each point. It is also useful for getting objects to accelerate
+smoothly to and from rest.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-m</option>#</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the maximum number of points to be read. This default to 64, so
+you must use this option if you want to use tables with more than 64
+points.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option>#</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the starting speed of the object. If this option is not
+specified, then the object is assumed to be initially travelling on a
+pace to negotiate the entire path in the given time at a constant rate.
+The argument must be positive and no greater than three times the speed
+needed to traverse the path at a constant rate.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-e</option>#</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the final speed of the object. If this option is not specified,
+then the object is assumed to end up travelling on a pace to negotiate
+the entire path in the given time at a constant rate. The argument must
+be positive and no greater than three times the speed needed to traverse
+the path at a constant rate.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i</option>#</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the initial speed of the object, relative to the speed that
+would negotiate the given path at a constant rate. For example, an
+argument of 2.0 means twice the speed needed to traverse the path at a
+constant rate. Must lie between 0.0 and 3.0.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option>#</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the final speed of the object, relative to the speed that would
+negotiate the given path at a constant rate. Must lie between 0.0 and
+3.0.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Verbose option. The output table will contain a time column and three
+position columns. If this option is not specified, only the new time
+column will be printed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-q</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Query the total distance. If this option is specified, the only output
+will be a number representing the total length of the input path.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>The algorithm fits a cubic polynomial to the distance vs time graph, and then
+uses Newton's method to find the times corresponding to each given distance.
+If for some reason convergence is not reached,
+<command>anim_time</command>
+will print a warning on standard error. If the
+<option>-d</option>
+option is specified, the results of each iteration will be printed.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Carl J. Nuzman</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1996-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_time.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_track.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_track.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_track.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,537 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='anim_track1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>ANIM_TRACK</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>anim_track</refname>
+<refpurpose>make an script to model or animate the pads and wheels of a tracked vehicle.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>anim_track</command>    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>wheelfile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&lt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>in.table</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>out.script</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><command>anim_track</command>
+is designed to produce an animation script for the
+animation of the track pads and/or the wheels which define the track.
+Alternatively, track can output a file which produces a track model
+when sourced by mged.</para>
+
+<para>A track consists of a number of identical pads which
+are wrapped in a chain around two or more ordered wheels. Normally, the
+track is linear between the wheels. The exception is that between the
+first and last wheels, any extra track length is taken up in a hanging
+catenary arc.</para>
+
+<para>anim_track requires two input files. The first, referred to above as
+<emphasis remap='B'>wheelfile</emphasis>,
+is a table which
+defines the initial track geometry by describing the wheels around which
+the track is to be wrapped. The first three columns of the table give
+the center point of the wheels, and the fourth column gives the radius
+of each wheel. The table contains one line for each wheel; the
+wheels should be listed in clockwise order as viewed from the right of
+the vehicle. This is the direction that the track pads move around the
+wheels when the vehicle is moving forward.</para>
+
+<para>The track is part of a vehicle which has a front, back, left, right, up,
+and down. By default these directions are +x, -x, +y, -y, +z, and -z,
+respectively, but any orientation can be specified by the user with the
+<option>-b</option>
+option.
+The track is always confined to a plane which has no left to right
+variation; that is, the wheels can be in front of, behind, above, and
+below each other, but may not be to the left or right of each other. If
+the wheel positions specified in
+<emphasis remap='B'>wheelfile</emphasis>
+do not lie in such a plane, then the first wheel defines the plane into
+which all of the other wheels are projected.</para>
+
+<para>The track pads are spread evenly along the entire length of the track.
+The track segments between wheels are always linear, except for the
+segment between the first and last wheels. If there is any extra track
+length, it is taken up in a catenary arc which hangs down between the
+first and last wheels. Thus if the first wheel in
+<emphasis remap='B'>wheelfile</emphasis>
+should be the top front wheel of the vehicle, and the last wheel in
+<emphasis remap='B'>wheelfile</emphasis>
+should be the top back wheel of the vehicle. Depending on the track
+length mode specified with the
+<option>-l</option>
+option, the catenary segment may or may not appear.</para>
+
+<para>The second input file required by
+<command>anim_track</command>,
+referred to above as
+<emphasis remap='B'>in.table</emphasis>,
+describes the state of the track in every frame of the animation. The
+format of this second file can vary greatly according to the command-line
+options. The first column of the file is ignored, but is expected to
+contain the time values corresponding to each frame. Next come one or
+more columns which specify directly or indirectly the distance that the
+track has rolled around the wheels in each frame (see the
+<option>-u</option>,
+<option>-y</option>,
+and
+<option>-s</option>
+options). Finally, the file may specify new wheel position for every
+frame (see the
+<option>-v</option>
+option).</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='model_requirements'><title>MODEL REQUIREMENTS</title>
+<para>Certain model conventions are needed in order for the animation to work
+properly. First of all, if the wheels are to be animated, they must
+all be named
+<emphasis remap='I'>wheelname</emphasis>.<emphasis remap='I'>i</emphasis>,
+where
+<emphasis remap='I'>i</emphasis>
+ranges from 0 to one less than the number of wheels.
+<emphasis remap='I'>wheelname</emphasis>
+is an arbitrary string.
+<emphasis remap='I'>wheelname</emphasis>0
+must be
+the top front wheel in a given track and
+<emphasis remap='I'>wheelname</emphasis>(n-1)
+must be the top
+back wheel. The central axes of all the wheels should be parallel to
+each other and perpendicular to a plane containing all of the wheel
+centers.</para>
+
+<para>The pads of the track should be identical instances or copies of a
+prototype pad object, and they all should be named
+<emphasis remap='I'>padname</emphasis>i,
+where
+<emphasis remap='I'>i</emphasis>
+ranges from 0 to one less than the number of pads.
+The prototype pad should be centered on the origin in the x and y
+directions. In the z direction, the inner, wheel-contacting surface of
+the pad should lie on the z=0 plane. The outer, ground-contacting
+surface should face the positive z-direction. The side of the pad which
+would connect with the pad in front of it should face the positive x
+direction, and the side which would connect with the pad behind it
+should face the negative x direction. If the pads are a part of a higher
+level combination, as they typically are, then the matrix between each
+pad and the higher combination may be modified at will as long as the
+prototype pad is not disturbed.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p num_pads parent/basename</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Animate the track pads. This option takes two arguments; the number of
+pads in the track and a slash-separated path to the pad basename.
+For
+example, if there is a combination named "lpads" containing 80 track
+pads with names ranging from "pad.0" to "pad.79", then the correct
+arguments would be:</para>
+
+<para><option>-p 79 lpads/pad.</option></para>
+
+<para>Each frame of the output animation script will contain an animation
+command for each of the track pads.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w parent/basename</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Animate the track wheels. This option takes one argument: a
+slash-separated path to the wheel basename. The number of wheels is
+obtained from the number of lines in the
+<emphasis remap='B'>wheelfile</emphasis>.
+If there is, for example, a combination named "rwheels" containing 4
+wheels named wheel_0, wheel_1, wheel_2, and wheel_3, then the correct
+argument is:</para>
+
+<para><option>-w rwheels/wheel_</option></para>
+
+<para>Each frame of the output animation script will contain an animation
+command for each of the wheels.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b # # #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the yaw, pitch, and roll of the vehicle's axes
+with respect to the world axes. By default, the vehicle is assumed to
+have a yaw, pitch, and roll of 0, and the track is therefore put into a
+xz plane.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d # # #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify (in world coordinates) the centroid of the vehicle
+of which the track is a part. By default, the vehicle is assumed
+centered at the origin.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-u</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>User-specified track distance. The user
+should provide, in the second column of
+<emphasis remap='I'>in.table</emphasis>,
+the distance that the track should be rolled around the wheels in each
+frame. This is the default.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-y</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Derive the track distance from a table of position, yaw, pitch, and
+roll. The second column through the seventh columns of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>in.table</emphasis>
+should contain the position and orientation of the vehicle in every
+frame. The distance that the track should be rolled around the wheels is
+automatically calculated in every frame. If
+<emphasis remap='I'>anim_script</emphasis>
+is being used with the same table to create the animation script for the
+vehicle itself, the
+<option>-b</option>
+and
+<option>-d</option>
+options to
+<emphasis remap='I'>anim_script</emphasis>
+and
+<command>anim_track</command>
+should be the same.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Derive the track distance from a table of positions, using automatic
+steering. The second column through the fourth column of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>in.table</emphasis>
+should contain the position of the vehicle in every frame. The distance
+that the track should be rolled around the wheels is automatically
+calculated in every frame, based on the assumption that the vehicle is
+always steered to face the direction of motion.
+If
+<emphasis remap='I'>anim_script</emphasis>
+is being used with the same table to create the animation script for the
+vehicle itself, the
+<option>-b</option>
+and
+<option>-d</option>
+options to
+<emphasis remap='I'>anim_script</emphasis>
+and
+<command>anim_track</command>
+should be the same.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Enable anti-strobing measures. When the track is rolling fast enough, track
+animations exhibit a strobing effect which may make the track appear to
+slow down or rotate backwards. This is an artifact of the discrete time
+nature of the animations, and occurs when the distance traveled by the
+track in one frame is close to the pad length. If the
+<option>-a</option>
+option is selected,
+<command>anim_track</command>
+adds random jitter to the track's motion when the track speed is high
+enough to cause strobing. This causes a motion blur effect rather than
+strobing.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify new wheel positions in every frame. This option allows dynamic
+suspensions to be animated. If there are n wheels, then the last 2n
+columns of
+<emphasis remap='I'>in.table</emphasis>
+should contain the front-back and up-down coordinates of each wheel,
+relative to the vehicle center and orientation specified with
+<option>-d</option>
+and
+<option>-b</option>.
+The columns should be in pairs: The front-back coordinate of the first
+wheel, followed by its up-down coordinate, followed by the front-back
+coordinate of the second wheel, and so on.</para>
+
+<para>If this option is not specified, then the wheel positions are fixed
+throughout the animation.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Calculate the track circumference, that is, the length of the shortest
+track that can wrap around a given set of wheels. If the -v option is
+specified, then
+the output is a table containing the frame number and the track
+circumference in each frame. Otherwise, a single value representing the
+constant track circumference is returned.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-lm</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Minimize the track length. With this option the length of the track is
+set to the track circumference in every frame, i.e. the track shrinks to
+fit the wheels.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-lf #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify a fixed track length. The argument specifies the track length, which
+remains constant throughout the animation. If at any time the track
+circumference exceeds the track length, the program is aborted and a
+message is printed on standard error.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-ls #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify a stretchable track. The argument specifies the initial track
+length. If at any time the track circumference exceeds the track length,
+the track length is increased to meet the need. The track length never
+decreases once it has been increased.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-le #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify an elastic track. The argument specifies the initial track
+length. If at any time the track circumference exceeds the track length,
+the track length is increased to meet the need. When the track
+circumference decreases again, the track length also decreases, but it
+never gets shorter than its original length.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the initial offset of the track. By default, the first track pad
+is initially placed at the point where the catenary arc meets the first
+wheel. If an offset is specified, it represents the distance clockwise
+around the track to from this point to the desired initial point of
+the first pad. This option is typically used to align the track pads
+with drive wheel teeth.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the integer with which to begin numbering the frames of the
+animation script. The default is zero.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the common radius of all the wheels. In this case, the fourth column
+should be omitted from the
+<emphasis remap='B'>wheelfile</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Instead of an animation script, create a file which can be sourced by
+<emphasis remap='I'>mged</emphasis>
+to edit the track geometry. This will actually  wrap the modeled pad
+instances around the wheels.
+The argument is the number of the frame which is to be emulated. For
+example, to model the pads in the positions they will have in the first
+frame of an animation, the specified frame number would be zero.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-mp command</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the animation matrix command to apply to the pads. The default
+value is "rarc", meaning that the matrix between the pad and its parent
+is replaced by a new matrix. See the
+<emphasis remap='I'>anim_script</emphasis>
+man page for more information.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-mw command</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the animation matrix command to apply to the wheels. The default
+value is "lmul", meaning that the new matrix is multiplied onto the left
+of the old matrix between the pad and its parent combination. See the
+<emphasis remap='I'>anim_script</emphasis>
+man page for more information.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<para>A typical use of
+<command>anim_track</command>
+would be to make an animation of a tank rolling across
+bumpy ground. By some method (such as physical simulation)
+you obtain the position of the center of
+the tank and its orientation at each time. You also nead to obtain the
+position of the each wheel relative to the vehicle center at each time.
+All of this information is placed in
+<emphasis remap='B'>in.table</emphasis>
+. The model of the tank is stored in
+model.g as a combination named "tank". Its centroid is at the
+point (0,0,1005) and it faces the y-axis. An animation script for the
+tank itself is created as follows:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    anim_script -d 0 0 1005 -b 90 0 0 /tank &lt; tank.table &gt; tank.script
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>Here
+<emphasis remap='B'>tank.table</emphasis>
+specifies the position and orientation of the tank in each frame; the
+<option>-d</option>
+and
+<option>-b</option>
+options specify the original position and orientation of the tank in the
+database.</para>
+
+<para>To create the model of the track, a prototype track pad is created,
+centered on the origin in the x and y directions, with the
+wheel-contacting surface face-down on the origin. The pad is 100mm
+long and 5mm thick. Ninety-six instances of the pad are created, with names "rpad.0"
+through "rpad.95", and grouped together in a combination called "rtrack".</para>
+
+<para>Now, a file called
+<emphasis remap='B'>rwheelfile</emphasis>
+is created, describing the positions and radii of the four wheels in the
+right track:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    1300  2000  1005     60
+    1300  1500    55     50
+    1300 -1500    55     50
+    1300 -2000  1005     60
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>Two roadwheels both have radius 50mm, while the idler and drivewheels
+have a 60mm radius, and the wheels are named wh.0, wh.1, wh.2, and wh.3.</para>
+
+<para>The following call checks the circumference of the track:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    %&gt; anim_track -c rwheelfile
+    9502.448956
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The 96 100mm-long pads should be sufficient to wrap around the wheels,
+leaving a shallow catenary arc between the idler and driver wheels.</para>
+
+<para>The following call creates a file which can be used by
+<emphasis remap='I'>mged</emphasis>
+to wrap the pads around the wheels in the model.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    %&gt; anim_track -g 0 -b 90 0 0 -d 0 0 100 -lf 9600 -p 96 rtrack/rpad.rwheelfile &lt;&lt;EOF &gt; rtrack.src
+    ? 0 0
+    ? EOF
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>In this case,
+<emphasis remap='I'>in.table</emphasis>
+consisted of only one row and two columns. The two columns represented
+time and the distance the track should be rolled from its initial
+position. The
+<option>-g</option>
+option was set to 0 since frame zero was the only frame in the
+input table.
+The changes are applied to the geometry in
+<emphasis remap='I'>mged</emphasis>
+with the following command:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    mged&gt; source rtrack.src
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The pads are now permanently modeled in their new positions.</para>
+
+<para>In order to animate the pads and wheels, the following command would be
+appropriate:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    anim_track -p 96 rtrack/rpad. -w rwheel/wh. -d 0 0 1005 -b 90 0 0 -y -v -lf 9600 rwheelfile &lt; in.table &gt; rtrack.script
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The in.table contains 15 columns specifying the time, the 3D position and
+yaw, pitch, and roll of the vehicle, and the front-back and up-down
+coordinates of each of the four wheels relative to the vehicle center.
+For example, one row of
+<emphasis remap='B'>in.table</emphasis>
+could be:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    0.5 234.0 1415.6 1005 45 0 0   2000 0   1500 -950   -1500 -950   -2000 -10
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>This would specify the new position of the vehicle half of a second into
+the animation, and indicate that
+the first three wheels remained in their original positions
+while the fourth wheel had dropped 10mm.
+Note that the previous step (modeling) wasn't necessary in order for the
+animation to work.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>rtrack.script</emphasis>
+by itself causes the wheels to move and rotate and the
+pads to roll around them. When the entire tank, including to track,
+is moved along across the ground by
+<emphasis remap='B'>track.script</emphasis>,
+the full effect is achieved. The two scripts
+could be combined
+with a script for the left track, using
+<emphasis remap='I'>script_sort</emphasis>,
+to make the complete script.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Tracks must have at least two wheels. The front edge of wheel.(n-1) must
+stay behind the back edge of wheel.0, or the results are unpredictable.
+(Usually a lot of NaN's on the output).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>anim_script</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Carl J. Nuzman</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1994-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_track.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_turn.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_turn.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_turn.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='anim_turn1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>ANIM_TURN</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>anim_turn</refname>
+<refpurpose>make animation table for vehicle with front-wheel steering.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>anim_turn</command>    <arg choice='plain'>-l <replaceable>length</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-a <replaceable>angle</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-r <replaceable>radius</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f <replaceable>factor</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-p <replaceable>integer</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&lt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>in.table</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>out.table</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>The motion of a front wheel steered vehicle is not simple - the
+instantaneous velocity of the front wheels is in the direction they are
+pointed, while the instantaneous velocity of the back wheels is the
+direction the vehicle is pointed. The purpose of
+<command>anim_turn</command>
+is to
+produce a complete animation table for such a vehicle, given a table
+specifying the desired position of the front axle at each relevant
+time step. The input table should contain four columns, specifying the
+time and 3D position of the center of the front axle. Actually, the path
+is assumed to be confined to an x-y plane, but the three columns are
+included for consistency with other animation routines.</para>
+
+<para>The output is normally a seven-column table which is a copy of
+the input table with three extra columns specifying the yaw,
+pitch, and roll of the truck at each time. The pitch and roll
+are always zero, since the motion is assumed be in an x-y plane.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<option>-l#</option>
+option is not optional, and is used to specify the length
+of the wheelbase (from the front axle to the rear axle).</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Track</emphasis>
+assumes that the truck should initially be oriented
+along the line defined by the first two positions in the input table.
+Otherwise, the desired initial yaw of the truck can be specified with the
+<option>-a#</option>
+option.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the radii of the front wheels. If this option is selected,
+<emphasis remap='I'>track</emphasis>
+will create an animation script to animate the front wheels. The output
+table would contain four columns: time, swivel-angle, roll, and a zero
+channel. These represent the orientation of the front wheels, in terms
+of yaw, pitch, and roll, and the table can be piped directly to
+<emphasis remap='I'>anim_script</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify a factor to be used to animate a steering wheel. If this option
+is selected, the output table will contain four columns: time, swivel,
+and two zero columns. This table can be used directly by
+<emphasis remap='I'>anim_script</emphasis>
+to make an animation script for a steering wheel. The argument to the
+option should be the factor by which to exaggerate the swiveling of
+the wheels. For
+example, on a typical truck, you may need to turn the steering wheel 360
+degrees in order for the wheels to swivel 20 degrees. To model this
+effect, a factor of 18 would be used.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the ratio of input rows to output rows,
+which must be an integer. The default, of course, is one. The accuracy
+of the output depends on having a large number of input lines, which is
+not usually a problem in animations, which require a large number of
+frames per second. However, if a test animation with a small number of
+frames per second is being created, the user should give an input table
+with a high number of input rows and reduce the output with the
+<option>-p#</option>
+option. For example, if
+<emphasis remap='B'>in.table</emphasis>
+contains 30 rows for each second of the
+animation, then the command</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>anim_turn -l 3000 -p10 &lt; in.table &gt; out.table</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>would produce an animation table containing 3 rows for each second of
+the animation.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>The algorithm used only works for motion in an x-y plane.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Carl J. Nuzman</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1994-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/anim_turn.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/applymap.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/applymap.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/applymap.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='applymap1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>APPLYMAP</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Nov 12, 1986</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>applymap</refname>
+<refpurpose>Apply the color map in an RLE file to the pixel data</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>applymap</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-l </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program takes the color map in an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file and modifies the pixel values by applying the color map to them.
+If there is more than one color channel in the input file,
+the color map in the input file should have the same number of
+channels.  If the input file has a single color channel, the
+output file will have the same number of color channels as the color
+map.</para>
+
+<para>Each pixel in the input file is mapped as follows:  For a
+multi-channel input file, a pixel in channel
+<emphasis remap='I'>i</emphasis>
+is mapped as
+<emphasis remap='I'>map[i][pixel] &gt;&gt; 8</emphasis>,
+producing a pixel in output channel
+<emphasis remap='I'>i</emphasis>.
+The right shift takes the 16 bit color map value to an 8 bit pixel
+value.  For a single channel input file, to produce a pixel in output
+channel
+<emphasis remap='I'>i</emphasis>
+is produced from the corresponding input pixel value
+as
+<emphasis remap='I'>map[i][pixel] &gt;&gt; 8</emphasis>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option will cause a linear (identity) color map to be loaded into the
+output file.  Otherwise, the output file will have no color map.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file, otherwise, input will
+be taken from stdin.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, output will be written to this file, otherwise it will
+go to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleldmap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas, University of Utah</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>If the image data and color map channels in the input file do not conform to the restriction stated above (N->N or 1->N) the program will most likely
+core dump.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/applymap.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/avg4.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/avg4.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/avg4.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='avg41'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ Template man page.  Taken from wtm's page for getcx3d -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>AVG4</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Nov 12, 1986</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>avg4</refname>
+<refpurpose>Downfilter an image by simple averaging.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>avg4</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Avg4</emphasis>
+downfilters an RLE image into a resulting image of 1/4th the size,
+by simply averaging four pixel values in the input image to produce a single
+pixel in the output.  If the original image does not contain an alpha
+channel, avg4 creates one by counting the number of non-zero pixels in each
+group of four input pixels and using the count to produce a coverage value.
+While the alpha channel produced this way is crude (only four levels of
+coverage) it is enough to make a noticeable improvement in the edges of
+composited images.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file, otherwise, input will
+be taken from stdin.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, output will be written to this file, otherwise it will
+go to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlecomp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>smush</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Rod Bogart, John W. Peterson</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Very simple minded - more elaborate filters could be implemented.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/avg4.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/cad_boundp.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/cad_boundp.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/cad_boundp.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='cad_boundp1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>CAD_BOUNDP</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>cad_boundp</refname>
+<refpurpose>find bounding polygon of two-dimensional view</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>cad_boundp</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-i </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>input</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>output</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-t </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>tolerance</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>cad_boundp</emphasis>
+reads from
+<emphasis remap='I'>input</emphasis>
+(standard input if not specified)
+a series of line segment endpoint
+(<emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>,<emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>)
+coordinate values
+describing a two-dimensional view
+of the edges of a
+(possibly transparent)
+three-dimensional object
+and writes to
+<emphasis remap='I'>output</emphasis>
+(standard output if not specified)
+the
+(<emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>,<emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>)
+coordinates
+of vertices of the bounding polygon
+in counter-clockwise order,
+starting with the vertex
+having the smallest
+<emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
+coordinate.
+If the
+<option>-v</option>
+argument is used,
+instead of points
+the output will consist of
+line segment data
+suitable for input into
+another invocation of
+<emphasis remap='I'>cad_boundp</emphasis>.</para>
+
+<para>Input lines not beginning with a number
+are silently skipped.
+This feature can be used to
+accommodate comments or
+additional control information
+in the data stream.</para>
+
+<para>When a
+<emphasis remap='I'>tolerance</emphasis>
+is specified,
+a point is considered to be identical
+to a previously-input point
+if its
+<emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
+coordinates are both within
+<emphasis remap='I'>tolerance</emphasis>
+of the first point encountered
+within a group passing the tolerance test.
+Otherwise,
+point coordinates must match precisely
+or the algorithm will produce
+erroneous results.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='restrictions'><title>RESTRICTIONS</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>cad_boundp</emphasis>
+may output a polygon
+smaller than desired
+or produce a
+"degenerate input"
+message
+if the
+<emphasis remap='I'>tolerance</emphasis>
+is too tight
+or if input is incomplete.
+It may be wise to specify
+double the expected
+<emphasis remap='I'>tolerance</emphasis>.</para>
+
+<para>Holes within the view
+cannot be recognized.</para>
+
+<para>Silhouette thickness must everywhere exceed
+<emphasis remap='I'>tolerance</emphasis>
+(no narrow necking-down)
+or a portion of the silhouette
+will be "lost";
+in particular,
+the view should not consist of
+disjoint parts.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+  <blockquote remap='RS'>
+<para>$ <emphasis remap='I'>cad_boundp -t 0.1
+<!-- .br -->
+# comment
+<!-- .br -->
+0 2 0 1
+<!-- .br -->
+3 2 3 1
+<!-- .br -->
+2 0 1 0
+<!-- .br -->
+0 2 3 2
+<!-- .br -->
+0 2 3 1
+<!-- .br -->
+0 1 3 2
+<!-- .br -->
+2 2 2 0
+<!-- .br -->
+1 0 1 2
+<!-- .br -->
+2 2 1 2
+<!-- .br -->
+0 1 3 1
+<!-- .br -->
+^D</emphasis>
+<!-- .br -->
+1 0
+<!-- .br -->
+2 0
+<!-- .br -->
+2 1
+<!-- .br -->
+3 1
+<!-- .br -->
+3 2
+<!-- .br -->
+2 2
+<!-- .br -->
+1 2
+<!-- .br -->
+0 2
+<!-- .br -->
+0 1
+<!-- .br -->
+1 1
+  </para></blockquote> <!-- remap='RE' -->
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>cad_parea</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Any error condition causes
+<emphasis remap='I'>cad_boundp</emphasis>
+to terminate
+with non-zero exit status
+after it prints an error message
+on the standard error output.</para>
+
+<para>An illegal argument
+or improperly formatted input
+produces an appropriate message.</para>
+
+<para>If a vertex
+having only one line segment
+connected to it
+is found on the perimeter,
+<emphasis remap='I'>cad_boundp</emphasis>
+produces the message
+"degenerate input".</para>
+
+<para>If there is too much data for
+<emphasis remap='I'>cad_boundp</emphasis>
+to handle,
+the message
+"out of memory"
+is produced.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Douglas A. Gwyn, BRL/VLD-VMB</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1991-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/cad_boundp.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/cad_parea.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/cad_parea.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/cad_parea.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='cad_parea1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>CAD_PAREA</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>cad_parea</refname>
+<refpurpose>compute area of polygon</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>cad_parea</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-i </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>input</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>output</replaceable></arg></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>cad_parea</emphasis>
+reads from
+<emphasis remap='I'>input</emphasis>
+(standard input if not given)
+a series of
+polygon vertex
+(<emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>,<emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>)
+coordinate values
+and writes to
+<emphasis remap='I'>output</emphasis>
+(standard output if not given)
+the polygon's area.
+Lines not beginning with a number
+are silently skipped.
+Vertices are assumed to be given
+in counter-clockwise cyclic order.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='hints'><title>HINTS</title>
+<para>A hole can be accommodated as
+a clockwise section
+connected to the periphery
+by a line segment
+traced in both directions.</para>
+
+<para>Disjoint pieces may be connected
+by a line segment
+traced in both directions.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+  <blockquote remap='RS'>
+<para>$ <emphasis remap='I'>cad_parea
+<!-- .br -->
+# comment
+<!-- .br -->
+1 0
+<!-- .br -->
+2 0
+<!-- .br -->
+2 1
+<!-- .br -->
+3 1
+<!-- .br -->
+3 2
+<!-- .br -->
+2 2
+<!-- .br -->
+1 2
+<!-- .br -->
+0 2
+<!-- .br -->
+0 1
+<!-- .br -->
+1 1
+<!-- .br -->
+^D</emphasis>
+<!-- .br -->
+4
+  </para></blockquote> <!-- remap='RE' -->
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>cad_boundp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Improperly formatted input
+produces an error message
+and terminates
+<emphasis remap='I'>cad_parea</emphasis>
+with non-zero exit status.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>cad_parea</emphasis>
+outputs "0"
+for the area
+of a degenerate polygon.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Douglas A. Gwyn, BRL/VLD-VMB</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1991-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/cad_parea.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/canonize.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/canonize.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/canonize.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='canonize1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>CANONIZE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>canonize</refname>
+<refpurpose>queue a pix file to a printer using MDQS</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>canonize</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-ah </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-s <replaceable>squarefilesize</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-w <replaceable>filewidth</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-n <replaceable>fileheight</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-g </arg><group choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>cg</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>rgb</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>scan</replaceable></arg></group></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-t </arg><group choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>u</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>l</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>m</replaceable></arg></group></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-C <replaceable>numcopies</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-q <replaceable>queue</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-R <replaceable>dpi</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-M <replaceable>xmag:ymag</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-m </arg>
+    <sbr/>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-X <replaceable>page_xoff</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-Y <replaceable>page_yoff</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-N <replaceable>printheight</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-W <replaceable>printwidth</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-q <replaceable>queue</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>file.pix</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Canonize</emphasis>
+is a user agent for printing
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format files using a Canon(tm) CLC500 and the MDQS queuing system.
+It can read the image from the standard input, or can send one or
+more files whose names are specified on the command line.</para>
+
+<para>By default, the image is printed using the "cg" gamma map (computer graphics),
+with paper from the "upper" paper tray, and the image proportionally
+scaled to fill the print area on the page.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-a</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Causes
+<command>canonize</command>
+to attempt to determine the size of the image to find out the number
+of bytes in the file.  This option cannot be used if the image is
+provided on the standard input.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-h</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>indicates that the input image is 1024 pixels square.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-s squaresize</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>sets the image width and height to the size given.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-w filewidth</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>sets the image width to be
+<emphasis remap='I'>filewidth</emphasis>
+pixels.  By default the image is assumed to be 512 pixels wide.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-n fileheight</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>specifies the height of the image in pixels.
+By default the image is assumed to be 512 pixels wide.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-g gammatype</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select the gamma correction map to apply to the image before printing.
+There are three gamma compensation maps in the CLC500.  Canon
+recommends the "cg" map for computer graphics images which have not
+been gamma corrected.  The "rgb" gamma map is said to be designed
+for images which have already been gamma corrected.  The "scan"
+gamma map is the one used by the CLC500 when printing images
+obtained from the built in scanner.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-t trayname</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>selects the tray from which paper should be taken to
+produce the print.  The options are "u" for the upper tray, "l" for
+the lower tray, and "m" for manual feed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-C numcopies</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the number of prints of the image desired.
+This number must be in the range 1-99.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-q queuename</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>queue job to MDQS queue "queuename".  By default, the job is
+queued to the queue "canon".</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-R dpi</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print image with dpi dots-per-inch on the output page.  This option disables
+the automatic scaling of the image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-M xmag:ymag</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print the image with a magnification of "xmag" in the
+X dimension and "ymag" in the y dimension.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-X page_xoff</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the offset of left side of the image from the left side of the
+output page.
+This option is available only when
+<option>-R</option>
+or
+<option>-M</option>
+have been specified, and are especially useful in conjunction with the
+<option>-m</option>
+option.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-Y page_xoff</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the distance from the top of the page to the top of the image.
+This option is available only when
+<option>-R</option>
+or
+<option>-M</option>
+have been specified, and are especially useful in conjunction with the
+<option>-m</option>
+option.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-N</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the height of the image on the output page.
+This option is available only when
+<option>-A</option>
+AutoScaling (on by default).
+The image is scaled equally in the X and Y dimensions to make it fit the
+available print area as closely as possible.
+<option>-R</option>
+or
+<option>-M</option>
+have been specified, and are especially useful in conjunction with the
+<option>-m</option>
+option.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-W</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the width of the image on the output page.
+This option is available only when
+<option>-R</option>
+or
+<option>-M</option>
+have been specified, and are especially useful in conjunction with the
+<option>-m</option>
+option.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-m</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>causes the image to be repeated across the page.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-v</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Turn on debugging output.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='notes'><title>Notes</title>
+<para>The Canon CLC500(tm) prints at 400dpi on the output page.  This results
+in approximately 2550 by 3300 pixels on an 8.5 inch by 11 inch page. Images of
+less than 1024 by 1024 pixels do not look especially pleasing when printed
+using AutoScaling.  This is because the pixels become enlarged enough to be
+annoying.</para>
+
+<para>Because high resolution images occupy a substantial amount of disk space, it
+is relatively easy to run the MDQS queue server out of disk space by queuing
+many images at once.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix-ipu</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, IPU Programmer's Manual</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>If the
+<option>-a</option>
+option is specified when the image is being redirected from the standard input
+<command>canonize</command>
+will abort.
+This avoids wasting paper printing an image using incorrect dimensions.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Lee A. Butler</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1992-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/canonize.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/chan_mult.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/chan_mult.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/chan_mult.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='chan_mult1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>CHAN_MULT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>chan_mult</refname>
+<refpurpose>multiply columns of data by a given factor</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>chan_add</refname>
+<refpurpose>add a given value to columns of data</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>chan_mult</command>    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>factor</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>num_columns</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>column</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>column</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>column</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&lt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>chan_add</command>    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>value</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>num_columns</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>column</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>column</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>column</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&lt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Mult_chan</emphasis>
+will multiply all numbers in the specified columns by the given
+factor. The infile is
+an ASCII file, with columns separated by white space. The columns are
+numbered from 0 to (n-1).
+<emphasis remap='I'>Add_chan</emphasis>
+behaves analogously, but with
+addition rather than multiplication.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<para>These routines are useful for converting between units in animation
+tables.</para>
+
+<para>To multiply all but the first column of a four column file by 2.54:</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>chan_mult 2.54 4 1 2 3</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>To add ten to the first six columns of an eight-column file:</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>chan_add 10.0 8 0 1 2 3 4 5</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>To convert the second of three columns from Fahrenheit to Celsius:</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>chan_add -32 3 1</emphasis>
+<!-- .br -->
+<emphasis remap='B'>chan_mult 0.56 3 1</emphasis></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>The files must contain numbers and whitespaces only.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Carl J. Nuzman</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1994-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/chan_mult.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/chan_permute.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/chan_permute.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/chan_permute.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='chan_permute1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>CHAN_PERMUTE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>chan_permute</refname>
+<refpurpose>operate on columns of files.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>chan_permute</command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'>-i <replaceable>infile1</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>id</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>id</replaceable></arg>
+    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-i <replaceable>infile2</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>id</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'>-o <replaceable>outfile1</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>id</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>id</replaceable></arg>
+    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o <replaceable>outfile2</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>id</replaceable></arg></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program mixes, matches, and merges ASCII files organized in
+channels or columns. Each word, separated by whitespaces, should be less
+than 40 characters long. The channels in each input file are specified
+and then mapped to the desired channels in the output file(s). These are
+the sort of things that can be done using
+<emphasis remap='I'>cut</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>paste,</emphasis>
+but when
+working on animation tables it's often nice to be able to do it in one
+step.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>Infile</emphasis>s
+are files to be read from,
+<emphasis remap='B'>outfile</emphasis>s
+are files to be written
+to, and each
+<emphasis remap='B'>id</emphasis>
+is a small positive integer identifying a channel. All of the
+input
+<emphasis remap='B'>id</emphasis>'s
+should be distinct integers, or the results are not guaranteed.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Chan_permute</emphasis>
+interprets
+<option>-i stdin</option>
+as standard input and
+<option>-o stdout</option>
+as
+standard output.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<para>The command</para>
+
+<para>chan_permute -i foo 0 1 2 -o stdout 2 1 0</para>
+
+<para>reverses the order of foo's three columns and sends them to standard output.</para>
+
+
+<para>The command</para>
+
+<para>chan_permute -i file1 0 1 -i file2 2 3 -o file3 2 0 1 -o file4 3 0 1</para>
+
+<para>creates file3 and file4, each containing one of the columns of file2
+followed by both columns of file1.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>A given file may be referenced
+more than once for input, but may not be referenced for input and output
+together or output and output together. In the latter case, the second
+output reference overrides the other. 	The
+<emphasis remap='B'>id</emphasis>'s
+must be integers
+somewhere between 0 and the number of arguments, inclusive.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Carl J. Nuzman</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1994-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/chan_permute.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/crop.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/crop.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/crop.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='crop1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ Template man page.  Taken from wtm's page for getcx3d -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>CROP</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Nov 12, 1986</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>crop</refname>
+<refpurpose>Change the size of an RLE image</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>crop</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-b </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xmin</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ymin</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xmax</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ymax</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Crop</emphasis>changes<emphasis remap='I'>the</emphasis>size<emphasis remap='I'>of</emphasis>an<emphasis remap='I'>RLE</emphasis>image.<emphasis remap='I'>The</emphasis>command<emphasis remap='I'>line</emphasis>numbers
+<emphasis remap='I'>xmin ymin xmax ymax</emphasis>
+specify the bounds of the resulting image.  If the resulting image is larger
+than the original,
+<command>crop</command>
+supplies blank pixels, otherwise pixels are thrown away.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input image is cropped to the enclosing box.  Extra rows and columns of
+black pixels are removed.  The <emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis> must be a file; no piped input is
+allowed for this option.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, output will be written to this file, otherwise it will
+go to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file, otherwise, input will
+be taken from stdin.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'><citerefentry><refentrytitle>repos</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,</emphasis>
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Rod Bogart</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Could be combined with
+<emphasis remap='I'>repos</emphasis>.
+Does not check to see if the input and output regions are disjoint.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/crop.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/cubitorle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/cubitorle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/cubitorle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='cubitorle1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1988, University of Utah -->
+<refentryinfo><date>6 February 1988</date></refentryinfo>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>CUBITORLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='date'>6 February 1988</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>cubitorle</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert cubicomp image to an RLE format file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>cubitorle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>inprefix</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Cubitorle</emphasis>
+converts a set of files in the Cubicomp image format to a raster file in the
+Utah Raster Toolkit RLE format.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Cubitorle</emphasis>
+expects as input a set of files of the form "<emphasis remap='I'>inprefix</emphasis>.r8",
+"<emphasis remap='I'>inprefix</emphasis>.g8", and "<emphasis remap='I'>inprefix</emphasis>.b8".  These files are combined
+to form a single
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file.
+The output is written to
+<emphasis remap='I'>stdout</emphasis>
+unless an output file name is given using the
+<option>-o</option>
+option.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Allows specification of an output file name.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleflip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Rod Bogart</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/cubitorle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/dataprobe.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/dataprobe.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/dataprobe.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,677 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='dataprobe1'>
+<!--  This manual was prepared by United States Government employees as a
+ part of their official duties and is, therefore, a work of the U.S.
+ Government and not subject to copyright. -->
+
+<!--  $Id: dataprobe.1,v 2.1.0.2 1997/10/27 18:37:10 dar Exp $ -->
+<refentryinfo><date>12 June 1995</date></refentryinfo>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>DATAPROBE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='date'>12 June 1995</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>Data Probe</refname>
+<refpurpose>STEP editing tool</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>dp_</command>    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>schema_name</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-saveFile </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>file-name</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-saveFreq </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>integer</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-workFile </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>file-name</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-exchangeFile </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>file-name</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-restrict </arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>The Validation Testing System (VTS) Data Probe software is a program
+for browsing and editing data corresponding to a conceptual model
+described using the language Express.  A separate program (fedex_plus)
+reads in a schema and generates source code to represent the schema in
+C++.  This code is linked with the libraries in the STEP Class Library
+to create a schema specific editor.  The editor is X Windows based and
+uses the InterViews Toolkit from Stanford.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s </option><emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis><emphasis remap='P->B'>, -saveFile </emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Designates an alternate backup file.  The default file is dpAutoSave.wf.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-sf </option><emphasis remap='I'>seconds</emphasis><emphasis remap='P->B'>, -saveFreq </emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>seconds</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the frequency with which a backup file will be saved.  The default frequency is 30 seconds.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-wf </option><emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis><emphasis remap='P->B'>, -workFile </emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies a working file to be loaded into the Data Probe.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-ef </option><emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis><emphasis remap='P->B'>, -exchangeFile </emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies a STEP exchange file to be loaded into the Data Probe.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r, -restrict </option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Restricts the file chooser menu to files not beginning with a '.'.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='usage'><title>USAGE</title>
+<para>The Data Probe supports the editing of data in the format specified in
+Part 21 of the ISO 10103.  It allows the user to create or modify
+instance data, to check for consistency with an Express schema and to
+examine the relationships of entities within the schema.  These
+functions are supported in one or more of the following five types of
+Data Probe windows:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    Data Probe Window: supports general Data Probe func-
+    tionalities, including file management, schema list
+    browsing, and quitting Data Probe.
+
+    Entity Type List window: contains a scrollable list
+    of schema-specific entities for browsing or creating
+    instances of entities.
+
+    Entity Instance List window: contains a scrollable
+    list of instances of entities.  Supports data view-
+    ing and modification. 
+
+    STEP Entity Editor window:  occurs for each instance
+    being edited. Supports several data editing opera-
+    tions including modify, delete and save.
+
+    STEP Entity Descriptor window: contains information
+    pertaining to an entity type including the list of
+    attributes and subtypes for the selected entity.
+
+    Each of these windows is described in detail below.
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>DATA PROBE WINDOW</emphasis></para>
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+
+The Data Probe window is one of three windows appearing
+initially when the Data Probe is run.  It is composed of
+the following four sections:
+
+             1. title
+             2. menu bar
+             3. quick reference
+             4. message bar
+
+Each of these sections is described in detail below:
+
+<emphasis remap='I'>Data Probe Window title section:</emphasis>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The title section shows the name of the schema for which the Data
+Probe was created preceeded by the prefix 'DP-'.</para>
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+   
+<emphasis remap='I'>Data Probe Window menu bar section:</emphasis>
+
+The menu bar consists of two pull-down menus labeled
+Quit and File Management.
+
+   The Quit pull-down menu allows the user to exit Data
+   Probe. No warnings will be given before exiting. 
+  
+   The File Management pull-down menu allows the user to
+   perform operations on the following file types:
+
+     Exchange Files  Data saved to these files must be in 
+                     complete STEP file format and must be 
+                     provided for all required attributes 
+                     in order to be used by application 
+                     programs that will rely on this data.                   
+
+     Working Files   These  files will not be used by appli-
+                     cation programs and serve the purpose 
+                     of storing intermediate data for saving
+                     the editing session.
+
+     Backup File     This file is written regularly during
+                     a Data Probe session to contain the
+                     current Entity Instance List data.  The
+                     backup file is written in Working File
+                     form.  The default backup file is 
+                     dpAutoSave.wf and is written to the 
+                     directory where the command to run Data 
+                     Probe was issued unless instructed
+                     otherwise by the user (See 'Backup File'
+                     in table below and OPTIONS above).
+                     
+
+   The File Management pull-down menu supports file manage-
+   ment and other options as follows:   
+
+   Options 
+   Available
+<emphasis remap='I'>   with              Options  Description</emphasis>
+
+   Exchange File/    read     replaces previous contents of
+   Working File               Entity Instance List data 
+                              with the data in the file
+                              selected.
+                                  
+                     write    writes Entity Instance List
+                              data to the file selected and
+                              erases the previous contents
+                              of the file, if any.
+                                  
+                     append   writes Entity Instance List
+                     from     data to the file selected.
+
+   
+                 
+   Backup File       choose   selects an alternate backup
+                              file to which Entity Instance
+                              List data will be periodic-
+                              ally written.  
+
+                     write    writes Entity Instance List
+                              data to current backup file 
+                              selected.
+
+   
+
+   Entity            verify   verifies that the instances
+   Instance List              found in the Entity Instance
+                              List are complete according
+                              to the schema specification.
+
+                     remove   removes all instances in the
+                              Entity Instance List which
+                              are marked for deletion.
+
+                     clear    clears all instances found
+                              in the Entity Instance List
+                              regardless of their current
+                              edit state (see the ENTITY 
+                              INSTANCE LIST section).
+
+<emphasis remap='I'>Data Probe Window quick reference section:</emphasis>
+
+   This section shows the key bindings and button codes 
+   available in the Step Entity Editor windows to perform the
+   following operations:
+
+        - close existing window
+
+        - open a new window
+
+        - get value from list
+
+<emphasis remap='I'>Data Probe Window message bar section:</emphasis>
+
+   This section shows any resulting messages from actions 
+   taken in any of the windows.  The Clear button on left
+   enables the user to clear the current message shown.
+
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>ENTITY TYPE LIST WINDOW</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>The Entity Type List is the second of the three windows appearing initially when the Data Probe is run.  The Entity Type List displays the list of schema-specific entity types. In addition to the operations outlined in 'Using Lists' below, the Entity Type List allows the user to create an instance as follows:</para>
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+
+<emphasis remap='I'>Creating an Instance</emphasis>
+
+    1. Select an entity type from the type list.
+
+    2. Select Create
+
+        -  use Create button or
+
+        -  type 'C'.
+
+    3. A STEP Entity Editor window appears for editing 
+       the entity selected (See the STEP Entity Editor
+       Window section below).
+
+
+
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>ENTITY INSTANCE LIST WINDOW</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>The Entity Instance List is the third of three windows initially appearing when the Data Probe is run.  When an entity is selected from the Entity Type List or when instances are read in from a file, the instanced entities will appear on the Entity Instance List.  In addition to the operations outlined in 'Using Lists' below, the Entity Instance List allows the user to view, modify, and save instances of entities.</para>
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+
+<emphasis remap='I'>Edit State Markers:</emphasis>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The selection of any of the preceeding options is represented by an edit state code.  An instance can be marked with an edit state option by typing the key which correlates to that option.  The marked option is shown in lower case on the left of the selected instance.  When the execute button is pressed, all marked options will be executed, reflected by an upper case letter edit state code which replaces the lower case marker to the left of the intance.</para>
+
+<para>Below is a description of Entity List edit state codes and the keys that are used to select them:</para>
+
+<para>KEY                 OPERATION                    EDIT STATE</para>
+
+<para> s   save complete (no capital letter) -- All     (blank)
+     attribute values associated with the 
+     instance must be  valid and all required 
+     attributes must exist.</para>
+
+<para> i   save incomplete -- All attribute values         I
+     associated with the instance must be  
+     valid, however all required attributes 
+     may not exist.  This allows attribute 
+     values to be saved even though the entity 
+     is incomplete.  It also provides a way 
+     for a user to mark an instance as needing 
+     further attention even if all required 
+     attributes exist.</para>
+
+<para> d   delete -- the entities in this edit             D
+     state will be deleted when the contents 
+     of the instance list are written to a 
+     file.</para>
+
+<para> m   modify -- open an editor window for             M
+     modifying instances.</para>
+
+<para> v   view -- open an editor window for view-         V
+     ing only.</para>
+
+
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>STEP ENTITY EDITOR (SEE) WINDOW </emphasis></para>
+
+<para>The edit state options described above can also be executed from the STEP Entity Editor Window (SEE).  The SEE Window is opened whenever the modify or view option is executed from the Entity Instance List or when an entity is created from the Entity Type List.  The following are the operations supported in the SEE window:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+<emphasis remap='I'>Changing the Edit State of an Entity</emphasis>
+
+ save instance to a complete state       C-x C-s
+
+ save instance to an incomplete state    C-x C-i
+
+ cancel changes to the entity; reverts   C-x C-c
+ all attribute values to the last 
+ saved (complete or incomplete) values
+
+ mark instance for deletion              C-x C-d
+
+ Each of the above options can also be selected by 
+ clicking the corresponding button in the SEE win-
+ dow.
+
+<emphasis remap='I'>Selecting an Attribute</emphasis>
+
+ Using mouse:
+ 
+  Point the mouse cursor inside the attribute
+  editing box desired and click the left mouse
+  button.
+
+ Using key bindings:
+
+  select next attribute                  C-n
+
+  select previous attribute              C-p
+
+<emphasis remap='I'>Editing an Attribute</emphasis>
+
+ Using mouse:
+
+  Point the mouse cursor inside the desired editing
+  box and click the left mouse button to place the
+  cursor at the desired postion inside the editing
+  box.
+
+ Using key bindings:
+
+  move cursor forward                    C-f 
+
+  move cursor backward                   C-b
+
+  move cursor to the end                 C-e
+
+  move cursor to the beginning           C-a
+
+  move cursor one word forward           &lt;esc&gt;-f
+
+  move cursor one word backward          &lt;esc&gt;-b
+
+ Delete and undo: 
+
+  deleting a portion of the attribute
+
+    1. Point the mouse cursor inside the desired attri-
+       bute editing box, click and hold the left mouse
+       button.
+    2. Drag the mouse to the left or right to highlight 
+       desired text.
+    3. Press &lt;delete&gt; or input a value to replace selec-
+       ted text.
+
+  delete a character in place            C-d
+
+  delete the previous character          &lt;delete&gt; or 
+                                         C-h
+
+  select the remainder of the word 
+  following the cursor to be deleted     C-w
+
+  select everything following the        C-k
+  cursor to be deleted
+
+  select the entire text to be deleted   C-u
+
+  undo attribute (revert attribute to    C-x C-u
+  the last saved value)
+
+ Scrolling:
+ 
+  horizontal grab scroll - use left mouse button
+
+   1. Point the mouse inside the attribute list.
+
+   2. Press and hold the middle mouse button.
+
+   3. Slide the mouse left or right to scroll 
+      the window in the same direction.
+
+  horizontal rate scroll - use right mouse button
+
+   1. Point the mouse inside the  attribute list.
+
+   2. Press and hold the right mouse button.
+
+   3. Slide the mouse left or right to scroll 
+      the window in the same direction.
+
+ The following editing actions are permissable on attributes 
+ that are of type entity only:
+
+  edit entity - press the edit button (marked e) or type
+                C-x C-e 
+
+   If the attribute contains an entity id, the 
+   identified entity will be put on the screen 
+   in a STEP Entity Editor window.  
+
+   If the attribute is empty, a new entity of 
+   the type corresponding to the attribute type
+   will be created and  displayed on the screen
+   in a STEP Entity Editor window.   The entity
+   id corresponding to the newly created entity 
+   will be filled in for the attribute.
+
+  select marked entity - press the select mark button 
+                         (marked m) or type C-x C-m:
+
+   The entity id of the selected entity from the
+   Entity  Instance List will be filed in for the
+   current atttribute. 
+
+
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>STEP ENTITY DESCRIPTOR WINDOW (SED)</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>The SED window enables the user to review information regarding an entity type.  It may be opened by selecting the Type Information box in the Entity Type List or SEE window (See the Entity Type List and STEP Entity Editor window sections above).  A SED window may also be opened from within a SED window as is described below.</para> 
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+
+   Format of a SED window:
+
+   1. Entity Descriptor Boxes
+
+      The body of a SED window is composed of entity descrip-
+      tor boxes.  These boxes are shown in order of inheri-
+      tance starting with the selected entity type at the bot-
+      tom of the window up to the root entity type shown at the
+      top of the window. Each entity descriptor box contains a
+      title bar, an attribute list and a subtype list described
+      below.
+
+        title bar - contains the name of the entity 
+        in bold print at the left corner and the schema 
+        in which the entity is defined at the right corner.
+
+        attribute list - a scrollable list of attributes 
+        defined in the corresponding entity shown on the 
+        left side of the descriptor box.
+
+        subtype list - a scrollable list of the subtypes 
+        of the corresponding entity shown on the right side 
+        of the descriptor box.
+
+    2. Attr. Type subwindow 
+
+       The Attr. Type subwindow shown at the bottom of the SED
+       window displays further information regarding a selected
+       attrtibute.    
+
+   Using a SED window:
+
+   1. Scrolling the attribute/subtype list
+
+      a. Place mouse pointer on up/down arrow.
+
+      b. Press right mouse button.
+
+   2. Viewing a detailed description of an attribute:
+
+      a. Place mouse pointer on desired
+         attribute.
+
+      b. Double click mouse button.  A detailed description
+         of the attribute type will be displayed in the 
+         Attr. Type subwindow located at the bottom of the
+         SED window.
+
+   3. Opening a SED window from the current SED window:
+
+      a. Place mouse cursor on the desired entity from
+         an entity subytpe list.
+
+      b. Double click the mouse button.  A new SED window
+         will appear for the entity type selected.
+
+   3. Collapsing/Uncollapsing a descriptor box
+
+      Collapse - show title bar only 
+      Uncollapse - show attribute and subtype lists
+
+      a. Place mouse cursor on collapse button of desired
+         descriptor box.
+
+      b. Click left mouse button.  This will cause the 
+         descriptor box to switch from uncollapsed to 
+         collapsed or vice-versa depending on the current
+         state of the descriptor box.
+
+   Exiting a SED window:
+
+   1. Place mouse pointer on close button on left
+      top corner of window
+
+   2. Press left mouse button
+
+   Warning: Do not use the standard close and quit
+            options provided for windows.  This may
+            cause you to inadvertantly quit the Data
+            Probe session.  Use the close button pro-
+            vided.
+
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>USING LISTS</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>The following instructions are applicable to both the Entity Instance List and the Entity Type List.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+<emphasis remap='I'>Selecting an Entry</emphasis>
+
+   Using mouse:
+
+    Positon the mouse on the entry and click the left
+    mouse button.
+
+   Using keystroke commands:
+
+    search formward, selects the entry containing   C-s
+    the substring specified in the search window   
+
+    reverse search, selects the entry containing    C-r
+    the substring specified in the search window
+
+    select next entry                               C-n  
+
+    select previous entry                           C-p
+
+    select top entry                                &lt;
+
+    select bottom entry                             &gt;
+
+    deselect selected entry                         C-h 
+                                                    &lt;delete&gt;
+
+<emphasis remap='I'>Reviewing Information Regarding an Entity Type</emphasis>
+
+ Allows the user to view information regarding attributes
+ and subtypes and supertypes of an entity type using a 
+ STEP ENTITY DESCRIPTOR (SED) window:
+
+   Opening a SED window:
+
+   1. Select an entity type from list.
+
+   2. Select Type Information by placing the
+      mouse pointer on the Type Information
+      box and pressing the left mouse button. 
+
+ For information on the use of the SED window, see the
+ STEP Entity Editor window section above.
+
+<emphasis remap='I'>Scrolling Lists </emphasis>
+
+ Using mouse:
+
+   1. Position the mouse pointer to the scroll bar and
+      click.
+
+   2. Click (and optionally hold) the up mover or down
+      mover located above and below the scroll bar 
+      respectively to scroll bar.
+
+   vertical grab scroll -- use middle mouse button
+
+    1. Point the mouse cursor inside the list.
+
+    2. Press and hold the right mouse button.
+
+    3. Slide the mouse up or down to move the display
+       up or down as desired.
+
+   vertical rate scroll -- use right mouse button
+
+    1. Point the mouse cusor inside the list.
+
+    2. Press and hold the right mouse button.
+
+    3. Slide the mouse up or down to scroll the list in
+       the desired direction at a rate increasing as the
+       mouse is moved away from its original position.
+
+ Using key bindings:
+
+    scroll list to beginning         C-a
+
+    scroll list to end               C-e  
+
+    scroll up                        C-b 
+                                     C-k 
+
+    scroll down                      C-f  
+                                     C-j
+    
+    page down                        C-v
+                                     ' '    
+
+    half page down                   C-d 
+
+    half page up                     C-u
+
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>USING BUTTONS TO SELECT OPTIONS</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>Many of the Data Probe options can be selected by using keystroke commands as described.  Some options, however may be selected by using the selection buttons which correspond to those options as follows:</para>
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+  
+   1. Activate pull-down menu (if applicable):
+
+     - Place mouse pointer on menu button
+
+     - Press right mouse button and hold
+
+   2. Select an option
+
+     - Place mouse pointer on selection button correspond-
+       ing to the desired option
+
+     - Press left mouse button to activate option
+
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para>mkP<citerefentry><refentrytitle>robe</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+
+<para>ISO 10303-11:1994 
+<emphasis remap='I'>\Industrial automation systems and integration - Product data representation and exchange - Part 11: Description Methods: The EXPRESS Language Reference Manual.</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>ISO 10303-21:1994 
+<emphasis remap='I'>\Industrial automation systems and integration - Product data representation and exchange - Part 21: Implementation methods: Clear text encoding of the exchange structure.</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>Morris, K.C., Sauderd, D., Ressler, S., 
+<emphasis remap='I'>\Validation Testing System: Reusable Software Component Design, </emphasis>
+NISTIR 4937, National Institute of Standards and Technology, October
+1992.</para>
+
+<para>Sauder, D.,
+<emphasis remap='I'>\Data Probe Users Guide,</emphasis>
+NISTIR 5141, National Institute of Standards and Technology, March
+1993.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='note'><title>NOTE</title>
+<para>The source code for the Data Probe was designed with reusability in
+mind.  The code uses the STEP Class Library (developed at NIST) and
+the InterViews Toolkit (from Stanford).  The STEP Class Library is
+divided into four libraries: Stepcore &amp; Editor, Utilities, General
+User Interface, and Probe.  Dependencies between these modules has
+been minimized so that the executable program, the Data Probe, can be
+easily reconfigured to support different conceptual schemas.</para>
+
+<para>All NISTIR documents may be obtained through the National Technical
+Information Service (NTIS), Springfield VA 22161, USA.  Postscript
+files may be obtained through anonymous ftp from ftp.cme.nist.gov (see
+pub/step/nptdocs/readme.txt to determine the appropriate file to
+download).</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/dataprobe.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/dvirle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/dvirle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/dvirle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='dvirle1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>DVIRLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>May 12, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>dvirle</refname>
+<refpurpose>convert dvi version 2 files, produced by TeX82, to RLE images</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>dvirle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-m </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>number</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-h </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-s </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-d </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>number</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-x </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xfilter</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-y </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>yfilter</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>infile.dvi</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Dvirle</emphasis>
+converts .dvi files produced by
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>TeX</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format.  The basic process involves two passes.  In the first
+pass, the .dvi file is converted into a list of characters.
+The second pass takes this list and converts it to
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE</emphasis>.
+The image is filtered to produce gray-scale letters.  300dpi fonts are
+used, producing an unfiltered page size of approximately 2500*3500
+pixels.  The default is to average this by 5 pixels in the X direction
+and 5 in the Y, producing a 510*708 image.  The filtering parameters can be
+altered with the
+<option>-x</option>
+and
+<option>-y</option>
+flags.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<option>-m</option>
+<replaceable>number</replaceable>
+option is used to change the device magnification (which is in addition to
+any magnification defined in the TeX source file).
+<emphasis remap='I'>Number</emphasis>
+should be replaced by an integer which is 1000 times the magnification
+you want.
+for example,
+<option>-m 1315</option>
+would produce output magnified to 131.5% of true size.  The default is
+no magnification (1000).  Note, however, that a site will only
+support particular magnifications.  If you get error messages indicating that
+fonts are missing when using this option, you probably have picked an
+unsupported magnification.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<option>-h</option>
+flag, when
+supplied, causes the image to be converted "on its side" (rotated by
+90 degrees).</para>
+
+<para>Normally the first pass prints the page numbers from the .dvi file.  The
+<option>-s</option>
+flag suppresses these.</para>
+
+<para>The default
+<emphasis remap='I'>maxdrift</emphasis>
+parameter is 2 pixels (1/100th of an inch); the
+<option>-d</option>
+option may be used to alter this.  The
+<emphasis remap='I'>maxdrift</emphasis>
+parameter determines just how much font spacing is allowed to
+influence character positioning.  The default value 2 allows a small
+amount of variation within words without allowing any letters to
+become too far out of position.</para>
+
+<para>The output file contains a number of separate
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE</emphasis>
+images concatenated, one for each page in the input.  These can be
+separated with
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlesplit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
+The output images have a single image channel and
+an identical "alpha" channel.  For compositing with a colored
+background, it will be necessary to use
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleswap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to expand it to 3 color channels.</para>
+
+<para>The shell script
+<emphasis remap='I'>topcrop</emphasis>
+will crop off the top 384 lines of the output image (assuming the
+default <emphasis remap='I'>LaTeX</emphasis> page size and <command>dvirle</command> filtering parameters),
+making it suitable for viewing on a (384*512) frame buffer.</para>
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    topcrop &lt;file.rle &gt;cropfile.rle
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>A better solution is to use something like the following <emphasis remap='I'>LaTeX</emphasis>
+macros to set the page size so that, with the default filter
+parameters, the output images will be 510*384.</para>
+<informaltable pgwide='0' frame='none'>
+  <tgroup cols='2' align='center'>
+    <colspec colname='c1'/>
+    <colspec colname='c2'/>
+    <tbody>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'>\newcommand{\maxpage}{</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>%% Make page as large as possible</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>\setlength{\topmargin}{0in}</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt}</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0pt}</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0pt}</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>\setlength{\marginparsep}{0pt}</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>\setlength{\headheight}{0pt}</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>\setlength{\headsep}{0pt}</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>\setlength{\textwidth}{6.5in}}</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'>\newcommand{\plainpage}{</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>%% Page with space for headers</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>\pagestyle{plain}</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>\setlength{\textheight}{4.0667in}</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>\setlength{\footheight}{12pt}</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>\setlength{\footskip}{24pt}</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>\maxpage}</entry>
+      </row>
+    </tbody>
+  </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+
+
+<para>\newcommand{\headingspage}{	%% Page with headers
+	\pagestyle{headings}
+	\setlength{\textheight}{4.0667in}
+	\setlength{\footheight}{12pt}
+	\setlength{\footskip}{24pt}
+	\maxpage}
+\newcommand{\emptypage}{	%% Page with no headers
+	\pagestyle{empty}
+	\setlength{\textheight}{4.4in}
+	\setlength{\footheight}{0pt}
+	\setlength{\footskip}{0pt}
+	\maxpage}</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='files'><title>FILES</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>dvirle1</emphasis>    first pass
+<!-- .br -->
+<emphasis remap='I'>dvirle2</emphasis>    second pass</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<!-- .na -->
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleflip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlesplit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleswap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+<!-- .ad b -->
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>The original (Versatec) version was written by Janet Incerpi of Brown
+University.  Richard Furuta and Carl Binding of the University of
+Washington modified the programs for DVI version 2 files.  Chris Torek
+of the University of Maryland rewrote both passes in order to make
+them run at reasonable speeds.  Spencer W. Thomas of the University of
+Utah converted it to produce RLE images as output.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>The <option>-h</option> option doesn't work properly.  Use
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleflip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+instead.</para>
+
+<para>Truncates pages wider than 2550 pixels (8.5 inches).</para>
+
+<para>Doesn't handle missing fonts gracefully.</para>
+
+<para>Should be a single program, instead of a shell script and two
+programs.  Doesn't use the usual RLE argument and file name
+conventions.  Should output the TeX page numbers as picture comments.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/dvirle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fant.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fant.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fant.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='fant1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>FANT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Dec 4, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>fant</refname>
+<refpurpose>perform simple spatial transforms on an image</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>fant</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-a </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>angle</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-b <replaceable>blurfactor</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-p </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xoff</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>yoff</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-s </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xscale</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>yscale</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-S </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xsize</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ysize</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Fant</emphasis>
+rotates or scales an image by an arbitrary amount.  It does this by
+using pixel integration (if the image size is reduced) or pixel interpolation
+if the image size is increased.  Because it works with subpixel precision,
+aliasing artifacts are not introduced (hah! see BUGS).
+<emphasis remap='I'>Fant</emphasis>
+uses a two-pass
+sampling technique to perform the transformation.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or absent, input is read from the standard input.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a</option><replaceable> angle</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Amount to rotate image by, a real number from 0 to 45 degrees (positive
+numbers rotate clockwise).  Use rleflip(1) first to rotate an image by larger
+amounts.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option><replaceable> blur_factor</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Control the amount of blurring in the output image.
+If the blur factor is greater than one, image blurring will increase.
+If the blur factor is smaller than one, image blurring will decrease
+but aliasing artifacts may be visible.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies where to place the resulting image.  The default is to write
+to stdout.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", the output will be written to the standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option><replaceable> xoff yoff</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies where the origin of the image is - the image is rotated or scaled
+about this point.  If no origin is specified, the center of the image is used.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option><replaceable> xscale yscale</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The amount (in real numbers) to scale an image by.  This is often
+useful for correcting the aspect of an image for display on a frame
+buffer with non square pixels.  For this use, the origin should be
+specified as 0, 0 (see <option>-p</option> above).  If an image is only scaled
+in Y and no rotation is performed,
+<command>fant</command>
+only uses one sampling pass over the image, cutting the computation time
+in half.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-S</option><replaceable> xsize ysize</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>An alternate method of specifying the scale factors.
+<emphasis remap='I'>xsize</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>ysize</emphasis>
+give the desired output image size.</para>
+
+<para>The <option>-S</option> option can not be used in combination with <option>-a</option>, <option>-p</option>,
+or <option>-s</option>.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Verbose output.  Primarily for debugging.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>avg4</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleflip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlezoom</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<!-- .br -->
+Fant, Karl M. "A Nonaliasing, Real-Time, Spatial Transform Technique",
+<emphasis remap='I'>IEEE CG&amp;A</emphasis>, January, 1986, p. 71.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='authors'><title>AUTHORS</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson,
+James S. Painter</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Fant</emphasis>
+uses a rather poor anti-aliasing filter (a triangle filter).  This is usually
+good enough but will exhibit noticeable aliasing artifacts on nasty
+input images.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fant.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fbed.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fbed.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fbed.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='fbed1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>FBED</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>fbed</refname>
+<refpurpose>frame buffer editor</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>fbed</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-ph </arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Fbed</emphasis>
+is an editor for frame buffer images, designed to facilitate the
+manipulation of existing images for the preparation of presentation quality
+graphics.  Although it does have the potential to generate fairly complex
+images, it is meant mainly for touching up existing images; adding titles,
+captions or other labels; cutting and pasting of one or more images; and
+reducing images or portions thereof.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Fbed</emphasis>
+uses the frame buffer library
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>libfb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+and therefore is available on all graphics devices which are supported
+by this package.  On start up, the program always attempts to open the
+default frame buffer.  This device is specified by the frame buffer library,
+and is configurable on a per system basis.  Often the user will want to
+over ride this default by setting the environment variable
+<!-- B elided -->
+<envar>FB_FILE</envar>
+(see
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>brlcad</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>).
+The
+<option>-h</option>
+option is for editing
+1024x1024 or high resolution
+<!-- B elided -->
+<emphasis remap='SM'>(HIRES)</emphasis>
+images;  the default is low resolution, 512x512
+<!-- B elided -->
+<emphasis remap='SM'>(LORES).</emphasis>
+The frame buffer's state can be toggled back and forth between
+<!-- B elided -->
+<acronym>HIRES</acronym>
+and
+<!-- B elided -->
+<acronym>LORES</acronym>
+at any time during execution of the program.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Fbed</emphasis>
+allows function-to-key bindings and macro definition facilities
+in a fashion similar to some of the more versatile EMACS-style
+screen editors, such as
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>jove</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>Cursor Movement</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>When
+<emphasis remap='I'>fbed</emphasis>
+is running on a graphics device a cursor will appear on the screen.
+The position of the cursor points to the
+<emphasis remap='I'>current pixel</emphasis><literal>.</literal></para>
+
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>Terminal Display</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>When run interactively,
+with the standard input attached to a terminal,
+the screen will be divided into 5 areas:
+the top line will be refered to as the
+<emphasis remap='I'>option line</emphasis>;
+the second line from the top will be called the
+<emphasis remap='I'>header line</emphasis>;
+the bottom line of the screen will be the
+<emphasis remap='I'>status line</emphasis>;
+the second line from the bottom will by the
+<emphasis remap='I'>prompt line</emphasis>;
+and the rest of the screen is devoted to scrolling text output.
+The
+<emphasis remap='I'>option line </emphasis>
+contains the current
+<emphasis remap='I'>pixel</emphasis>
+color and
+<emphasis remap='I'>paint</emphasis>
+color,
+<emphasis remap='I'>stride</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>brush size</emphasis><literal>.</literal>
+Colors are expressed as a combination
+of red, green, and blue intensity values; ranging from 0 to 255.  The
+<emphasis remap='I'>pixel</emphasis>
+color refers to the
+<emphasis remap='I'>current pixel </emphasis>
+which is pointed to by the
+cursor on the graphics device.
+<emphasis remap='I'>paint</emphasis>
+color is used by functions that
+require a color rather than prompting for it every time.
+The
+<emphasis remap='I'>stride</emphasis>
+indicates how many pixels the cursor will move per keystroke
+during key-activated cursor movement.  Finally,
+<emphasis remap='I'>brush size </emphasis>
+refers to
+the size of the square of pixels filled in by the
+<emphasis remap='I'>put-pixel</emphasis>
+command.
+The
+<emphasis remap='I'>header line </emphasis>
+is displayed in reversed video,
+and contains the program name and version number as well as the current
+cursor position.
+The
+<emphasis remap='I'>prompt line </emphasis>
+is where the user will see prompts when the program requires
+information.
+The
+<emphasis remap='I'>status line </emphasis>
+is used to print messages,
+indicating to the user that an operation is on-going.</para>
+
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>Modes of Input</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>The user interface consists of a list of provided commands, refered to as
+<emphasis remap='I'>functions</emphasis>
+and user-defined commands, called
+<emphasis remap='I'>macros</emphasis>.
+In general, every key-stroke will immediately be processed (this is often
+popularly called
+<emphasis remap='I'>raw</emphasis>
+mode input) and therefore, virtually every
+function or macro is executed by striking a particular key,
+without having to enter it by hitting
+<!-- B elided -->
+<acronym>RETURN.</acronym>
+The key that activates a particular function or macro is said to be
+<emphasis remap='I'>bound</emphasis>
+to that operation.</para>
+
+<para>Many of the functions will require the user to type some additional
+information or
+<emphasis remap='I'>arguments</emphasis>,
+and a prompt will appear in the lower left corner of the screen.
+When responding to such prompts,
+the style of input resembles that of Bourne and C Shell derivatives
+with in-line EMACS-style editing.
+This means that the following
+<emphasis remap='I'>control</emphasis>
+keys have special meaning:</para>
+
+<informaltable pgwide='0' frame='all'>
+  <tgroup cols='2' align='center' colsep='1' rowsep='1'>
+    <colspec colname='c1'/>
+    <colspec colname='c2'/>
+    <tbody>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'><emphasis remap='B'>key</emphasis></entry>
+        <entry align='center'>editing function</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^A</entry>
+        <entry align='center'>cursor to beginning of line</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^B</entry>
+        <entry align='center'>cursor back one character</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^D</entry>
+        <entry align='center'>delete character under cursor</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^E</entry>
+        <entry align='center'>cursor to end of line</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^F</entry>
+        <entry align='center'>cursor forward one character</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^G</entry>
+        <entry align='center'>abort this function</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^K</entry>
+        <entry align='center'>erase from cursor to end of line</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^P</entry>
+        <entry align='center'>fetch last input typed to this prompt</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^U</entry>
+        <entry align='center'>erase from start of line to cursor</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^R</entry>
+        <entry align='center'>redraw line as it currently exists</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^V</entry>
+        <entry align='center'>escape special meaning of next character typed</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>Back Space</entry>
+        <entry align='center'>move cursor backward one character</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>Delete</entry>
+        <entry align='center'>delete character behind cursor</entry>
+      </row>
+    </tbody>
+  </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+
+
+<para>When attempting to fetch the last input typed,
+the user should keep in mind that this is specific to the particular
+function which is doing the prompting and to that particular question
+being asked by that function.
+Most of the prompts are intended to appear self-explanatory,
+but there are a couple of exceptions.
+The
+<emphasis remap='I'>execute-function-or-macro</emphasis>
+function places the user in the prompted mode of input
+for the purpose of typing the name of the command.
+This is useful when the key binding is not known off-hand or a key
+binding does not exist,
+but the name of the command is known (or can be guessed at).
+In any case,
+it is an alternative to key-activated execution of a function or macro.
+When entering the prompted mode of command input,
+a `:' will appear in the bottom left of the terminal screen and the
+terminal's cursor will appear just ahead of it.
+Now,
+all of the above control key functions are in force,
+and command-completion is implemented as well.
+At any time while typing the name of the function or macro,
+the space bar may be hit to attempt command-completion.
+The command-completion logic will look at what has been typed,
+and if it represents the beginning of an existing function or macro,
+the remainder of that name which can be uniquely matched will appear.
+If there is no match,
+the portion of the name that has been typed that does not match
+will be deleted,
+starting at the end and working back.
+In other words,
+the user only needs to type the unambiguous root of the name.
+If the user has done so,
+hitting the space bar will show the complete name,
+or hitting the
+<!-- B elided -->
+<acronym>RETURN</acronym>
+key will
+enter the command.
+If the
+<!-- B elided -->
+<acronym>RETURN</acronym>
+key is struck,
+and there is no unique match,
+nothing will happen.
+Whenever the user is prompted for the name of a function or macro,
+and there are other functions that prompt for this specifically,
+then command-completion is provided.
+Another atypical prompt is generated by the
+<emphasis remap='I'>argument-count</emphasis>
+function,
+and looks like
+<emphasis remap='I'>M-</emphasis>.
+The cursor will appear right after the hyphen,
+and the user is expected to type a number (sequence of digits).
+This sequence of digits must be terminated by a command key-stroke.
+This number represents an count of how many times to execute the command
+bound to that final key-stroke.
+If a digit is bound to a function or macro,
+it will not be recognized by the
+<emphasis remap='I'>argument-count</emphasis>
+function.</para>
+
+
+
+<beginpage/>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>User-defined Macros and Key Bindings</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>The user may define a macro as a series of key-strokes.
+This is initiated by executing the
+<emphasis remap='I'>start-macro-definition</emphasis>
+function.
+The message "Remembering..." will appear on the
+<emphasis remap='I'>status line</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>,</emphasis>
+and the user then types the key-strokes which will represent
+the macro definition.
+These key-strokes will be executed as the macro is defined.
+To end the macro definition,
+the user executes the
+<emphasis remap='I'>stop-macro-definition</emphasis>
+function.
+Sometimes,
+the user will want to defer specifying the answers to prompts
+when defining a macro, so that he can supply the information when the
+macro is executed.
+In order to incorporate this into his macro,
+the user would type a '@' at the prompt.
+This will cause the function to fail while the user is defining the macro,
+but this will hopefully not cause any fatal side-effects.
+Immediately after defining the macro,
+or before defining another,
+the user should enable its execution by giving it a name with the
+<emphasis remap='I'>name-keyboard-macro</emphasis>
+function.
+If the user desires,
+he may bind it to a key with the
+<emphasis remap='I'>bind-macro-to-key</emphasis>
+function,
+or it may be executed by name only.</para>
+
+<para>Another way of customizing the frame buffer editor is to change the binding
+of keys to functions.
+This is done by executing either
+<emphasis remap='I'>bind-key-to-name</emphasis>
+or
+<emphasis remap='I'>bind-key-to-key</emphasis>.
+The former will bind a key to either a function or macro by specifying its name,
+and the latter refers to the function or macro by a key that is currently
+bound to it.</para>
+
+<para>Both key bindings and macro definitions can be saved in a file using
+<emphasis remap='I'>write-macros-to-file</emphasis>
+and read back with
+<emphasis remap='I'>read-macros-from-file</emphasis>.
+Whenever the frame buffer editor starts up,
+it looks for a file called
+<markup>.fbed_macros</markup>
+in the user's home directory,
+and reads it if it exists.
+A list of functions and macros and their key bindings can be obtained by
+executing the
+<emphasis remap='I'>print-bindings</emphasis>
+function which is bound to `?' by default.
+Here is the standard listing:</para>
+
+<informaltable pgwide='0' frame='all'>
+  <tgroup cols='2' align='center' colsep='1' rowsep='1'>
+    <colspec colname='c1'/>
+    <colspec colname='c2'/>
+    <thead>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'><emphasis remap='B'>key</emphasis></entry>
+        <entry align='center'>function</entry>
+      </row>
+    </thead>
+    <tbody>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^H</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>move-window-left</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^J</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>move-window-down</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^K</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>move-window-up</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^L</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>move-window-right</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>Return</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>reset-view</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^R</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>redraw-tty-screen</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^X</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>execute-function-or-macro</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>^Z</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>stop-program</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>Esc</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>argument-count</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'><emphasis remap='I'>space</emphasis></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>pick-point</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>,</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>decrement-brush-size</entry>
+      </row>
+<!--  .	increment&bsol;-brush&bsol;-size -->
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>&lt;</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>decrement-step-size</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>&gt;</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>increment-step-size</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>?</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>print-bindings</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>A</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>start-macro-definition</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>B</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>bind-macro-to-key</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>C</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>shrink-image-by-half</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>E</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>clear-framebuffer-memory</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>F</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>flip-framebuffer-resolution</entry>
+      </row>
+    </tbody>
+  </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+
+<informaltable pgwide='0' frame='all'>
+  <tgroup cols='2' align='center' colsep='1' rowsep='1'>
+    <colspec colname='c1'/>
+    <colspec colname='c2'/>
+    <thead>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'><emphasis remap='B'>key</emphasis></entry>
+        <entry align='center'>function</entry>
+      </row>
+    </thead>
+    <tbody>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>G</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>get-current-rectangle</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>H</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>jump-cursor-left</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>J</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>jump-cursor-down</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>K</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>jump-cursor-up</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>L</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>jump-cursor-right</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>N</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>name-keyboard-macro</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>P</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>put-saved-rectangle</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>R</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>read-rle-fle</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>S</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>write-rle-file</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>T</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>replace-pixel-current-rectangle</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>U</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>write-macros-to-file</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>V</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>fill-bounded-region</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>W</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>fill-current-rectangle</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>X</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>bind-key-to-key</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>Y</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>bind-key-to-name</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>Z</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>stop-macro-definition</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>a</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>enter-macro-definition</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>b</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>set-current-rectangle</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>c</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>window-center</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>d</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>draw-line</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>f</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>read-font</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>g</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>set-paint-to-current-pixel</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>h</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>move-cursor-left</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>i</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>zoom-in</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>j</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>move-cursor-down</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>k</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>move-cursor-up</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>l</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>move-cursor-right</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>m</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>set-monitor</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>n</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>set-tolerance-color-match</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>o</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>zoom-out</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>p</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>set-paint-from-key</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>q</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>quit</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>r</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>read-framebuffer</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>s</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>put-string</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>t</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>change-region-color</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>u</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>read-macros-from-file</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>v</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>draw-rectangle</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>w</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>put-pixel</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>x</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>set-cursor-y-pos</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='center'>y</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>set-cursor-x-pos</entry>
+      </row>
+    </tbody>
+  </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+
+
+
+<para>Macros and functions which are not bound to a key will not be displayed.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='hints'><title>HINTS</title>
+<para>This program may require a little practice,
+be sure to save a copy of the input files until you are confident.
+The first time using the program you should start out by listing the menu
+and finding the command for saving your image and use it if you don't
+already have a copy.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='files'><title>FILES</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>/usr/lib/vfont/*</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Berkeley font files</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>$HOME/.fbed_macros</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Startup configuration file</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fb-rle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rle-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>libfb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='known_bugs'><title>KNOWN BUGS</title>
+<para>This program is currently under development.</para>
+
+<para>It is known that aborting
+the execution of the certain functions will at times display bogus
+messages like "I seem to have lost my bindings."</para>
+
+<para>There is currently a hard limit of 10 times
+<!-- B elided -->
+<acronym>BUFSIZ</acronym>
+(defined in
+<emphasis remap='I'>stdio.h</emphasis>)
+for the length of the macro startup file.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1986-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fbed.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fbserv.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fbserv.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fbserv.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='fbserv1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>FBSERV</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>fbserv</refname>
+<refpurpose>Frame-buffer Server</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>fbserv</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-h </arg>
+    <group choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-s </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>S</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>square_size</replaceable></arg></group>
+    <group choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-w </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>W</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>width</replaceable></arg></group>
+    <group choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-n </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>N</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>height</replaceable></arg></group>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-p <replaceable>port_number</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-F <replaceable>frame_buffer</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>port_number</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>frame_buffer</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><command>fbserv</command>
+opens a framebuffer that may be used by any BRL-CAD routine accessing a framebuffer.
+The
+<option>-s or -S</option>
+options specify that a square framebuffer of the specified size (in pixels) is desired. The
+<option>-n or -N</option>
+options may be used to indicated the height of the desired framebuffer.
+The
+<option>-w or -W</option>
+options indicate the framebuffer width, and the
+<option>-h</option>
+option indicates a 1024 X 1024 pixel framebuffer.
+The
+<option>-p</option>
+option supplies a port number and the
+<option>-F</option>
+option indicates what framebuffer device to use.
+The framebuffer device may be included on the command line without the
+<option>-F</option>
+option if it is the last token on the command line. The port number may
+also be specified without the
+<option>-p</option>
+option. If both the
+<option>-F and -p</option>
+options are not used, the port number must be followed by the framebuffer
+device on the command line. While
+<command>fbserv</command>
+is running, its port number may then be used in other commands
+that access a framebuffer by supplying that port number with the
+<option>-F</option>
+option for that command. The
+<command>fbserv</command>
+command may be executed by users at a shell prompt, or it may be used as
+an inetd remote framebuffer server by specifying
+<command>fbserv</command>
+as a server program in
+<emphasis remap='B'>inetd.conf.</emphasis></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+fbserv 0 &amp;
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>This command will start a standalone fbserv daemon. Any access of a framebuffer
+specifying port 0 will result in opening a new framebuffer.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+fbserv -h 0 /dev/sgil &amp;
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The above command will open a 1024 X 1024 '/dev/sgil' framebuffer and associate port number 0
+with it. Any access of a framebuffer specifying port 0 will use the already opened '/dev/sgil' framebuffer.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>bw-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cat-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cell-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cmap-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gif-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pl-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>polar-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rle-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbcmap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbcmrot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbclear</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbcbars</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbanin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbcolor</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbfade</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbframe</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbfree</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbgamma</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbgrid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbhelp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fblabel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbline</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbpoint</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbscanplot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbstretch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fbzoom</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Error messages are intended to be self-explanatory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1994-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fbserv.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fedex.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fedex.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fedex.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='fedex1'>
+<!--  This manual was prepared by United States Government employees 
+ as part of their official duties and is, therefore, a work of the
+ U.S. Government and not subject to copyright. -->
+
+<!--  $Id: fedex.1,v 2.1.0.2 1998/02/27 23:54:30 sauderd Exp $ -->
+<refentryinfo><date>12 June 1995</date></refentryinfo>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>FEDEX</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='date'>12 June 1995</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>fedex</refname>
+<refpurpose>EXPRESS Compiler</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>fedex</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-e <replaceable>Express-schema-file</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'>-w <replaceable>warning-class</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'>-i <replaceable>warning-class</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>fedex is an EXPRESS-based translator.  It parses the EXPRESS language
+information model contained in the input EXPRESS file and sends
+warnings and errors to stdout.</para>
+
+<para>The 
+`<option>-w </option><emphasis remap='I'>warning-class</emphasis>'
+and 
+`<option>-i </option><emphasis remap='I'>warning-class</emphasis>'
+options are used to enable or disable various categories of warning
+messages.  These options are processed left-to-right, with later
+options overriding earlier ones.  Any number of these options may
+appear in any order.</para>
+
+<para>During the parsing of the EXPRESS file,
+<command>fedex</command>
+detects any problems with the input schema.  These problems are
+reported to the user, subject to the controls imposed by any
+`<option>-w</option>'
+and 
+`<option>-i</option>'
+options.
+If no errors are encountered, 
+<command>fedex</command>
+terminates with an appropriate message.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<para>To see a list of options, run fedex without any arguments.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>\The NIST EXPRESS Working Form,</emphasis>
+\NISTIR 4814, Clark, S., and Libes, D., revised, April 1992.</para>
+
+<para>ISO 10303-11:1994 
+<emphasis remap='I'>\Industrial Automation Systems and Integration -- Product Data Representation and Exchange -- Part 11: Description Methods: The EXPRESS Language Reference Manual.</emphasis></para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>\The NIST EXPRESS Toolkit - Design and Implementation, Engineering Data Management: Key to Success in a Global Market, Proc. of the 1993 ASME Intl. Computers in Engineering Conference,</emphasis>
+August 8-12, 1993, San Diego, pp. 167-180.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>\The NIST EXPRESS Toolkit: Using Applications,</emphasis>
+\NISTIR 5206, Libes, D., June 1993.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>\Fed-X: The NIST EXPRESS Translator,</emphasis>
+\NISTIR 4822, Libes, D., April 1992.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Some Express language constructs are accepted by fedex but are not
+represented in the Express Working Form, and so are not available
+during the output pass.  These constructs include cardinality
+expressions, MAP directives, and supertype expressions.  In addition,
+PRIVATE directives and WITH statements are represented in the Working
+Form, but are ignored during symbol lookup.  This may produce spurious
+warnings about undefined or multiply defined identifiers.</para>
+
+<para>According to the rules of EXPRESS (STEP Part 11, Section 9.2.4.5), the
+AND operator has a higher precedence than ANDOR.  fedex considers them
+to have an equal level of precedence and processes them from left to
+right.  A work around would be to use paretheses around all AND
+operators appearing in an expression.</para>
+
+<para>Expressions are not `type'd properly: although an expression's type
+can be derived from its components, this has not been implemented.
+This can result in spurious warnings.  A notable example occurs when a
+complex expression used as a loop control (WHILE or UNTIL) does not
+appear to compute a boolean result simply because no type has been
+computed for the expression.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='note'><title>NOTE</title>
+<para>All NISTIR documents may be obtained through the National Technical
+Information Service (NTIS), Springfield VA 22161, USA.  Postscript
+files may be obtained from the STEP Class Library web page
+(http://www.nist.gov/scl), the Manufacturing Systems Integration
+Division publications page
+(http://www.mel.nist.gov/msidlibrary/pubs.htm) or by anonymous ftp
+from ftp.cme.nist.gov (see
+pub/subject/sc4/national/usa/nist/docs/readme.txt to determine the
+appropriate file to download).</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fedex.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fedex_plus.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fedex_plus.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fedex_plus.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='fedex_plus1'>
+<!--  This manual was prepared by United States Government employees as a
+ part of their official duties and is, therefore, a work of the U.S.
+ Government and not subject to copyright. -->
+
+<!--  $Id: fedex_plus.1,v 2.1.0.2 1998/02/27 23:54:30 sauderd Exp $ -->
+<refentryinfo><date>19 November 1997</date></refentryinfo>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>FEDEX_PLUS</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='date'>19 November 1997</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>fedex_plus</refname>
+<refpurpose>EXPRESS compiler and translater</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>fedex_plus</command>    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>express-file</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<para>Command Arguments:</para>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>options</command>    <arg choice='plain'>- <replaceable>see</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>OPTIONS</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>below</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<para>    express-file - the name of an EXPRESS file</para>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>fedex_plus is based on the NIST EXPRESS compiler fedex.  fedex_plus
+translates an EXPRESS file into C++ code and a class library.  The C++
+library includes classes for representing all the types and entities
+in the input EXPRESS file, and a dictionary for describing those
+classes.  The translation depends on base classes provided in the NIST
+STEP Class Library.</para>
+
+<para>fedex_plus does not create C++ representations of the rules,
+procedures, or any EXPRESS constructs other than schemas, types and
+entities.  It supports multiple schemas contained in a single file and
+complex entities.  It generates code which can be integrated with
+orbix and ObjectStore.</para>
+
+<para>Combined with the NIST STEP Class Library, the translator provides a
+"C++ working form" of an EXPRESS schema.  fedex_plus was designed for
+use together with a graphical data editing system (see dataprobe(1)),
+but care has been taken to keep fedex_plus separate so that it can be
+used as a component of other software systems.</para>
+
+<para>The fedex_plus compiler makes two passes through the EXPRESS file.  In
+the first pass fedex_plus reads the syntax of the EXPRESS file and
+detects any errors.  In the second pass fedex_plus converts the
+EXPRESS code into C++ source code.  The C++ source code is generated
+in files in the directory in which fedex_plus was run.  The files are
+named according to the schema names in the input EXPRESS file.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s|S</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Tells fedex_plus to use only single-inheritance, rather than multiple
+inheritance.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c|C</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generates C++ classes for use with CORBA (Orbix).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l|L</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Prints logging code in the generated C++ classes.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Produces a version description.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Turns on debugging ("-d 0" describes this further).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p&lt;object&gt;</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Turns on printing when processing certain objects, where &lt;object&gt;
+may be,
+   - e  entity
+   - p  procedure
+   - r  rule
+   - f  function
+   - t  type
+   - s  schema or file
+   - #  pass #
+   - E  everything (all of the above)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w&lt;warning&gt;</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>enable warning</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i&lt;warning&gt;</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>disable warning, where &lt;warning&gt; may be,
+   - none
+   - all
+   - circular_subtype
+   - circular_select
+   - entity_as_type
+   - downcast
+   - unknown_subtype</para>
+<!-- .PD -->
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<para>If no arguments are given in the command line, a list and description
+of the options available are sent to stdout.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='output'><title>OUTPUT</title>
+<para>fedex_plus sends the following to stdout subject to the options
+specified when executed:</para>
+
+<para> - a statement indicating that the Express schema is being 
+   compiled</para>
+
+<para> - If errors in input encountered, a detailed list of errors
+   and/or warnings including 
+         - filename
+         - line number
+         - description of error/warning</para>
+
+<para> - If no errors encountered,
+         - a statement indicating that there were no errors
+           in input
+         - a statement indicating that the C++ source code
+           is being generated
+         - any warnings/errors detected while converting to
+           C++</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fedex</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dataprobe</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+
+<para>mkP<citerefentry><refentrytitle>robe</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+
+<para>ISO 10303-11:1994 
+<emphasis remap='I'>\Industrial Automation Systems and Integration -- Product Data Representation and Exchange -- Part 11: Description Methods: The EXPRESS Language Reference Manual.</emphasis></para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>\The NIST EXPRESS Toolkit - Design and Implementation, Engineering Data Management: Key to Success in a Global Market, Proc. of the 1993 ASME Intl. Computers in Engineering Conference,</emphasis>
+August 8-12, 1993, San Diego, pp. 167-180.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>\Validation Testing System: Reusable Software Component Design, NISTIR 4937, Morris, K.C., Sauderd, D., Ressler, S., October 1992.</emphasis></para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>\Architecture for the Validation Testing System Software, NISTIR 4742, Morris, K.C., January 1992. </emphasis></para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>\The NIST EXPRESS Toolkit: Using Applications, NISTIR 5206, Libes, D., June 1993.</emphasis></para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>\Fed-X: The NIST EXPRESS Translator, NISTIR 4822, Libes, D., April 1992.</emphasis></para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='note'><title>NOTE</title>
+<para>All NISTIR documents may be obtained through the National Technical
+Information Service (NTIS), Springfield VA 22161, USA.  Postscript
+files may be obtained from the STEP Class Library web page
+(http://www.nist.gov/scl), the Manufacturing Systems Integration
+Division publications page
+(http://www.mel.nist.gov/msidlibrary/pubs.htm) or by anonymous ftp
+from ftp.cme.nist.gov (see
+pub/subject/sc4/national/usa/nist/docs/readme.txt to determine the
+appropriate file to download).</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fedex</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/fedex_plus.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/firpass.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/firpass.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/firpass.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='firpass1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>FIRPASS</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>firpass</refname>
+<refpurpose>interrogates an mged file to obtain the facet records of a PRISM-ready input file, a generic thermal data file, or a geometric properties file</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>firpass</command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>Firpass is an interactive program used to create a PRISM ready input
+file (when used in conjunction with secpass), a generic thermal data
+file, or a
+geometric properties file.  The following information about each region
+of the mged description may be obtained from firpass when creating a
+PRISM ready file.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	number (arbitrarily assigned by rt_shootray plus one)
+	name (25 right most characters of region name)
+	type (set to 1)
+	exterior surface area (m**2) (surface bounding exterior air)
+	mass (kg)
+	specific heat (J/kg degree C)
+	emissivity
+	surface normal unit vector (averaged over free surface of region)
+	convection coefficient (set to 1)
+	region number seen by back surface (set to 0)
+	region number seen by front surface (set to 0)
+	shape factor (set to 0)
+	hub radius (set to 0)
+	bearing friction constant (set to 0)
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The variables set to 0 or 1 need to be changed by the user for special
+cases.</para>
+
+<para>The following information about each region is obtained when creating
+a generic thermal data file.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	number (arbitrarily assigned by rt_shootray plus one)
+	name (25 right most characters of region name)
+	volume (m**3)
+	density (kg/m3)
+	thermal conductivity
+	specific heat
+	material
+	number of external convection surfaces and areas (m**2)
+	number of internal convection surfaces and areas (m**2)
+	number of solar loaded surfaces and areas (m**2)
+	external surface area
+	surface normal unit vector (averaged over free surface of region)
+	absorptivity
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The following information about each region is obtained when creating
+a geometric properties file.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	number (arbitrarily assigned by rt_shootray plus one)
+	name (25 right most characters of region name)
+	centroid
+	volume (m**3)
+	mass (kg)
+	external surface area (m**2)
+	engine surface area (m**2)
+	crew surface area (m**2)
+	closed compartment surface area (m**2)
+	material code
+	density (kg/m3)
+	specific heat
+	absorptivity
+	emissivity
+	thermal conductivity (W/mK)
+	material
+	all adjacent regions (up to 20)
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>The following is an example from an interactive session.</para>
+
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+$ firpass test.veh.g vehicle air
+Write output to standard out (0) or a file (1) or not at all (2)?  2
+Enter name of error file to be created (15 char max).  veh.f.err
+Enter name of second pass file to be created (15 char max).  veh.f.2nd
+Enter name of region # &amp; name file to be created (15 char max).  veh.f.rnn
+Enter name of material id file to be read (15 char max).  prp
+Enter type of file to be written.
+	0 - PRISM file
+	1 - Generic file
+	2 - Geometric properties file
+0
+Enter name of facet file to be created. (15 char max)  veh.f.fac
+Which release of PRISM is being used, 2.0 (2) or 3.0 (3)?  3
+Should there be 3 sets of orthogonal rays fired (0) or 1 set
+of rays fired (1)?
+	0
+3 sets of orthogonal rays will be fired.
+File Used:  test.veh.g
+Material ID File:  prp
+Database Title:  test vehicle for use with irprep programs
+Mallocing arrays.
+Zeroing variables.
+Center of bounding rpp ( 356.500000, 0.000000, 1250.000000 )
+Length of diagonal of bounding rpp:  3829.051456
+Minimums &amp; maximums
+  x:  -3472.551456 - 4185.551456
+  y:  -3829.051456 - 3829.051456
+  z:  -2579.051456 - 5079.051456
+Model minimum &amp; maximum.
+	X:  -3001.000000 to 3714.000000
+	Y:  -1350.000000 to 1350.000000
+	Z:  0.000000 to 2500.000000
+
+Enter grid spacing (mm) for fired rays.
+10
+
+SHOOTING DOWN THE 1st AXIS
+
+SHOOTING DOWN THE 2nd AXIS
+
+SHOOTING DOWN THE 3rd AXIS.
+There are no exterior surfaces on region 19.  Setting exterior surface area
+	to total surface area 31.014883
+There are no exterior surfaces on region 20.  Setting exterior surface area
+	to total surface area 12.235728
+There are no exterior surfaces on region 21.  Setting exterior surface area
+	to total surface area 10.856470
+
+
+SUMMARY OF FILES USED &amp; CREATED
+	.g file used:  test.veh.g
+	regions used:
+		vehicle
+		air
+	material id file used:  prp
+	second pass file created:  veh.f.2nd
+	error file created:  veh.f.err
+	region # &amp; name file created:  veh.f.rnn
+	facet file created:  veh.f.fac
+	  (format is PRISM 3.0)
+
+
+Freeing memory.
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='changes_since_brlcad_release_40'><title>CHANGES SINCE BRL-CAD RELEASE 4.0</title>
+<para>1.  Region number and name file is created for use with shapefact and
+showtherm.</para>
+
+<para>2.  The region number is the same across all irprep files, i.e.
+region numbers start at one not zero.  This affects the diagnostic
+file, the second pass file, and the error file.</para>
+
+<para>3.  When there is engine air area it is printed in the radius
+field of the PRISM facet file.</para>
+
+<para>4.  The user is given a choice of a PRISM format of PRISM 2.0 or
+PRISM 3.0 for the facet file.</para>
+
+<para>5.  Addition air types have been added:  closed compartment air,
+exhaust air, generic air 1, and generic air 2.</para>
+
+<para>6.  An additional line was added to the end of the PRISM facet
+file to indicate the end of the file.  This line is required by
+PRISM.</para>
+
+<para>7.  If the exterior surface area is zero
+the total surface area is written out in the exterior surface
+area field in the PRISM facet file.  PRISM will not accept zero in
+this field.</para>
+
+<para>8.  The user is given a choice of firing one set of rays or three
+sets of orthogonal rays.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>secpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shapefact</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>all_sf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>showtherm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, ir-X(1), <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ir-sgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pictx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pictsgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, User's Manual for IRPREP (BRL-SP-96), Computer Programs
+for Generating an Input File for PRISM and Displaying PRISM Results
+(BRL report in progress)</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Susan A. Coates</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1991-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/firpass.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/g_diff.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/g_diff.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/g_diff.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='g_diff1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>G_DIFF</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>g_diff</refname>
+<refpurpose>a BRL-CAD differential geometry comparator</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>g_diff</command><arg choice='opt'>-m </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model1.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model2.g</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>G_diff</emphasis>
+compares the two BRL-CAD models specified on the command line. The results of this comparison
+are written to standard out in a human readable form describing the changes from model1 to model2.
+If the
+<option>-m</option>
+option is exercised, the output will be a script, readable by mged(1), that will perform the
+necessary changes to model1 to make it a copy of model2. The produced script makes extensive use
+of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>db get, db put,</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>db adjust</emphasis>
+commands in mged(1). A few solid types are not supported by these commands, and changes involving these
+solids are merely noted (the script will not actually be capable of performing all the changes in this case).
+The
+<option>-e</option>
+option selections evolutionary mode, which attempts to guess if a change in a region is due to an evolutionary change or a reworking.
+The output is similar to -m, but it is NOT mged readable.
+The
+<option>-f</option>
+option requests that all floating point numerical comparisons be done in single precision rather
+than the default double precision. This may be useful when comparing different format databases.
+The
+<option>-v</option>
+option requests that the default attributes of each region in both files be checked for
+consistency. Any inconsistencies are written to stderr.</para>
+
+<para>The program returns 0 if the files being compared have no differences and non-zero otherwise.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>The command</para>
+
+<!-- .in +5 -->
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>g_diff -m uncle.g aunt.g &gt; mged.script</emphasis></para>
+<!-- .in &bsol;-5 -->
+
+<para>will create a file named "mged.script" that may be sourced in mged(1) to change
+uncle.g into aunt.g.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1999-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/g_diff.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/g_lint.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/g_lint.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/g_lint.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='g_lint1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>G_LINT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>g_lint</refname>
+<refpurpose>a BRL-CAD geometry checker</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>g_lint</command>    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>G_lint</emphasis>
+uses
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to fire an array of parallel rays
+at the specified
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects</emphasis>
+in the database
+<emphasis remap='I'>model.g</emphasis>
+and reports
+overlaps,
+vacuums,
+and potential problems with air regions.
+By default, the output consists of single-line reports,
+each of which contains a tag identifying the report type
+and then other data as appropriate for that type report.
+Unless the
+<option>-p</option>
+option is specified,
+the exact formats are:</para>
+
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>overlap</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'> r1 r2 length x_in y_in z_in x_out y_out z_out</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Consecutive partitions overlap by more than
+<emphasis remap='I'>tol</emphasis>
+(see the
+<option>-t</option>
+option).
+The data reported are
+the names of the two regions involved,
+the length of the overlap along the ray,
+and the model coordinates of the ray's entry into and exit from
+the overlap.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>air_contiguous</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'> r1 a1 r2 a2 x y z</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Consecutive partitions have unlike (nonzero) air codes
+and the space between them is less than
+<emphasis remap='I'>tol</emphasis>
+(see the
+<option>-t</option>
+option).
+The data reported are
+the names and air codes of the two regions involved
+and the model coordinates of the point of contiguity.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>air_unconfined</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'> r1 (s1) r2 (s2) length x1 y1 z1 x2 y2 z2</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>A partition with nonzero air code
+follows or precedes another partition
+and the space between them is more than
+<emphasis remap='I'>tol</emphasis>
+(see the
+<option>-t</option>
+option).
+The data reported are
+the names of the two regions (and solids) involved,
+the length of the gap along the ray,
+and the model coordinates of the ray's exiting the first partition
+and entering the second.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>air_first</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'> r a x y z</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The first partition has a nonzero air code.
+The data reported are
+the name and air code of the region involved
+and the model coordinates of the ray's entering the partition.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>air_last</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'> r a x y z</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The last partition has a nonzero air code.
+The data reported are
+the name and air code of the region involved
+and the model coordinates of the ray's exiting the partition.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>vacuum</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'> r1 (s1) r2 (s2) length x1 y1 z1 x2 y2 z2</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The space between consecutive partitions is more than
+<emphasis remap='I'>tol</emphasis>
+(see the
+<option>-t</option>
+option).
+The data reported are
+the names of the two regions (and solids) involved,
+the length of the gap along the ray,
+and the model coordinates of the ray's exiting the first partition
+and entering the second.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<refsect2 xml:id='commandline_options'><title>Command-line options</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a</option><replaceable> az</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Sets the azimuth from which to fire rays to
+<emphasis remap='I'>az</emphasis>
+degrees.
+The default is 0.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies that one ray should be fired from the center of each grid cell.
+By default,
+<command>g_lint</command>
+fires a ray from one random point in each cell.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-e</option><replaceable> el</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Sets the elevation from which to fire rays to
+<emphasis remap='I'>el</emphasis>
+degrees.
+The default is 0.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g</option><replaceable> gridsize</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Sets the width and height of each grid cell to
+<emphasis remap='I'>gridsize</emphasis>
+millimeters.
+The default is 100 mm.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Causes
+<command>g_lint</command>
+to include in each report
+the model coordinates of the ray origination point.
+These appear between the tag and the rest of the data.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Causes
+<command>g_lint</command>
+to produce its reports as
+<emphasis remap='I'>plot3(5)</emphasis>
+drawing commands instead of ASCII text.
+This is useful in conjunction with the "overlay" command of
+<emphasis remap='I'>mged.</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r</option><replaceable> bits</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies which types of reports to produce.
+If, after an optional minus sign,
+<emphasis remap='I'>bits</emphasis>
+begins with either "0x" or "0X",
+the remainder is interpreted in hexadecimal.
+Otherwise, if
+<emphasis remap='I'>bits</emphasis>
+begins with "0",
+the remainder is interpreted in octal.
+Otherwise,
+<emphasis remap='I'>bits</emphasis>
+is interpreted in decimal.
+The meaning of the individual bits is as follows:
+<!-- .in +5 -->
+ 1 overlaps
+<!-- .in &bsol;-5
+.in +5 -->
+ 2 contiguous unlike airs
+<!-- .in &bsol;-5
+.in +5 -->
+ 4 unconfined airs
+<!-- .in &bsol;-5
+.in +5 -->
+ 8 air first on rays
+<!-- .in &bsol;-5
+.in +5 -->
+16 air last on rays
+<!-- .in &bsol;-5
+.in +5 -->
+32 vacuums.
+<!-- .in &bsol;-5 -->
+If there was no initial minus sign, then
+<emphasis remap='I'>bits</emphasis>
+specifies which report types to produce.
+The minus sign implies complementation:
+when it is present,
+<emphasis remap='I'>bits</emphasis>
+specifies which report types
+<emphasis remap='I'>not</emphasis>
+to produce.
+The default is 1.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Causes
+<command>g_lint</command>
+to collect all the overlap reports and sort them before printing them.
+The reports for a given pair of regions
+are printed contiguously,
+and the clusters of reports for the various pairs of regions
+appear in order of decreasing cumulative overlap length.
+By default,
+<command>g_lint</command>
+reports overlaps immediately and in the order of their discovery.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t</option><replaceable> tol</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Sets the tolerance for overlaps, contiguous and unconfined airs,
+and vacuums
+to
+<emphasis remap='I'>tol</emphasis>
+millimeters.
+The default is 0.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-u</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Sets the
+<emphasis remap='I'>useair</emphasis>
+member of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>rt_i</emphasis>
+structure to 1,
+which causes
+<emphasis remap='I'>librt</emphasis>
+to report partitions containing air.
+It is also set implicitly if any air-related reports have been specified.
+By default,
+<emphasis remap='I'>librt</emphasis>
+ignores air regions.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x</option><replaceable> bits</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Sets the
+<command>g_lint</command>
+debug flags to
+<emphasis remap='I'>bits.</emphasis>
+See the
+<option>-r</option>
+option
+for more details.
+Note that some of the report types have no corresponding diagnostics.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>The command</para>
+
+<!-- .in +5 -->
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>g_lint -a 35 -e 25 -c -g 1 -r 31 -t 0.01 kitchen.g appliances</emphasis></para>
+<!-- .in &bsol;-5 -->
+
+<para>fires a ray every millimeter and produces overlap reports
+and every type of air-related report,
+but no vacuum reports.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>strtoul</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>plot3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1995-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/g_lint.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/get4d.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/get4d.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/get4d.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='get4d1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1989, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GET4D</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>June 20, 1989</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>get4d</refname>
+<refpurpose>get RLE images to a Silicon Graphics Iris/4D display</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>get4d</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-D </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>GS</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-g </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>disp_gamma</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>iI</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>image_gamma</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-n </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-p </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xpos</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ypos</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-s </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xsize</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ysize</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-w </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file on a
+<emphasis remap='I'>Silicon Graphics Iris/4D</emphasis>
+display or
+<emphasis remap='I'>IBM RS6000</emphasis>
+with the GL library.</para>
+
+<para>The default behavior is to display the image in RGB color.  An option is
+provided to force black and white display.  There is currently no support in
+<emphasis remap='I'>get4D</emphasis>
+for non-24-bit color (lookup table modes), but the
+<emphasis remap='I'>getmex (1)</emphasis>
+program should work on 8-bit 4D's which cannot do RGB display.</para>
+
+<para>The GT graphics fast pixel access routines are used by default on 4D/GT and
+GTX machines, and Personal Irises.  The
+<option>-G</option>
+option is provided to force this mode, if the string returned by the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gversion</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3g</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+function changes, or is different on future 4D's.</para>
+
+<para>The penalty of GT mode is not being able to resize or pan the window, but
+redisplay is so fast that there is no need to do so.  You can also go into
+"slow mode" on GT machines by giving the
+<option>-S</option>
+flag.  Slow mode allows resizing the window and panning with the mouse.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p </option><replaceable>xpos ypos</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Position of the lower left corner of the window.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s </option><replaceable>xsize ysize</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Initial size of the window (slow mode only.)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Normally,
+<command>get4d</command>
+will fork itself after putting the image on the screen, so that the
+parent process may return the shell, leaving an "invisible" child to
+keep the image refreshed.  If
+<option>-f</option>
+is specified, get4d will remain attached to the shell, whence it may be killed
+with an interrupt signal.  In either case the window manager "quit" menu
+button can be used to kill
+<emphasis remap='I'>get4d.</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g</option><replaceable> display_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the gamma of the display monitor.  If this flag is not specified,
+<command>get4d</command>
+looks in the user's home directory for a .gamma file.  This file is
+produced by the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gamma</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1g</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+SGI command (This is not done on the IBM R6000).  The value in the .gamma
+file is used to determine the gamma of the display by calculating (2.4 /
+<emphasis remap='I'>gamma_value</emphasis>
+) and using that as the
+<emphasis remap='I'>disp_gamma.</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i</option><replaceable> image_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the gamma (contrast) of the image.  A low contrast image,
+suited for direct display without compensation on a high contrast
+monitor (as most monitors are) will have a gamma of less than one.
+The default image gamma is 1.0.  Image gamma may also be specified by
+a picture comment in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE (5)</emphasis>
+file of the form
+<emphasis remap='B'>image_gamma=</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>gamma.</emphasis>
+The command line argument will override the value in the file if specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-I</option><replaceable> image_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>An alternate method of specifying the image gamma, the number
+following
+<option>-I</option>
+is the gamma of the display for which the image was originally
+computed (and is therefore 1.0 divided by the actual gamma of the
+image).  Image display gamma may also be specified by
+a picture comment in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE (5)</emphasis>
+file of the form
+<emphasis remap='B'>display_gamma=</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>gamma.</emphasis>
+The command line argument will override the value in the file if specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Do not draw a window border.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This flag forces
+<command>get4d</command>
+to produce a gray scale dithered image instead of a color image.
+Color input will be transformed to black and white via the
+<emphasis remap='I'>NTSC Y</emphasis>
+transform.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-D</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"Debug mode".  The operations in the input
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file will be printed as they are read.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Name of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file to display.  If not specified, the image will be read from the
+standard input.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>In "slow mode" You can "pan" a small window around in an image by
+clicking the
+<emphasis remap='I'>left mouse button</emphasis>
+in the image.  The position in the image
+under the cursor will jump to the center of the window.  The
+<emphasis remap='I'>F9 key</emphasis>
+or
+<emphasis remap='I'>Alt keys</emphasis>
+reset the view to position the center of the image in the center of the
+window.  Furthermore,
+<emphasis remap='I'>control-F9 (or control-Alt)</emphasis>
+saves the current view, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>shift-F9 (or shift-Alt)</emphasis>
+restores it.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='note'><title>NOTE</title>
+<para>If you have a shaded image that looks "too dark", it is probably because the
+gamma is not set on the display.  (The default gamma is 1, which assumes that
+gamma compensation will be done once and for all by programs producing images.)
+<emphasis remap='I'>gamma 2</emphasis>
+is better when the image producing program does not do the gamma correction.
+You may want to put a gamma command in your .login file.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>getmex</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gversion</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3g</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gamma</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1g</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Russ Fish, University of Utah.
+Based on getX, by Spencer W. Thomas.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/get4d.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/get_orion.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/get_orion.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/get_orion.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='get_orion1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GET_ORION</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>July 20, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>get_orion</refname>
+<refpurpose>get RLE images to an Orion graphics display</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>get_orion</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-D </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-b </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-g <replaceable>gam</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-l </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-r </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file on a High Level Hardware Orion graphics display running the StarPoint
+graphics system.  It uses a
+dithering technique to take a full-colour or grey scale image into
+the limited number of colours available.</para>
+
+<para>The default behavior is to display the image in colour using
+a 216 colour map (6 intensities per primary). However, an
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE(5)</emphasis>
+file with 1 colour and 3 colour map channels is treated as a
+special case with the colour map in the header loaded as the graphics
+colour map
+and the data used to index this map.  In this mode of operation no
+dithering is done as the file is assumed to be the output of some
+program which has selected the "best" possible colours for the image
+and has already corrected some of the errors produced by the quantization.
+An option is provided to force a grey scale display of colour images.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Get_orion</emphasis>
+uses the standard window manager creation procedure to create a window at a
+particular location on the screen.  The size of the window is the size of the
+image.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-D</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"Debug mode".  The operations in the input
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE(5)</emphasis>
+file will be printed as they are read.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Forces
+<emphasis remap='I'>getOrion</emphasis>
+to produce a grey scale dithered image instead of a colour image using 128
+shades of grey.  Colour input will be transformed to grey level using the
+NTSC Y transform.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Normally
+<command>get_orion</command>
+will only use entries 0-239 of the graphics device colour map, as
+the others are used by the window manager for background, icons,
+etc.  This option will force it to use all 256 entries and is useful
+only when the image has been specified with a 24-bit colour map</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g</option><replaceable> gam</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies, as a floating point number, the gamma correction factor to be used
+when correcting the colour map.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Use a linear colour map. Identical to having a gamma of 1.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Use "reverse" mode for display.  The scanlines are by default displayed from
+the bottom-up, this option displays them from the top-down.  Useful
+for applications which have produced the scanlines starting from the
+top one.</para>
+<!-- B elided -->
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Name of file to display.  If none specified, the image will be read from
+standard input.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Gianpaolo Tommasi, Computer Laboratory, University of Cambridge.
+The code is based on other "get" routines.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='deficiencies'><title>DEFICIENCIES</title>
+<para>The window cannot be moved whilst the image is being displayed.</para>
+
+<para>Because of the way the graphics memory is organized displaying images in
+GM_BW mode is slow.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/get_orion.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getami.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getami.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getami.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getami1'>
+<!--  &bsol;-*&bsol;- Text &bsol;-*&bsol;-
+ Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan
+ Template man page. -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETAMI</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>February, 1992</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getami</refname>
+<refpurpose>display an RLE image on a Commodore Amiga and optionally save it as an IFF ILBM file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getami</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-w <replaceable>width</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-h <replaceable>height</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-o <replaceable>IFFfile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-fdlb3H </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>input_file</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Getami</emphasis>
+displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+image on a Commodore Amiga. The program tries
+to display the image in the best possible way, using HAM mode and
+overscan when appropriate. Both NTSC and PAL Amigas are catered for.
+In addition, the program allows you to save the displayed picture in
+IFF format, using Christian Weber's
+<emphasis remap='I'>iff.library.</emphasis></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w</option><replaceable> width</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Override the screen width computed by getami. Eg., use
+<option>-w 640</option>
+if
+<command>getami</command>
+selects a screen resolution of 320x400
+(because the picture will fit in it), but what you really
+want is 640x400.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-h</option><replaceable> height</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Override the screen height computed by
+<command>getami</command>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>Apart from the example mentioned above, these two options
+are probably obsolete.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> file</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Make
+<command>getami</command>
+act as an RLE-&gt;IFF converter: after rendering the
+RLE file,
+<command>getami</command>
+saves the image in IFF form in the file specified, then exits.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Render the image flipped vertically. This option is necessary,
+because
+<userinput>rleflip -v</userinput>
+often requires more memory than available on the amiga.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option causes
+<command>getami</command>
+to dump the color map it computes into file "cmap".</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option causes
+<command>getami</command>
+to ignore the color map it computes, and to replace it with the color
+map stored in file "cmap".</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>These two options must be used if you are using getami to
+create IFF files to be used as frames for an ANIM file, as
+all frames have to have the same color map.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Render the image in black and white. This allows you to
+display pictures at full resolution. (To display in color a
+640x400 picture with more than 16 colors, you need to scale
+it down to 320x400, not to mention the unavoidable blurriness
+introduced by Hold And Modify.)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-3</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Render the image in 4096 colors without using HAM. This is
+achieved by rendering the image in three screens, one for each
+of its r,g,b components, then flipping through them in rapid
+succession. Because of this rapid flipping, the image
+flickers. This is especially noticeable in conjunction with
+interlace. If you are sensitive to screen flicker, please do
+not use this option.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-H</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Force rendering of the image in HAM mode. Useful in rendering
+animation frames, if getami happens to render some of the
+frames in HAM mode and some in another mode.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='menu_operations'><title>MENU OPERATIONS</title>
+<para>You can select the following actions from the menu bar:</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>SAVE</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Save the rendered picture in an IFF ILBM file. The picture will
+be saved in a file with the extension ".ILBM". Eg., if you are
+rendering a.rle, the picture will be saved in a.ILBM. If the
+picture you are rendering comes from the standard input, you
+will be asked to specify the name of the IFF file. This action
+can also be invoked by pressing right Amiga-S.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>SAVE AS</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Same as SAVE, but you are always asked for the name of the
+IFF file. To cancel the save, simply give a null file name.
+This action can also be invoked by pressing right Amiga-A.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>These two operations can only be invoked if you have Christian
+Weber's
+<emphasis remap='I'>iff.library</emphasis>
+in your LIBS: directory. If you save a
+picture which has been rendered with the -3 option, you will
+actually create three files, with extensions ".r", ".g", and
+".b", respectively. You can view this image using the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>show3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+program.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>QUIT</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Exit the program. This action can also be invoked by pressing
+right Amiga-Q, or by clicking on the invisible gadget at the
+top left corner.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='authors'><title>AUTHORS</title>
+<para>Eleftherios Koutsofios (ek@ulysses.att.com) wrote the original version
+of this program, including the HAM rendering algorithm.</para>
+
+<para>Kriton Kyrimis (kyrimis%theseas@csi.forth.gr) added support for
+intuition, overscan, saving files, the B&amp;W and 4096 color display
+modes, and all the minor items selectable through switches.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getami.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getap.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getap.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getap.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getap1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETAP</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Feb 3, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getap</refname>
+<refpurpose>get RLE images to an Apollo display</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getap</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-b </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-g </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>gamma</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-l </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-n </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-r </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-t <replaceable>text</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-w </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-x <replaceable>left</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-y <replaceable>top</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>file</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file on an Apollo workstations running the Display Manager.
+It uses a dithering technique to take a
+full-color or gray scale image into the limited number of colors
+typically available, unless "borrow mode" is specified.  Under
+borrow mode, the 24 bit mode of the Apollo hardware is used (if it's
+available).  On bitmap displays,
+<command>getap</command>
+converts the image to black and white and uses bitmap dithering.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This tells
+<command>getap</command>
+to use "borrow mode" instead of an apollo window, if the hardware supports
+it.  The only hardware that supports this are the DN550, DN560 and the
+DN660.  The bottom portion of the image is chopped off on workstations without
+square screens.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g gamma</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This loads a color map with the specified gamma.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Loads a linear color map.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"No border" mode.  The Apollo window will have no border or annotation drawn.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>On black and white displays, this flips the orientation of black and white.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t</option><replaceable> text</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Displays the
+<emphasis remap='I'>text</emphasis>
+string at the bottom of the image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Convert the image to grays before displaying.  On 4-bit displays, this
+produces a significantly nicer looking image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x</option><replaceable> left</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify position of the left edge of the window.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-y</option><replaceable> top</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify position of the top edge of the window.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Getap</emphasis>
+is pretty sloppy about dealing with the color map, particularly in window
+mode.</para>
+
+<para>Since Apollo workstations now support the X window system,
+<command>getap</command>
+is mostly subsumed by
+<emphasis remap='I'>getx11</emphasis>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getap.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getbob.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getbob.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getbob.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getbob1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1988, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETBOB</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jun 24, 1988</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getbob</refname>
+<refpurpose>Display RLE files on HP Bobcat screens.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getbob</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-l </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-g </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>gamma</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-p </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>x</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>y</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-d </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>display</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-x </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>driver</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Getbob</emphasis>
+reads a file in
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format and displays it on an HP bobcat screen.
+It uses a dithering technique to take a
+full-color or gray scale image into the limited number of colors
+typically available.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Use a linear map.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g</option><replaceable> gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Use a gamma correction value of
+<emphasis remap='I'>gamma</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option><replaceable> device</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Use the device specified.  The default is /dev/graphics.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x</option><replaceable> driver</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Use the driver specified.  The default is hp98710.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option><replaceable> x y</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Position image lower left hand corner on the display.  The
+x and y position is given in pixels with the origin taken as
+the lower left hand corner of the display.  This flag is only
+useful with the
+<option>-d</option>,
+and
+<option>-x</option>
+flags.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option is used to name the input file.  If not present, input is taken
+from
+<emphasis remap='I'>stdin.</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Mark Bloomenthal, University of Utah</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getbob.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getcx3d.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getcx3d.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getcx3d.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getcx3d1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETCX3D</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>June 24, 1986</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getcx3d</refname>
+<refpurpose>display an RLE(5) image on the Chromatics</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getcx3d</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-O </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-B </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-d </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-t </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-p <replaceable>x</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>y</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-l </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+image on a Chromatics CX 1536 (raster dimensions 1536*1152*24)
+running CX3D.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Getcx3d</emphasis>
+will display black and white and full color
+images, ignoring the alpha channel if
+present.  All three background styles of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format are supported: (0) write every pixel,
+(1) do not write background pixels (overlay) and (2) clear to background;
+see the
+<option>-O</option>
+and
+<option>-B</option>
+options.
+You may position an image at some place other than (0, 0)
+on the screen; see the
+<option>-p</option>
+option.
+The
+<option>-d</option>
+and
+<option>-t</option>
+options magnify the image; see below.  The bounding box of the image
+is the only part of the image that is ever displayed (i.e. clear to
+background will only clear the area within the bounding box, not the
+entire screen.)  The color maps within the CX are not changed.  Colors
+are passed through a gamma correction map (gamma_value = 2.5 in
+round(255 * ((x / 255) ^ (1 / gamma_value))), judged best for the
+monitor connected to the CX) on the host before they are sent to the
+CX.  Use
+<option>-l</option>
+to pass colors through a linear map.  Finally, any color maps
+specified by the RLE file are ignored.  This is a bug.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-O</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Force overlay background style.  Ignoring the background style
+indicated in the RLE file this option will overlay the RLE image,
+causing the previous image on the CX to show through pixels of
+background color of the present image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-B</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Force clear to background style.  Ignoring the background style
+indicated in the RLE file this option will clear the bounding box area
+of the RLE file before displaying the image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Double the image size.  Display four pixels for every one pixel of the
+RLE file.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Triple the image size.  Display nine pixels for every one pixel of the
+RLE file.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option><replaceable> x y</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Reposition the image.  Place the left corner of the image (0, 0) at
+some place other than the left corner of the CX.  Note that the left
+corner of the image is (0, 0), which may be different from the left
+corner of the bounding box of the image.  The bounding box is the only
+area of the image that is ever displayed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Use a linear map.  By default all colors are passed through a gamma
+correction map on
+the host before they are sent to the CX.  This option causes no
+mapping to take place.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Name of file to display.  If not specified or if
+<emphasis remap='I'>-</emphasis>,
+an RLE encoded image is read from the standard input.</para>
+
+<para>Any number of images may be displayed with one invocation of
+<command>getcx3d</command>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='files'><title>FILES</title>
+<para>/dev/dr0</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>W. Thomas McCollough, Jr., University of Utah</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Color maps are not loaded.</para>
+
+<para>If interrupted with a catchable signal,
+<command>getcx3d</command>
+will close the CX gently, allowing future access without rebooting.
+If
+<command>getcx3d</command>
+is stopped, however, and then (before it is continued) killed with any
+signal, then the CX may be left in a bad state.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getcx3d.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getfb.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getfb.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getfb.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getfb1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETFB</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Feb 12, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getfb</refname>
+<refpurpose>display an RLE file on a BRL libfb frame buffer.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getfb</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-d </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file on any frame buffer supported by the BRL
+<emphasis remap='I'>libfb</emphasis>.
+The option
+<option>-d</option>
+prints the image header information and turns on debugging of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE</emphasis>
+file.  All of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE</emphasis>
+opcodes will be printed as they are read from the input file.
+If an input
+<emphasis remap='I'>rlefile</emphasis>
+is not specified, input will be taken from standard input.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Paul Stay, Ballistic Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='limitations'><title>LIMITATIONS</title>
+<para>Will only display images up to 1024 pixels wide.  Will not display
+black and white (single channel) images correctly.  Ignores color map
+in
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE</emphasis>
+file.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getfb.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getgmr.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getgmr.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getgmr.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getgmr1'>
+<refentryinfo><date>9/14/82</date></refentryinfo>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETGMR</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='date'>9/14/82</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getgmr</refname>
+<refpurpose>Restore an RLE image to a Grinnell GMR-27 frame buffer.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getgmr</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-q </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-d </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>BO</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>pP</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>x</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>y</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-c </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>channel</replaceable></arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>into</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>Displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file on a Grinnell GMR-27 frame buffer.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-q</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Query the given file.  Determine if it is an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file.  Does not affect the frame buffer.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-D</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Debug the given file.  Print information about each command in the input
+file.  Displays as it prints.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-B</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If the file was saved with <option>-B</option> or <option>-O</option>, restore the
+background color before restoring the image data.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-O</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If the file was saved with <option>-B</option> or <option>-O</option>, restore the image
+data in overlay mode. Only areas of the original image which were not
+the background color are restored.  The rest of the image already in
+the frame buffer is undisturbed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option><replaceable> x y</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Reposition the image.  The original lower left corner is positioned at [x, y]
+before restoring the image.  A warning:  A saved image should not be
+repositioned so that any saved data wraps around the X borders.  If the file
+was not saved with <option>-B</option> or <option>-O</option>, this includes background areas.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-P</option><replaceable> x </replaceable><emphasis remap='B'>y</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Reposition the image incrementally, that is, <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis> are
+taken as offsets from the original position of the image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option> <replaceable>channel</replaceable> [ <emphasis remap='I'>into</emphasis> ]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Put only the given color
+<emphasis remap='I'>channel</emphasis>
+into the frame buffer.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>into</emphasis>
+is specified, loads it into that channel.
+If the input file is black and
+white (one channel), then
+<option>-c</option>
+<replaceable>channel</replaceable>
+is equivalent to
+<option>-c</option>
+<replaceable>0 channel.</replaceable></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Name of file to display.  If not specified, input is read from stdin.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas,
+Todd Fuqua</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Seems to interact poorly with Grinnell hardware bugs at times.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getgmr.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getiris.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getiris.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getiris.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getiris1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETIRIS</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jan 20, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getiris</refname>
+<refpurpose>display an RLE image on a Silicon Graphics Iris Workstation.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getiris</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file on a
+<emphasis remap='I'>Silicon Graphics Iris</emphasis>
+that is not running the
+window manager.  It uses the full 24 bits of color available on an iris.
+After the picture is displayed, press any mouse button to erase the screen.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Getiris</emphasis>
+does not work on the 4D series, only on the 2400 (or, I assume, 3000) series
+machines.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Name of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file to display.  If not specified, the image will be read from the
+standard input.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>get4d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getmex</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Glenn McMinn and Rod Bogart, University of Utah.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getiris.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getmac.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getmac.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getmac.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getmac1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETMAC</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jun 22, 1988</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getmac</refname>
+<refpurpose>Display RLE images on a MacIntosh display.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getmac</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-d </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file on a MacIntosh display.
+It uses a dithering technique to take a
+full-color or gray scale image into the limited number of colors
+available.</para>
+
+<para>Clicking on the close box or typing a
+<emphasis remap='B'>q</emphasis>
+exits the program and returns to the MPW shell.  All other event
+processing is suspended until the program exits.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Disables dithering.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Name of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file to display.  If not specified, the image will be read from the
+standard input.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas, University of Utah</para>
+
+<para>John Peterson, Apple Computer Inc.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Behaves unpredictably when it runs out of memory.
+If you have 2mb or less, don't run under multifinder.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='deficiencies'><title>DEFICIENCIES</title>
+<para>Ignores the color map.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getmac.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getmex.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getmex.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getmex.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getmex1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETMEX</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jan 20, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getmex</refname>
+<refpurpose>get RLE images to an Iris display under the window manager</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getmex</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-w </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-D </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-m </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>mapstart</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file on a
+<emphasis remap='I'>Silicon Graphics Iris</emphasis>
+display running the
+<emphasis remap='I'>mex</emphasis>
+or
+<emphasis remap='I'>4Sight</emphasis>
+window manager.  It uses a dithering technique to take a
+full-color or gray scale image into the limited number of colors
+typically available under
+<emphasis remap='I'>mex</emphasis>.
+Its default behavior is to try to
+display the image in color, an option is provided to force black and
+white display.  Several
+<command>getmex</command>
+processes running simultaneously will share color map entries.</para>
+
+<para><command>getmex</command>
+uses the standard
+window creation procedure to create a window with a location and size
+specified by the user, with the restriction that the window will be no larger
+than the input image.  If the window is smaller than the image, the center of
+the image will be visible in the window.</para>
+
+<para>You can "pan" a small window around in an image by attaching the mouse to
+the window using
+<emphasis remap='I'>mex</emphasis>
+or
+<emphasis remap='I'>4Sight</emphasis>
+and clicking the
+<emphasis remap='I'>left mouse button</emphasis>
+in the image.  The position in the image
+under the cursor will jump to the center of the window.  The
+<emphasis remap='I'>SETUP</emphasis>
+key resets the view to position the center of the image in the center of the
+window.  Furthermore,
+<emphasis remap='I'>control-SETUP</emphasis>
+saves the current view, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>shift-SETUP</emphasis>
+restores it.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Normally,
+<command>getmex</command>
+will fork itself after putting the image on the screen, so that the
+parent process may return the shell, leaving an "invisible" child to
+keep the image refreshed.  If
+<option>-f</option>
+is specified, getmex will remain attached to the shell, whence it may
+be killed with an interrupt signal or via
+the window manager.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This flag forces
+<command>getmex</command>
+to produce a gray scale dithered image instead of a color image.
+Color input will be transformed to black and white via the
+<emphasis remap='I'>NTSC Y</emphasis>
+transform.  Since a 128-step greyscale is used, this will produce a
+much smoother looking image than color dithering.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-D</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"Debug mode".  The operations in the input
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file will be printed as they are read.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-m</option><replaceable> mapstart</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the starting location of the block of color map to be used by
+<emphasis remap='I'>getmex .</emphasis>
+(There are 1024 colors available on the Iris 2400/3000s under
+<emphasis remap='I'>mex</emphasis>.)
+The default for color images is a block of 512 rgb colors starting at
+location 512 in the color map.  Black-and-white images default to a block
+of 128 grey shades starting at location 128.  Both the rgb and grey ramps
+are gamma-corrected in the same way as the
+<emphasis remap='I'>makemap</emphasis>
+program in the /usr/gifts/mextools/tools directory.  You probably want
+to set up your initial color map using
+<emphasis remap='I'>makemap .</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Name of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file to display.  If not specified, the image will be read from the
+standard input.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>get4d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getiris</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Russ Fish, University of Utah.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getmex.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getqcr.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getqcr.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getqcr.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getqcr1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1988, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETQCR</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jan 25, 1988</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getqcr</refname>
+<refpurpose>Photograph an RLE image with the Matrix QCR-Z camera</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getqcr</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-c </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-d </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-p </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xpos</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ypos</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-e </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>exposures</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Getqcr</emphasis>
+photographs an image on the Matrix QCR-Z camera.  The program
+reads the image once for each channel, and displays this on QCR-Z,
+moving the filter wheel as appropriate.  The colormap is currently
+ignored, so one must be applied first if needed (see applymap(1)).
+Since the QCR supports large images (2K or 4K pixels in size),
+most images will need to be stretched to fill the QCR-Z's image area.
+Both
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+and
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlezoom</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+perform this function.</para>
+
+<para>The current support library assumes the QCR-Z is connected to an HP
+Series 300 machine, the library may need modifications for other HPIB
+interfaces.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This enables verbose output.  Since exposing large images takes several
+minutes, this is generally useful to monitor progress.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-e</option><replaceable> exposures</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Expose the film
+<emphasis remap='I'>exposures</emphasis>
+number of times.  This is much faster than running getqcr multiple times.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Double expose (same as "<option>-e 2</option>").</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select high resolution (4K) mode.  Default is low resolution (2K).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Center the image.  This ignores the position values in RLE header,
+and centers the image in the middle of the QCR-Z's camera field.
+The proper resolution (2K or 4K) is automatically selected depending
+on the image size (<option>-f</option> is ignored if <option>-c</option> is specified).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option><replaceable> xpos ypos</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Position the image at a specific point.  Note getqcr uses the RLE
+coordinate system (origin at the bottom left) instead of the QCR-Z
+coordinate system.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<!-- .na -->
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>applymap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlezoom</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleflip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+<!-- .ad b -->
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>The color map should be applied automatically.</para>
+
+<para>Currently uses "row" mode, it may run faster in "raw" mode.</para>
+
+<para>Single channel images should be photographed in black and white (they
+currently come out red).</para>
+
+<para>It was written for the 4x5 film back.  Shutter and film advance controls
+for the 35mm and Oxberry backs are not implemented.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getqcr.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getren.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getren.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getren.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getren1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETREN</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Nov 1, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getren</refname>
+<refpurpose>get RLE images to an HP98721 ("Renaissance") display</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getren</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-p </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xpos</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ypos</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-O </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-P </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xoff</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>yoff</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-d </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>display</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-x </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>driver</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file on an HP 98721 "Renaissance" display configured with at
+least 24 bits per pixel.  If a color map exists in the file,
+it is loaded into the display, otherwise a linear map is used.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option><replaceable> xpos ypos</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>position the image at
+<emphasis remap='I'>xpos, ypos.</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-P</option><replaceable> xoff yoff</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Offset the image position by
+<emphasis remap='I'>xoff yoff</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-O</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Don't clear the screen (overlay mode)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option><replaceable> display</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Gives the name of the display device to which the image is to be
+displayed.  The default is "/dev/hp98721".</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x</option><replaceable> driver</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Gives the name of the device driver to be used to communicate with
+the display device.  The default is "hp98721".</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>read98721</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson, University of Utah, with input from Filippo Tampieri of
+Cornell and Eric Haines of 3D/Eye.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>The program assumes a full 24 bit Renaissance display.  The HP graphics
+library supports automatically dithering for displays with fewer bitplanes,
+but getren ignores this.
+<!-- .br -->
+The device and driver names are compiled in as "/dev/hp98721" and "hp98721",
+respectively.  This may need changing on systems configured differently
+(in particular, systems with the Renaissance as their sole display
+may use a different name for the device).</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getren.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getsun.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getsun.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getsun.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getsun1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETSUN</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>October 6, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getsun</refname>
+<refpurpose>get RLE images to a sun window</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getsun</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>wW</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-D </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-l </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>levels</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>iI</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>image_gamma</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-g </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>display_gamma</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>file</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file in a sun window
+display.  It uses a dithering technique to take a
+full-color or gray scale image into the limited number of colors
+available under sun windows.
+Its default behavior is to try to
+display the image in color with as many brightness levels as possible
+(except on a one bit deep display), options are provided to limit the
+number of levels or to force black and white display.  Several
+<command>getsun</command>
+processes running simultaneously with the same color resolution will
+share color map entries.</para>
+
+<para>Other options allow control over the gamma, or contrast, of the image.
+The dithering process assumes that the incoming image has a gamma of
+1.0 (i.e., a 200 in the input represents an intensity twice that of
+a 100.)  If this is not the case, the input values must be adjusted
+before dithering via the
+<option>-i</option>
+or
+<option>-I</option>
+option.  The input file may also specify the gamma of the image via a
+picture comment (see below).  The output display is assumed to have a gamma of
+2.5 (standard for color TV monitors).  This may be modified via the
+<option>-g</option>
+option if a display with a different gamma is used.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Getsun</emphasis>
+creates a sun window
+the size of the image being displayed.  The header of the new window
+displays the name of the image being displayed and its size.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This flag forces
+<command>getsun</command>
+to produce a gray scale dithered image instead of a color image.
+Color input will be transformed to black and white via the
+<emphasis remap='I'>NTSC Y</emphasis>
+transform.  On a low color resolution display (a display with only 4
+bits, for example), this will produce a much smoother looking image
+than color dithering.  It may be used in conjunction with
+<option>-l</option>
+to produce an image with a specified number of gray levels.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-W</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This flag forces
+<command>getsun</command>
+to display the image as a black and white bitmap image.  This is the
+only mode available on monochrome (non gray scale) displays (and is
+the default there).  Black pixels will be displayed with pixel value 0
+and white with pixel value 1.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-D</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"Debug mode".  The operations in the input
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file will be printed as they are read.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option><replaceable> levels</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the number of gray or color levels to be used in the dithering
+process. The default is 5 except on monochrome (non gray scale) displays.
+Levels must be in the range \[26\].</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i</option><replaceable> image_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the gamma (contrast) of the image.  A low contrast image,
+suited for direct display without compensation on a high contrast
+monitor (as most monitors are) will have a gamma of less than one.
+The default image gamma is 1.0.  Image gamma may also be specified by
+a picture comment in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE (5)</emphasis>
+file of the form
+<emphasis remap='B'>image_gamma=</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>gamma.</emphasis>
+The command line argument will override the value in the file if specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-I</option><replaceable> image_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>An alternate method of specifying the image gamma, the number
+following
+<option>-I</option>
+is the gamma of the display for which the image was originally
+computed (and is therefore 1.0 divided by the actual gamma of the
+image).  Image display gamma may also be specified by
+a picture comment in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE (5)</emphasis>
+file of the form
+<emphasis remap='B'>display_gamma=</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>gamma.</emphasis>
+The command line argument will override the value in the file if specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g</option><replaceable> display_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the gamma of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>sun</emphasis>
+display monitor.  The default value is 2.5, suitable for most color TV
+monitors (this is the gamma value assumed by the NTSC video standard).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Name of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file to display.  If not specified, the image will be read from the
+standard input.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>getx11</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Philip J. Klimbal, RIACS</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Single channel input files with color map should be displayed as such
+by loading the colormap directly,
+instead of mapping the input to 24 bits and then dithering back to 8.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getsun.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/gettaac.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/gettaac.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/gettaac.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='gettaac1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, Southwest Research Institute
+ All rights reserved. -->
+
+<!--  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ by Southwest Research Institute.  The name of Southwest Research
+ Institute may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -->
+
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETTAAC</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>July 5, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>gettaac</refname>
+<refpurpose>display an RLE image on a Sun TAAC-1.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>gettaac</command>    
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file on a
+<emphasis remap='I'>Sun TAAC-1</emphasis>
+that is running in single monitor mode under Sunview.
+It uses the full 24 bits of color available on the TAAC.
+The RLE file is either read from the standard input or
+from the file name entered in the control panel.  If the
+file name is entered from the control panel,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+style tilde expansion and
+file name completion are supported.  The control
+panel allows the gamma to be set and the file to be
+loaded as either a gray scale or rgb image.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Keith S. Pickens, Southwest Research Institute.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/gettaac.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getx10.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getx10.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getx10.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getx101'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETX10</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jan 20, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getx10</refname>
+<refpurpose>get RLE images to an X display</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getx10</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>bB</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>cwW</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-D </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-m </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-p </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-z </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>window_geometry</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-d </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>display</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>iI</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>image_gamma</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-g </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>display_gamma</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-l </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>levels</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file on an
+<emphasis remap='I'>X Version 10</emphasis>
+display.  It uses a dithering technique to take a
+full-color or gray scale image into the limited number of colors
+typically available under
+<emphasis remap='I'>X</emphasis>.
+Its default behavior is to try to
+display the image in color with as many brightness levels as possible
+(except on a one bit deep display), options are provided to limit the
+number of levels or to force black and white display.  Several
+<command>getx10</command>
+processes running simultaneously with the same color resolution will
+share color map entries.</para>
+
+<para>Other options allow control over the gamma, or contrast, of the image.
+The dithering process assumes that the incoming image has a gamma of
+1.0 (i.e., a 200 in the input represents an intensity twice that of
+a 100.)  If this is not the case, the input values must be adjusted
+before dithering via the
+<option>-i</option>
+or
+<option>-I</option>
+option.  The input file may also specify the gamma of the image via a
+picture comment (see below).  The output display is assumed to have a gamma of
+2.5 (standard for color TV monitors).  This may be modified via the
+<option>-g</option>
+option if a display with a different gamma is used.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Getx10</emphasis>
+uses the standard
+<emphasis remap='I'>X</emphasis>
+window creation procedure to create a window with a location and size
+specified by the user, with the restriction that the window must be at
+least as large as the input image.  If the window is turned into an
+icon, a smaller version of the image will be displayed in the icon.  A
+shifted mouse click on either the window or icon will cause the image
+to be removed.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>After displaying the image in a window,
+<command>getx10</command>
+will attempt to set your "root" window background tiling pattern to
+the image.  There are some strict limitations on image size for this
+to work (at least in X10).  A color or gray-scale image must be
+smaller than 256x256, and a black and white
+(<option>-W</option>)
+image smaller than
+about 720x720.  If the image is larger than this, a strip from the top
+of the image will be displayed in the background.  Note that if you
+kill the
+<command>getx10</command>
+window, the color map entries will not be protected; any other program
+that asks for a color map entry will likely get one that is being used
+by the background image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-B</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Loads the image into the background as above, but does not display it
+in a window.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Getx10</emphasis>
+exits after loading the background, leaving the color map unprotected,
+as above.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This flag suppresses all dithering, and causes
+<command>getx10</command>
+to load the color map in the image file directly into the display.
+Channel 0 of the image will be treated as a set of indices into the
+color map.  If there are not enough color map entries available in the
+display, as many as fit will be loaded and all other "colors" will be
+mapped to black.  The picture comment
+<emphasis remap='B'>color_map_length=</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>maplen</emphasis>
+can be used to specify the exact number of relevant color map entries.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-D</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"Debug mode".  The operations in the input
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file will be printed as they are read.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Normally,
+<command>getx10</command>
+will fork itself after putting the image on the screen, so that the
+parent process may return the shell, leaving an "invisible" child to
+keep the image refreshed.  If
+<option>-f</option>
+is specified,
+<command>getx10</command>
+will not exit to the shell until the image is removed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-m</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Just loads the color map.  This may be suitable for fixing up the
+color map used by the root background.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Getx10</emphasis>
+tries to copy the image to an off-screen pixmap for quick refresh.  On
+some displays, this will fail if no off-screen memory is available.
+The image will disappear shortly after it is completed when this
+happens.  You should specify
+<option>-p</option>
+to prevent the attempt to use a pixmap.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This flag forces
+<command>getx10</command>
+to produce a gray scale dithered image instead of a color image.
+Color input will be transformed to black and white via the
+<emphasis remap='I'>NTSC Y</emphasis>
+transform.  On a low color resolution display (a display with only 4
+bits, for example), this will produce a much smoother looking image
+than color dithering.  It may be used in conjunction with
+<option>-l</option>
+to produce an image with a specified number of gray levels.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-W</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This flag forces
+<command>getx10</command>
+to display the image as a black and white bitmap image.  This is the
+only mode available on monochrome (non gray scale) displays (and is
+the default there).  Black pixels will be displayed with pixel value 0
+and white with pixel value 1 (note that these may not be black and
+white on certain displays, or if they have been modified with
+<emphasis remap='I'>xset</emphasis>.)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-z</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This flag creates a zoom window for the image.  The new window is created by
+the standard
+<emphasis remap='I'>X</emphasis>
+window creation process.  The mouse can be used in the image window to select
+the area to zoom.  Pressing any button will reset the center of the zoom
+window to be the selected pixel.  A clickdrag in the image window will resize
+the zoom window to enclose the selected region.  Pressing the left button in
+the zoom window will decrease the zoom factor, but will keep the same number
+of pixels zoomed.  The right button increases the zoom factor.  If the middle
+button is pressed in the zoom window, position information will be printed
+for the selected zoom pixel.  Note that the info will be printed only if
+<option>-f</option>
+is given with the
+<option>-z</option>
+option.  One may also resize the zoom window to change the number of pixels
+that are zoomed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option><replaceable> display</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Give the name of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>X</emphasis>
+display to display the image on.  Defaults to the value of the
+environment variable
+<emphasis remap='I'>DISPLAY</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-=</option><replaceable> window_geometry</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the geometry of the window in which the image will be
+displayed.  This is useful mostly for giving the location of the
+window, as the size of the window will be at least as large as the
+size of the image.  The
+<emphasis remap='I'>window_geometry</emphasis>
+specification need not begin with an "=" sign.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i</option><replaceable> image_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the gamma (contrast) of the image.  A low contrast image,
+suited for direct display without compensation on a high contrast
+monitor (as most monitors are) will have a gamma of less than one.
+The default image gamma is 1.0.  Image gamma may also be specified by
+a picture comment in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE (5)</emphasis>
+file of the form
+<emphasis remap='B'>image_gamma=</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>gamma.</emphasis>
+The command line argument will override the value in the file if specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-I</option><replaceable> image_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>An alternate method of specifying the image gamma, the number
+following
+<option>-I</option>
+is the gamma of the display for which the image was originally
+computed (and is therefore 1.0 divided by the actual gamma of the
+image).  Image display gamma may also be specified by
+a picture comment in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE (5)</emphasis>
+file of the form
+<emphasis remap='B'>display_gamma=</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>gamma.</emphasis>
+The command line argument will override the value in the file if specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g</option><replaceable> display_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the gamma of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>X</emphasis>
+display monitor.  The default value is 2.5, suitable for most color TV
+monitors (this is the gamma value assumed by the NTSC video standard).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option><replaceable> levels</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the number of gray or color levels to be used in the dithering
+process.  If not this many levels are available,
+<command>getx10</command>
+will try successively fewer levels until it is able to allocate enough
+color map entries.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Name of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file to display.  If not specified, the image will be read from the
+standard input.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas, University of Utah</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>It gets an X error when displaying an image only one line high.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='deficiencies'><title>DEFICIENCIES</title>
+<para>It totally ignores the
+<markup>.Xdefaults</markup>
+file.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getx10.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getx11.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getx11.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getx11.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='getx111'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1988, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GETX11</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jan 28, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>getx11</refname>
+<refpurpose>get RLE images to an X11 display</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getx11</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>window_geometry</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-a </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-d <replaceable>display</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-D </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-g <replaceable>display_gamma</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>iI</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>image_gamma</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-j </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-m </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>maxframes/sec</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-n <replaceable>levels</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-s </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-t <replaceable>title</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>wW</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-x <replaceable>visualtype</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program displays an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file on an
+<emphasis remap='I'>X11</emphasis>
+display.  It uses a dithering technique to take a
+full-color or gray scale image into the limited number of colors
+typically available under
+<emphasis remap='I'>X</emphasis>.
+Its default behavior is to try to
+display the image in color with as many brightness levels as possible
+(except on a one bit deep display).  Several
+<command>getx11</command>
+processes running simultaneously with the same color resolution will
+share color map entries.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Getx11</emphasis>
+uses the standard
+<emphasis remap='I'>X</emphasis>
+window creation procedure to create a window with a location and size
+specified by the user, with the restriction that the window must be at
+least as large as the input image.  If the window is turned into an
+icon, a smaller version of the image will be displayed in the icon.</para>
+
+<para>If the input image has only a single channel, and has a color map, then
+this color map will be loaded directly (if possible) instead of using
+the normal dithering process.  Many images will look better if
+pre-processed by
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mcut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+or
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlequant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+both of which produce images reduced to a single channel with a
+colormap.  This is because the colors that are used to display the
+image are chosen to be a good set of colors for that particular image,
+rather than a set of colors that are mediocre for all images.  The
+color map so created will not be shared with other windows.  The
+picture comment <emphasis remap='I'>colormap_length</emphasis> specifies the exact number of
+useful entries in the input color map.  If this is significantly less
+than 256, this can save space in the shared X color map.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-=</option><replaceable> window_geometry</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the geometry of the window in which the image will be
+displayed.  This is useful mostly for giving the location of the
+window, as the size of the window will be at least as large as the
+size of the image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"As is", suppress dithering.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option><replaceable> display</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Give the name of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>X</emphasis>
+display to display the image on.  Defaults to the value of the
+environment variable
+<emphasis remap='I'>DISPLAY</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-D</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"Debug mode".  The operations in the input
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file will be printed as they are read.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"No fork."  Normally,
+<command>getx11</command>
+will fork itself after putting the image on the screen, so that the
+parent process may return the shell, leaving an "invisible" child to
+keep the image refreshed.  If
+<option>-f</option>
+is specified, getx11 will not exit to the shell until the image is removed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g</option><replaceable> display_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the gamma of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>X</emphasis>
+display monitor.  The default value is 2.5, suitable for most color TV
+monitors (this is the gamma value assumed by the NTSC video standard).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i</option><replaceable> image_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the gamma (contrast) of the image.  A low contrast image,
+suited for direct display without compensation on a high contrast
+monitor (as most monitors are) will have a gamma of less than one.
+The default image gamma is 1.0.  Image gamma may also be specified by
+a picture comment in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE (5)</emphasis>
+file of the form
+<emphasis remap='B'>image_gamma=</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>gamma.</emphasis>
+The command line argument will override the value in the file if specified.
+The dithering process assumes that the incoming image has a gamma of
+1.0 (i.e., a 200 in the input represents an intensity twice that of
+a 100.)  If this is not the case, the input values must be adjusted
+before dithering.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-I</option><replaceable> image_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>An alternate method of specifying the image gamma, the number
+following
+<option>-I</option>
+is the gamma of the display for which the image was originally
+computed (and is therefore 1.0 divided by the actual gamma of the
+image).  Image display gamma may also be specified by
+a picture comment in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE (5)</emphasis>
+file of the form
+<emphasis remap='B'>display_gamma=</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>gamma.</emphasis>
+The command line argument will override the value in the file if specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-j</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"Jump mode".  When reading an image from the standard input, each scan
+line is normally displayed as soon as it is read.  This allows a user
+to monitor the progress of an image generating program, for example
+(common usage is "tail -f image.rle | getx11").  Images read directly
+from files are only updated after every 10 lines are read to improve
+the display speed.  This behavior can be forced for the standard input
+by specifying jump mode.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-m</option> [ <emphasis remap='I'>maxframes/sec</emphasis> ]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"Movie mode."  Optional argument is maximum rate at which movies will play, in
+frames per second.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option><replaceable> levels</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the number of gray or color levels to be used in the dithering
+process.  If not this many levels are available,
+<command>getx11</command>
+will try successively fewer levels until it is able to allocate enough
+color map entries.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"Stingy mode".  Normally,
+<command>getx11</command>
+allocates an X server pixmap for each image to speed up the window
+refresh.  If many images are displayed, the server may run out of
+memory to store these pixmaps (or its virtual memory size may get very
+large).  Stingy mode suppresses pixmap allocation (except in movie
+mode, where the pixmaps are necessary for reasonable performance).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t</option><replaceable> title</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The window name for an image window normally comes from the input file
+name or a
+<emphasis remap='B'>image_title=</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>title</emphasis>
+comment in the RLE file.  The window name can be forced to a
+particular string with this option.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Verbose.  (But less so than with
+<option>-D.)</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This flag forces
+<command>getx11</command>
+to produce a gray scale (black-and-white) dithered image instead
+of a color image.
+Color input will be transformed to black and white via the
+<emphasis remap='I'>NTSC Y</emphasis>
+transform.  On a low color resolution display (a display with only 4
+bits, for example), this will produce a much smoother looking image
+than color dithering.  It may be used in conjunction with
+<option>-n</option>
+to produce an image with a specified number of gray levels.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-W</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This flag forces
+<command>getx11</command>
+to display the image as a bitonal black and white bitmap image.  This is the
+only mode available on monochrome (non gray scale) displays (and is
+the default there).  Black pixels will be displayed using the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>BlackPixel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3X</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+value and white with the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>WhitePixel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3X</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+value (note that these may not be black and
+white on certain displays, or when they have been modified by the user.)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x</option><replaceable> visual_type</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify X visual type to be used.  The value may be a string or a number.
+This number is assumed to be an integer
+between 0 and 5, denoting
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>staticgray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>0</manvolnum></citerefentry>,<citerefentry><refentrytitle>grayscale</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pseudocolor</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>,<citerefentry><refentrytitle>staticcolor</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>truecolor</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+or
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>directcolor</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
+The string must match one of these visual types
+(any capitalization is ignored).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile ...</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Name(s) of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file(s) to display.  If not specified, the image will be read from the
+standard input.  In movie mode, you get one window, and zooming
+is disabled.  In normal mode, you get one window per image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='mousekey_actions'><title>Mouse/key actions (normal mode)</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>Mouse 1 (left):</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Increase zoom factor by 1, center on this pixel.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>Mouse 2 (middle):</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Recenter on this pixel.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>Mouse 3 (right):</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Decrease zoom factor by 1, center on this pixel.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>Shift mouse 1:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Show value at this pixel.  In B&amp;W, just shows intensity.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>Shift mouse 2:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Toggle between zoomed and unzoomed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>q,Q,^C:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Quit.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set zoom factor.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>Arrow keys:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Move image (when zoomed).  Shifted moves faster.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='mousekey_actions2'><title>Mouse/key actions (movie mode)</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>Mouse 1:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Run movie forward.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>Shift Mouse 1:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Run movie continuously in current direction.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>Mouse 2:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Step movie one frame in current direction.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>Shift Mouse 2:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set movie speed by moving mouse "up" and "down".  The speed chosen is displayed
+in the upper right corner of the window.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>Mouse 3:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Run movie backward.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>space:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Flip one frame in current direction.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>b:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"Bounce" image - run it continuously forwards, then backwards, then
+forwards, ...</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>c,C:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Run move continuously.  "c" runs it forward, "C" runs it backward.
+When the movie reaches the "end", it will immediately restart from the
+beginning.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>All continuing movie action can be halted by pressing a key or mouse button.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas, University of Utah (X10 version)</para>
+
+<para>Andrew F. Vesper, Digital Equipment Corp. (X11 modifications)</para>
+
+<para>Martin R. Friedmann, University of Michigan (better X11, flipbook,
+magnification, info)</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Display to a 24-bit visual is somewhat optimized, but could be faster.</para>
+
+<para>Doesn't pay any attention to the X resource database (i.e., cannot be
+customized via the
+<markup>.Xdefaults</markup>
+file).  The options, while standard for the raster toolkit, are
+non-standard for X.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/getx11.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/giftorle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/giftorle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/giftorle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='giftorle1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1989, David Koblas -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GIFTORLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>giftorle</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert GIF images to RLE format</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>giftorle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-c </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile.rle</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>infile.gif</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Giftorle</emphasis>
+converts a file from Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) format into RLE format.
+Multiple input images may be converted,
+these will be written sequentially to the output RLE file.
+The origin of a GIF image is at the upper left, while the origin of an
+RLE image is at the lower left.  This program automatically flips the
+image to preserve its orientation.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Preserve the colormap that the GIF image contains, otherwise the
+colormap is applied to input image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile.rle</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile.rle</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile.gif ...</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from these files.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile.gif</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='misc'><title>MISC</title>
+<para>GIF and Graphics Interchange Format are both trademarks of CompuServe
+Incorporated.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rletogif</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>David Koblas (koblas@mips.com or koblas@cs.uoregon.edu)</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/giftorle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/graytorle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/graytorle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/graytorle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='graytorle1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1988, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>GRAYTORLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jun 24, 1988</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>graytorle</refname>
+<refpurpose>Merges gray scale images into an RLE format file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>graytorle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-a </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-h </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>hdrsize</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xsize</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ysize</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>infiles</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Graytorle</emphasis>
+reads a list of 8-bit gray scale images in unencoded binary format and converts
+them to an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+image with the number of channels corresponding to the number of input files.
+A command line option allows specifying one of the files as an alpha channel.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Designates the first file in the input list as being information for the
+alpha channel of the image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-h</option><replaceable> hdrsize</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Often gray scale image files include some sort of header information.  This
+option allows specification of a count of bytes to discard at the beginning
+of each input file.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>xsize</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the horizontal resolution of the input files.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>ysize</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the vertical resolution of the input files.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option is used to name the output file.  Otherwise, output is written
+to
+<emphasis remap='I'>stdout.</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infiles</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>List of input files.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rletogray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Michael J. Banks, University of Utah.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/graytorle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/halftone.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/halftone.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/halftone.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='halftone1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>HALFTONE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>halftone</refname>
+<refpurpose>Translate a bw file to a halftoned bw file</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>halftone</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-hRSa </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-s <replaceable>squarefilesize</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-w <replaceable>file_width</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-n <replaceable>file_height</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-B <replaceable>contrast</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-I <replaceable>Number_Intensity_Levels</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-M <replaceable>Method</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-T <replaceable>Tone_Scale_Curve_Points</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&lt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>file.bw</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Halftone</emphasis>
+reads a
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format file from the named file, or from
+standard in if no file is specified, and reduces the number of intensity
+levels from 256 to a default of 2.  Halftone tries to preserve as much
+information as possible by applying dither.</para>
+
+<para>By default, the
+<emphasis remap='I'>bw</emphasis>
+file is assumed to be 512x512 pixels.
+Specifying the
+<option>-h</option>
+flag changes the size to 1024x1024.</para>
+
+<para>If the
+<option>-R</option>
+flag is specified random noise is added to the dither which can sometimes
+improve the results.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<option>-S</option>
+flag causes a surpentine raster to be used rather than a left to right
+scan.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<option>-a</option>
+flag is used when automatic file sizing is wanted.  This does not work on
+pipes.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<option>-w </option><replaceable>file_width</replaceable>
+flag specifies the width of each scanline in the input file, in pixels.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<option>-n </option><replaceable>file_height</replaceable>
+flag specifies the height in scanlines of the input file.</para>
+
+<para><option>-s </option><replaceable>squarefilesize</replaceable>
+sets both the height and width to the size given.</para>
+
+<para><option>-B </option><replaceable>contrast</replaceable>
+will define a floating point value to be used as the Beta portion
+of a edge sharpening algorithm.  The default is 0.0, which is no
+sharpening.</para>
+
+<para><option>-I </option><replaceable>Levels</replaceable>
+defines the number of different intensity levels to use on output.  The
+default is 2 (1 bit) and the max is 256 (8 bits).</para>
+
+<para>The
+<option>-M </option><replaceable>method</replaceable>
+allows a choice of dither methods.  The default is
+0 a Floyd-Steinberg diffused error dither,
+1 is a 45 degree classical clustered halftone screen,
+2 is a simple threshold dither,
+3 is a 0 degree dispersed halftone screen.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<option>-T </option><replaceable>x1 y1 x2 y2 ...</replaceable>
+parameter is used to define a curve to be used as a tone scale.  The
+resulting curve is used to map input pixels to output pixels.  The default
+curve is
+-T  0 0 128 128 255 255
+a curve suggested by Robert Ulichney in
+Digital Halftoning
+is
+-T  0  0  15  0  128  100  200  200  240  255  255  255.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='format'><title>FORMAT</title>
+<para>A
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file contains sequences of pixels.
+Each pixel is stored as one
+<emphasis remap='B'>unsigned char.</emphasis>
+The first pixel in a
+<emphasis remap='I'>bw</emphasis>
+file is the lower left corner of the image.
+The pixels proceed from left-to-right across each scanline,
+with scanlines being written from the bottom to the top of the image.</para>
+
+<para>The output from
+<command>halftone</command>
+is scaled so that each intensity level is output as 255/Levels*value.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix-bw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bw-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1990-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/halftone.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/into.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/into.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/into.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='into1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>INTO</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Utah 12/17/84</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>into</refname>
+<refpurpose>copy into a file without destroying it</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>into</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Into</emphasis>
+copies its standard input into the specified
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile,</emphasis>
+but doesn't actually modify the file
+until it gets EOF.
+This is useful in a pipeline for putting stuff back in the "same place."
+The
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is not overwritten if that would make it zero length, unless
+the
+<option>-f</option>
+option is given.  That option also
+forces overwriting of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+even if it is not directly writable (as long as the directory is writable).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>pipe</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>For efficiency reasons, the directory containing the
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+must be writable by the invoker.
+<!-- .br -->
+The original
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile's</emphasis>
+owner is not preserved.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/into.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ir-X.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ir-X.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ir-X.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='irx1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>IR-X</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>ir-X</refname>
+<refpurpose>reads the file created by showtherm and draws a picture on the screen, in an X-windows environment, giving an appropriate color to each pixel based on the temperature</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>ir-X</command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='descriptions'><title>DESCRIPTIONS</title>
+<para>ir-X is an interactive program that reads the information in the file
+created by showtherm and then draws an image on the screen.  The color
+of each pixel is based on the temperature of the region that pixel
+belongs to.</para>
+
+<para>ir-X is designed to be run in an X-windows environment.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>The following is an example from an interactive session.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	$ ir-X
+	Enter name of file to be read (26 char max)
+		veh.dis
+	Indicate type of color shading to use.
+		0 - gray
+		1 - red
+		2 - black-blue-cyan-green-yellow-white
+		3 - black-blue-magenta-red-yellow-white
+	0
+	Do you wish to create a pix file (0-no, 1-yes)?
+		0
+	Zeroing color info array - finished zeroing.
+	Setting up color scale - shades of gray - finished.
+	Reading file - file read.
+	Width:  512
+	Height:  512
+	Finding min &amp; max.
+	Minimum:  22.590000
+	Maximum:  46.830000
+	Finding pixel bins - found pixel bins.
+	Putting color info in arrays - color info in arrays.
+	$
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>firpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>secpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shapefact</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>all_sf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>showtherm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ir-sgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pictx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pictsgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, User's Manual for IRPREP (BRL-SP-96), Computer Programs
+for Generating an Input File for PRISM and Displaying PRISM Results
+(BRL report in progress)</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Susan A. Coates</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1994-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ir-X.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/irdisp.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/irdisp.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/irdisp.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='irdisp1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>IRDISP</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>irdisp</refname>
+<refpurpose>combines the two programs showtherm and ir-sgi or ir-X</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>irdisp</command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='descriptions'><title>DESCRIPTIONS</title>
+<para>irdisp is an interactive program that
+combines the two programs showtherm and ir-sgi or ir-X.  Ultimately it can
+read a temperature output file and display the image on the screen
+without having the user call two different programs.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>The following is an example from an interactive session.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	$ irdisp
+	This takes a BRL-CAD mged model with a PRISM
+	temperature output file and raytrace and/or
+	display it using sgi graphics.  Make your
+	selection.
+		0 - raytrace &amp; store file
+		1 - raytrace, store, and showtherm file
+		2 - showtherm file
+	1
+	Enter .g file to be raytraced (15 char max).
+		test.veh.g
+	Enter the number of groups to be raytraced.
+		1
+	Enter group 0 (25 char max).
+		vehicle
+
+	The program showtherm is now being run.
+
+	Type of output file to be read 0=&gt;PRISM, 1=&gt;generic.
+		0
+	Enter name of the PRISM output file to be read (26 char max).
+		veh.prm
+	Enter the number of regions in the PRISM file, must be more
+	than eight (not including the background).
+		18
+	Enter name of region # &amp; name file to be read (26 char max).
+		veh.f.rnn
+	Enter name of output file (26 char max).
+		veh.dis
+	Enter the elapsed time to create graphical representation of.
+		4
+	Number of regions (including the background):  19
+	7/19/1984 7.000000:0.000000
+	Prism out file read.
+	Region # &amp; name file opened.
+	The number of regions read from the output file and the region # &amp; name
+	file was the same, 18 (does not include background in number).
+	Building directory.
+	File:  test.veh.g
+	Database Title:  test vehicle for use with irprep programs
+		vehicle loaded
+	The number of regions read from the output
+	file, the region # &amp; name file, and the .g
+	file are all equal.  The number of regions
+	read, including the background is 19
+	Preparation started.
+
+	Minimum &amp; maximum X:  -3001.000000 - 3714.000000
+	Minimum &amp; maximum Y:  -1350.000000 - 1350.000000
+	Minimum &amp; maximum Z:  0.000000 - 2500.000000
+	Center of bounding sphere:  356.500000, 0.000000, 1250.000000
+	Radius of bounding sphere:  3829.551456
+	Enter multiplication factor for radius.
+		.75
+	Enter grid size.
+		512
+	Enter azimuth &amp; elevation.
+		35 25
+	gridsize:  512 x 512
+	azimuth:  35.000000 degrees
+	elevation:  25.000000 degrees
+
+	Select display ('X' or 'sgi') -&gt;sgi
+
+	The program ir-sgi is now being run.  If option
+	0 or 1 was used when the name of a file is asked
+	for enter the name of the file that was just
+	stored.
+
+	Enter name of file to be read (26 char max)
+		veh.dis
+	Indicate color scale to be used.
+		0 - gray
+		1 - black-blue-cyan-green-yellow-white
+		2 - black-blue-magenta-red-yellow-white
+	0
+	Print scan line number (0-yes, 1-no)?
+		1
+	Do you wish to create a pix file (0-no, 1-yes)?
+		0
+	Setting color scale - gray scale - set.
+	Reading file - file read.
+	Width:  512
+	Height:  512
+	Finding min &amp; max.
+	Minimum:  22.590000
+	Maximum:  46.830000
+	Finding pixel bins - pixel bins found.
+	Setting color for each pixel - colors found.
+	Press 'z' return to end.  z
+	THE END
+
+	$
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>firpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>secpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shapefact</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>all_sf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>showtherm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, ir-X(1), <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ir-sgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pictx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, User's Manual for IRPREP (BRL-SP-96), Computer Programs
+for Generating an Input File for PRISM and Displaying PRISM Results
+(BRL report in progress)</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Susan A. Coates</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1994-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/irdisp.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/jove.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/jove.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/jove.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,1727 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='jove1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>JOVE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1B</manvolnum>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>jove</refname>
+<refpurpose>EMACS style screen editor</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>jove</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-t <replaceable>tagname</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>+line </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>file1</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>file2</replaceable></arg></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> is an interactive display oriented editor which allows one to
+modify text easily.  <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> stands for <emphasis remap='B'>Jonathan's Own Version of
+Emacs</emphasis>. This editor is modeled after the EMACS written at MIT by
+Richard  Stallman.  <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> has tried to stick to the conventions of real
+EMACS, but has strayed away from them in several places.  The real EMACS
+is extensible, which means the user can change the way the editor
+behaves to his own liking. He can do this by changing the commands that
+each key invokes or by writing new commands.  Although new commands
+cannot be written in <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis>, existing commands can be <emphasis remap='I'>bound</emphasis>
+to any key or commands can be combined into a <emphasis remap='I'>macro</emphasis> that can
+be invoked like a standard command.
+There are several concepts a user needs to understand before
+he can use the editor to his full advantage. The three most important
+are <emphasis remap='I'>buffers</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>windows</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>command binding</emphasis>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='buffers_and_files'><title>Buffers and Files</title>
+<para>In most cases, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> is used to edit already existing files.
+<emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> reads
+files into <emphasis remap='I'>buffers</emphasis>.  A <emphasis remap='I'>buffer</emphasis> is where <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> stores its
+version of the file; changes made in the editor are made to the buffer,
+not the original file.  If the user makes a change but wishes he did
+not,  he can simply reread the file from the disk into a fresh buffer.
+If <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> is given no files to edit it creates an empty buffer with no
+file associated with it.  When the user has finished editing and is
+satisfied with his changes, he can save the buffer to a file with the
+<emphasis remap='I'>write-named-file</emphasis> command. This command asks for a file name and
+writes the contents of the buffer to that file.  Once a buffer is
+written to a file, the previous
+contents of the file are gone forever, so be
+careful!!
+<emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> complains if the buffer is modified and an attempt is
+made to leave before saving the changes.  It says "<emphasis remap='I'>Modified buffers
+exist.  Leave anyway?</emphasis>".  Answering <emphasis remap='B'>no</emphasis> to this question will
+leave the user in the editor so that he can write the buffers.
+If he wants to exit, e.g. he made a mistake, he should answer
+<emphasis remap='B'>yes</emphasis>.
+One note of caution, if you modify a buffer and then remove the change,
+<emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> will still consider the buffer to have been modified.</para>
+
+<para>The current position in a buffer is indicated by the terminal's
+"cursor" and is called the "point".
+The cursor is normally a solid or blinking square or underline.
+The
+<emphasis remap='I'>point</emphasis> should not be thought of as being on a character, rather
+as being between two characters, namely the character before the cursor
+and the character under the cursor.
+Most buffer-oriented commands apply to the buffer containing the point.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> supports multiple buffers.  This means that more than one file can
+be edited at a time, each file having its own buffer.  <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> remembers
+what each buffer looks like while it is not in use.  This makes it
+possible to jump around from one buffer to another without losing any
+previous changes and without having to save the changes each time a new
+buffer is selected.  Each buffer has its own set of characteristics that
+<emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> also remembers, so switching from one buffer to another can change
+the way the editor behaves.  <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> uses <emphasis remap='I'>windows</emphasis> to show what
+the buffer looks like at any time.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='windows'><title>Windows</title>
+<para>Usually files are too large to fit on the terminal screen all at once.
+While in the editor, the screen acts as a <emphasis remap='I'>window</emphasis> into a buffer,
+always showing what the buffer looks like.  If the point is moved past the
+top or bottom of the window, the window moves to follow the point.
+When a line is too long to fit on the terminal, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> shows this
+by putting an <emphasis remap='B'>!</emphasis> at the end of the line.  Moving the point to a
+position that is off the screen horizontally causes the line containing
+the point to be <emphasis remap='I'>scrolled</emphasis> to the right or the left such that the
+<emphasis remap='I'>point</emphasis> is visible.  Only the current line is ever scrolled.  If the
+line containing the point is scrolled and the point moves to a different
+line, the scrolled line automatically moved back to its normal
+position.  The window reflects what is being done as it is being done, so
+what you see is ALWAYS what you get.</para>
+
+<para>Initially there is only one window, but it is possible to divide a
+window so that there are two or more smaller windows.
+The smaller windows are
+exactly the same as the original window except for the amount of the
+buffer each can show at a time. Sometimes the same buffer will be shown
+in more than one window, and other times there will be a different
+buffer in each window.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='invocation'><title>Invocation</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> is invoked by simply typing <command>jove</command> to either the <emphasis remap='B'>shell</emphasis>
+or the Berkeley
+<emphasis remap='B'>C-shell</emphasis>.  If arguments are provided on the command line, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis>
+treats each as a file to be read, and reads it into its own buffer.
+The current buffer will be the first file read in, and the point will be
+at the beginning of the buffer.  There is one exception.  If <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> sees a
+<option>-t</option> on the command line it takes the next argument to be a C language
+program tag and
+reads in the file containing that tag.
+The tag is looked up in the file "tags" in the current directory.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>tags</emphasis> file is produced by the <emphasis remap='B'>ctags</emphasis> program.  This program
+may not be available on all systems.
+Inexperienced users need not
+worry about this option.</para>
+
+<para>If a file is preceded by an argument of the form "+<emphasis remap='I'>number</emphasis>",
+the cursor is initially placed on the specified line of the following
+file.  For example, "jove +100 /etc/passwd" would edit /etc/passwd and
+<emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> would start up with the cursor sitting on line 100.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='the_mode_line'><title>The Mode Line</title>
+<para>At the bottom of each window is the <emphasis remap='I'>mode
+line</emphasis> associated with that window.  A typical mode line might look
+like this:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+   <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE (RE-TE)   2: jove.1   "jove.1" *</emphasis>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The mode line always says <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis>.  The <emphasis remap='B'>RE-TE</emphasis> inside the
+parentheses means the editor has
+regular expressions enabled and is in <emphasis remap='I'>text-fill</emphasis> mode
+(see <emphasis remap='B'>Variables and Modes</emphasis> below).
+In this example the name of the buffer is <emphasis remap='B'>jove.1</emphasis> and
+the name inside the quotes is the file.  In this case the file is
+<emphasis remap='B'>jove.1</emphasis>; in general the buffer name and the file name are the
+same. The <emphasis remap='B'>*</emphasis> at the end of the line indicates that the buffer
+has been modified but not saved.</para>
+
+
+<para>The very bottom line on the screen is
+the <emphasis remap='I'>message line</emphasis>, where <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> prints any messages and
+where <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> prompts the user for more input.  For example, when the user
+wants to save the buffer, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> would ask on this line
+for a file name to use.
+Responses to <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> prompts should be normally be
+terminated by a newline (the RETURN key).  You can abort any input
+function by using the standard abort character, <emphasis remap='B'>^G</emphasis> (control-G).</para>
+
+<para>When prompting for the names of commands, variables, or
+predefined macros, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> will provide a feature called
+"automatic command completion".  If you have typed as much
+of the command as is necessary to make it unique, you can
+type a space and <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> will fill in the rest of the
+command, variable, or macro name.  If no additional input
+is necessary, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> will proceed to carry out the command.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='using_fbjovefr'><title>Using <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis></title>
+<para>Once invoked, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> is ready to accept commands from the user.  Many of
+the editor commands move the point around in the buffer and others
+change what the buffer looks like.  These commands operate on single
+characters, words, lines, and regions.  One of the more common
+editor commands is the <emphasis remap='I'>self-insert</emphasis> command.</para>
+
+<para>The <emphasis remap='I'>self-insert</emphasis> command simply inserts the character that invoked it
+into the buffer at the point.  Because the point is really
+between two characters, inserting a character at the point pushes all the
+characters, from the point to the end of the line, over to the right to
+make room for the new character. The point moves one to the right
+staying just ahead of the newly inserted character.  This means that if
+the user wants to insert a word, he can just type the word.
+Characters
+which are not self inserting, for example those which are other editor
+commands, also can be inserted but must be <emphasis remap='I'>quoted</emphasis> first. This is
+done with the <emphasis remap='I'>quote-char</emphasis> command, which inserts the next character
+typed no matter what character it is.</para>
+
+<para>Most commands in <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> are invoked by
+either <emphasis remap='I'>control characters</emphasis> or <emphasis remap='I'>escape sequences</emphasis>.
+<emphasis remap='B'>Control-F</emphasis> (that is the <emphasis remap='B'>CTRL</emphasis> key held down while
+the <emphasis remap='B'>F</emphasis> key is typed) is an example of a <emphasis remap='I'>control</emphasis> character
+and is used for the <emphasis remap='I'>forward-character</emphasis> function.  <emphasis remap='B'>^F</emphasis>
+is shorthand for <emphasis remap='B'>Control-F</emphasis>.  Many of the editor commands are
+<emphasis remap='I'>bound</emphasis> to control keys initially.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Escape</emphasis> sequences
+differ from control characters in that they are typed in two
+keystrokes, namely the <emphasis remap='B'>ESCAPE</emphasis> key followed by any other key.  If
+there is not a command bound to the <emphasis remap='B'>ESCAPE-&lt;character&gt;</emphasis> sequence,
+the editor will complain.
+The "ESCAPE" character is an example of a "command prefix" because it is
+the first part of a two-character command.
+The character <emphasis remap='I'>Control-X</emphasis> is also used as the "prefix" for many
+commands.
+For example, <emphasis remap='B'>^X^F</emphasis> (<emphasis remap='I'>control-X followed by a control-F</emphasis>) is
+normally used to run the file <command>find-file</command>.
+To sum up, there are three forms for commands for <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis>: 1) vanilla
+control characters like <emphasis remap='B'>^F</emphasis>, 2) commands prefixed by ESCAPE,
+and 3) commands prefixed by <emphasis remap='B'>^X</emphasis>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='some_standard_commands'><title>Some Standard Commands</title>
+<para>The commands <emphasis remap='I'>forward-character</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>backward-character</emphasis>
+are bound to the keys <emphasis remap='B'>^F</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='B'>^B</emphasis> respectively.
+At the end of each line of text is an invisible NEWLINE character;
+moving forwards across this advances the point
+to the beginning of the next line.
+They move
+forward and backward one character position in the buffer.
+The commands
+<emphasis remap='I'>forward-word</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>backward-word</emphasis> are bound to the keys
+<emphasis remap='B'>ESCAPE-F</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='B'>ESCAPE-B</emphasis> respectively.  They are the same as
+the <emphasis remap='B'>^F</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='B'>^B</emphasis> commands except that they operate on
+<emphasis remap='B'>words</emphasis>
+(words are continuous
+strings of alphabetic characters).
+The commands <emphasis remap='I'>next-line</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>previous-line</emphasis> are
+examples of commands that operate on lines. There are commands that
+delete text in units of characters, words, and lines also.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Delete-next-character</emphasis> deletes the character after the point and
+<emphasis remap='I'>delete-previous-character</emphasis> deletes the character before the point.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Delete-next-word</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>delete-previous-word</emphasis> are the same as the
+two delete character functions except that they operate on words.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='numeric_arguments'><title>Numeric Arguments</title>
+<para>Sometimes it is useful to run a command a specific number of times.
+<emphasis remap='B'>ESCAPE</emphasis> followed by a <emphasis remap='I'>number</emphasis>,
+followed by a command, runs that
+file <command>number</command> times.
+For example: to move down 10 lines,
+the sequence <emphasis remap='B'>ESC-10-^N</emphasis> will work, if
+<emphasis remap='B'>^N</emphasis> is bound to the <emphasis remap='I'>next-line</emphasis> command.
+This is called giving the command a /fInumeric argument/fR.
+Some of the commands ignore
+numeric arguments, for example <emphasis remap='I'>read-file</emphasis>, but most of the commands
+make use of the optional numeric argument.
+If a numeric argument is not given, a value of 1 is assumed.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='marks_and_regions'><title>Marks and Regions</title>
+<para>A <emphasis remap='I'>region</emphasis> is defined as all the text between two buffer positions.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Marks</emphasis> provide a way to remember a position in the buffer other
+than the point.  The <emphasis remap='I'>set-mark</emphasis> command sets a mark to where the
+point is at the time the command is invoked.  Once a mark is set, the
+user can move the point anywhere else and later use various commands to
+manipulate the mark.
+Each buffer can have any number of marks, but usually two
+suffice.
+Each mark has a number differentiating it from other marks.
+Providing a numeric argument to a mark command uses the mark whose
+number is the numeric argument.  If no argument is given, the 0th
+mark is assumed.
+For example, to delete the region between mark 4 and the point,
+the command ESC-4-^X-^K will work (assuming delete-to-killbuffer
+is bound to ^X-^K).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='searching'><title>Searching</title>
+<para>It is sometimes necessary to get from one place in a buffer to another
+quickly.  Using the primitive motion commands would work but would be
+rather slow. <emphasis remap='I'>Search commands</emphasis> provide a quick and easy way to move
+over large portions of text.  The user is prompted for a string to
+search for.  The search starts from the point, so forward searches will
+not find any matches that are before the point, and reverse searches
+will not find any matches after the point.  If the search was forward
+and the editor manages to find the string, the point moves to the end of
+the string.  If the search was backward and the editor finds the string,
+the point moves to the beginning of the string. Otherwise the user will
+be informed of the failure and left where he was.  <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> supports
+<emphasis remap='I'>regular expressions</emphasis> also which
+provides a powerful pattern matching facility; for
+complete documentation see the article for <emphasis remap='B'>ed</emphasis> in the
+<emphasis remap='B'>Unix Users Manual</emphasis>, section 1. Another useful
+command is the <emphasis remap='I'>query-replace-search</emphasis> command (ESC-q).
+This command prompts the
+user for a search string, then prompts for a replacement string, and
+then searches the buffer for the search string replacing selected
+occurrences
+with the replacement string; at each occurrence, the user is prompted;
+the user can choose to replace this occurrence, skip this occurrence,
+exit query-replace, recursively edit, or replace all remaining
+occurrences without further prompts.
+There is another version of the replace command
+called <emphasis remap='I'>replace-search</emphasis> (ESC-^E) which prompts for a search string
+and a replacement string and then replaces all occurrences without
+further ado.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='binding_commands'><title>Binding Commands</title>
+<para>There are many commands built into <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis>, many of which are not
+bound to specific keys.
+The command handler in
+<emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> is used to invoke these functions and is activated
+by <emphasis remap='I'>execute-extended-command</emphasis> function (ESC-x).
+When the name of a command typed in is
+unambiguous, that command will be executed.
+Since it is very slow to have
+to type in the name of each command every time it is needed, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> makes
+it possible to <emphasis remap='I'>bind</emphasis> commands to keys.  When a command is
+<emphasis remap='I'>bound</emphasis> to a key any future hits on that key will invoke that
+command.  All the printing characters are <emphasis remap='B'>initially</emphasis> bound to the
+function <emphasis remap='I'>self-insert</emphasis> so that typing any one of the printing
+characters causes it to be inserted into the text.  Any of the existing
+commands can be bound to any key.
+(A <emphasis remap='I'>key</emphasis> may actually be a <emphasis remap='I'>control character</emphasis>
+or an <emphasis remap='I'>escape sequence</emphasis> as explained previously under
+"Using JOVE".)</para>
+
+<para>Since there are more commands than
+there are keys, two keys are treated as <emphasis remap='B'>prefix</emphasis> commands.  When a
+key bound to one of the prefix commands is typed, the next character
+typed is interpreted on the basis that it was preceded by one of the
+prefix keys.  Initially <emphasis remap='B'>^X</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='B'>ESC</emphasis> are the prefix keys, and
+as you will see, many of the built in commands are initially bound to
+these "two stroke" keys.  (For historical reasons, the ESCAPE key
+is often referred to as "Meta".)</para>
+
+<para>Users will likely want to modify the default key bindings to their
+liking.  Since it would be quite annoying
+to have to set up the bindings
+each time <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> is started up, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> has the ability to read in
+a "startup" file.
+Whenever <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> is started, it reads commands from the
+file <markup>.joverc</markup> in the user's home directory.
+These commands are read as
+if they were typed to the command handler (ESC-x)
+during an edit.  There can
+be only one command per line in the startup file.
+If there is a file <filename>/usr/lib/jove/joverc</filename>, then this file
+will be read before the user's <markup>.joverc</markup> file.  This can be used
+to set up a system-wide default startup mode for <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis>
+that is tailored
+to the needs of that system.
+For more information on using <markup>.joverc</markup> files and tailoring
+in general, see the document "Tailoring the JOVE Editor".</para>
+
+<para>The <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis>
+command can be used to read commands from a specified file
+at any time during an editing session,
+even from inside the <markup>.joverc</markup> file.
+This
+means that a macro can be used to change the key bindings, e.g. to
+enter a mode, by reading from a specified file which contains all the
+new bindings.</para>
+<beginpage/>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='command_descriptions'><title>Command Descriptions</title>
+<para>Here is a list of all the commands, with a short description of each
+and the key that the command is initially bound to.  If the key is
+listed as "<emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>", then that function is not initially
+bound to any <emphasis remap='I'>control</emphasis> or <emphasis remap='I'>escape</emphasis> key.  Any of the functions
+could be bound to keys of the user's choosing by his own ".joverc" file.</para>
+
+<!-- LEAVE THIS LINE UNTOUCHED, IT DELINEATES THE START OF COMMANDS
+Macro definition:
+de FN
+.sp 1
+<emphasis remap='I'>\$1	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>\$2</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+.br
+-->
+<!-- .ll 6.5i
+.ad
+.in .5i
+ta 4.5i -->
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>Prefix-1	ESC</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Prefix-1	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+The next character typed will be interpreted on the basis that it was
+preceded by the file <command>Prefix-1</command>.  This is one of two such commands
+whose purpose in life is to increase the number of commands that can be
+bound to keys and thus easily invoked.  If you are too slow to supply the
+second character, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> displays "M-" on the message line as a
+reminder that it wants another character.
+The default ESC-? sequences are case insensitive (ESC-b = ESC-B).
+The user is of course free to change this.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>Prefix-2	^X</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Prefix-2	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+The next character typed will be interpreted on the basis that it was
+preceded by the file <command>Prefix-2</command>.  This is one of two such commands
+whose purpose in life is to increase the number of commands that can be
+bound to keys and thus easily invoked.  If you are too slow to supply the
+second character, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> displays "C-X" on the message line as a
+reminder that it wants another character.
+The default ^X-? sequences are case insensitive (^X-b = ^X-B).</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>append-region	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>append-region	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Appends the region bounded by the point and mark to the named file.  If
+the file does not exist it is created.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>apropos	ESC-h</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>apropos	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-h</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This command prompts for a keyword (or partial string) and lists all
+the commands that contain that string at the top of the screen.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>backward-character	^B</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>backward-character	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^B</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point backward one character in the buffer.  If the point is
+at the beginning of the line, it moves it to the end of the previous line.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>backward-paren	ESC-^B</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>backward-paren	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-^B</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This moves the point to the matching open parenthesis (brace) of the
+close parenthesis (brace) just before the point.  If there is no match,
+an error is reported (with a "bell")
+and the point remains unchanged.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>backward-word	ESC-b</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>backward-word	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-b</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+If in the middle of a word, the point moves to the beginning of the
+word.  Otherwise it moves the point to the beginning of the previous
+word.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>beginning-of-file	ESC-&lt;</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>beginning-of-file	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-&lt;</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point to the beginning of the current buffer so that the
+character after the point is the first character of the buffer.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>beginning-of-line	^A</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>beginning-of-line	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^A</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point to the beginning of the current line.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>beginning-of-sentence	ESC-a</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>beginning-of-sentence	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-a</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point to the beginning of the current sentence.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>beginning-of-window	ESC-,</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>beginning-of-window	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-,</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point to the first character in the window.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>bind-macro-to-key	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>bind-macro-to-key	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Binds a macro to a key so that future hits on that key will run the
+macro.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>bind-to-key	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>bind-to-key	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Binds a command to a key so that future hits on that key will run the
+command.  For example, the file <command>next-line</command> is normally
+bound to the key
+<emphasis remap='B'>^N</emphasis>.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>buffer-position	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>buffer-position	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prints the line and column of the point in the current buffer.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>case-char-upper	^C</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>case-char-upper	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^C</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Changes the next character to upper case if it is a character,
+and in any case, moves forward one character.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>case-region-lower	^X-^L</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>case-region-lower	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^L</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Changes all the letters between the point and mark to lower case.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>case-region-upper	^X-^U</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>case-region-upper	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^U</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Changes all the letters between the point and mark to upper case.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>case-word-capitalize	ESC-c</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>case-word-capitalize	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-c</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+If the point is in the middle of a word, it capitalizes the letter after
+the point and changes the rest of the word to lower case.  Otherwise it
+capitalizes the first letter of the next word and changes the rest of
+the word to lower case.  In any case the point is left at the end of
+the word.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>case-word-lower	ESC-l</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>case-word-lower	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-l</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+If the point is in the middle of a word, it changes the rest of the word
+to lower case.  Otherwise it changes the next word to lower case.  In
+either case the point is left at the end of the affected word.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>case-word-upper	ESC-u</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>case-word-upper	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-u</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+If the point is in the middle of a word, it changes the rest of the word
+to upper case.  Otherwise it changes the next word to upper case.  In
+either case the point is left at the end of the affected word.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>char-to-octal-insert	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>char-to-octal-insert	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Reads a character from the terminal and inserts its octal
+ASCII value preceded
+by a back-slash '\' into the text at the point.  For example if the
+character ESC is then typed, the string "<emphasis remap='B'>\033</emphasis>" is inserted.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>clear-and-redraw	^L</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>clear-and-redraw	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^L</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Clears and redraws the screen without changing
+the screen contents or position.
+This is useful if the screen gets garbaged by output from another program
+or by someone writing to you.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>copy-region	ESC-w</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>copy-region	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-w</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Saves the region bounded by the point and mark
+in the <emphasis remap='I'>kill stack</emphasis>.  The
+next call to <emphasis remap='I'>yank</emphasis> will yank (insert) the region just saved.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>c-tab	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>c-tab	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+When in <emphasis remap='I'>c-mode</emphasis>, the file <command>c-tab</command> is automatically bound to
+the tab key, and when invoked, the point is tabbed to the "right" place
+for C programs.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>delete-next-char	^D</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>delete-next-char	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^D</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+The character after the point is deleted and the
+right-hand portion of the line moves one position to the left,
+leaving the point unchanged.  If at the end of the line,
+the line boundary is deleted, thereby joining the current line with the next
+line.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>delete-next-word	ESC-d</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>delete-next-word	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-d</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+If the point is in the middle of a word, it deletes to the end of the
+word.  Otherwise it deletes the entire next word.  In either case, the
+point doesn't move, and the deleted text is saved in the <emphasis remap='I'>kill stack</emphasis>.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>delete-other-windows	^X-1</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>delete-other-windows	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-1</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Makes the current window
+(the window the cursor is in)
+the only window by deleting all the other
+windows.  The window grows to fill the screen as it is when the editor
+starts up.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>delete-previous-char	DELETE</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>delete-previous-char	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>DELETE</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Deletes the character before the point and moves the right-hand portion
+of the line one position to the left.
+If the point is at the beginning of a line, the current
+line is joined with the previous line and the point is
+positioned after what used
+to be the end of the previous line.
+(DELETE may be labeled RUBOUT on some terminals)</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>delete-previous-word	ESC-DELETE</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>delete-previous-word	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-DELETE</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+<!-- .br -->
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>	ESC-^H or ^W</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-^H or ^W</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+If the point is in the middle of a word, it deletes to the beginning of
+that word.  Otherwise it deletes the entire previous word.  In either
+case, the deleted text is saved in the <emphasis remap='I'>kill stack</emphasis>.
+(DELETE may be labeled RUBOUT on some terminals)</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>delete-to-killbuffer	^X-^K</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>delete-to-killbuffer	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^K</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Deletes all the text between the point and mark, saving it in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>kill stack</emphasis>.  This is one of the the ways to move text from one
+place in the buffer to another.  The <emphasis remap='I'>yank</emphasis> command will insert the
+most recently deleted text at the point.  <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> remembers 10 separate
+kills in a <emphasis remap='I'>kill stack</emphasis>.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>yank-pop</emphasis> command can be used to go
+through the stack one at a time.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>delete-white-space	ESC-\\</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>delete-white-space	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-\\</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Deletes all tabs and space around the point on the current line.  This
+does not cross line boundaries.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>describe-command	ESC-?</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>describe-command	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-?</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for the name of a command and puts a description
+of what the command does
+into a buffer.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>describe-key	^X-?</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>describe-key	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-?</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a key and prints the command that is bound to that key.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>delete-current-window	^X-d</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>delete-current-window	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-d</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+If there is more than one window on the screen, the current window is
+deleted and the cursor
+is moved to a neighboring window.  The space from the deleted
+window is given to the new current window.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>end-of-file	ESC-&gt;</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>end-of-file	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-&gt;</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point to the end of the buffer (just after the
+the last character in the buffer).</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>end-of-line	^E</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>end-of-line	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^E</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point to the end of the current line.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>end-of-sentence	ESC-e</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>end-of-sentence	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-e</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point to the end of the sentence.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>end-of-window	ESC-.</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>end-of-window	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-.</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point to the last character in the window.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>erase-buffer	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>erase-buffer	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a buffer name, and deletes all the text in that buffer.  If
+the buffer is modified, the user is asked for confirmation.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>exchange-point-and-mark	^X-^X</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>exchange-point-and-mark	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^X</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Sets the mark to the point location and the point to the mark location.
+Typing this command twice is a handy way to see where the mark
+is without modifying anything.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>execute-extended-command	ESC-x</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>execute-extended-command	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-x</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a command to run using command completion.  This is how all
+commands would be run if not for the <emphasis remap='I'>bind-to-key</emphasis> command. (Space
+will cause auto-command-completion, RETURN will execute the command)</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>execute-keyboard-macro	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>execute-keyboard-macro	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+All the characters that were remembered with the <emphasis remap='I'>start-remembering</emphasis>
+command are executed as if they were typed at the keyboard.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>execute-macro	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>execute-macro	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This is the same as <emphasis remap='I'>execute-keyboard-macro</emphasis> except that it prompts
+for the name of a macro to execute.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>exit-jove	^X-^C</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>exit-jove	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^C</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Exits <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis>.  It asks for confirmation if there are any modified buffers
+which have not been written to files (except for SCRATCH buffers).</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>filter-region	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>filter-region	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a UNIX command to send a region to.  The region will be
+replaced with the output from the command.  For example to format a C
+procedure, a region around the procedure could be defined and the
+<emphasis remap='I'>filter-region</emphasis>
+command used to send the region through the UNIX C
+beautifier.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>find-file	^X-^F</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>find-file	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^F</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a file to find.  If that file is not already in a buffer, it
+creates a new buffer and reads the file into that buffer.  If the
+file is already in another buffer, that buffer will be selected instead.
+In any event the current buffer becomes
+the buffer with that file in it.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>find-file-in-other-window	^X-4</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>find-file-in-other-window	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-4</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Do a <emphasis remap='I'>find-file</emphasis> into another window.  If there is only one window, it is
+split.  If there is more than one window, one of the windows that is
+not the current window is used instead.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>find-tag	^X-^T</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>find-tag	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^T</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Finds the file with the C tag which is prompted for.  The UNIX program
+<emphasis remap='B'>ctags(1)</emphasis> should be used to create a database with the necessary
+information to find the file which contains the tag.  If the tag cannot
+be found, the point and buffer are unchanged and no new files are read in.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>first-non-blank	ESC-m</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>first-non-blank	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-m</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point to the first non-blank character in the current line.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>forward-char	^F</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>forward-char	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^F</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point forward one character in the buffer.  If at the end of
+the current line the point is moved to the beginning of the next line.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>forward-paren	ESC-^F</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>forward-paren	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-^F</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point to the matching close parenthesis (brace) of the open
+parenthesis (brace) right after the point.  If there is no match,
+an error is reported and the point remains unchanged.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>forward-word	ESC-f</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>forward-word	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-f</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+If the point is in the middle of a word, it moves to the end of the
+current word.  Otherwise it moves to the end of the next word.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>four-times	^U</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>four-times	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^U</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Multiply the numeric argument by four.  The sequence <emphasis remap='B'>^U-^U-^N</emphasis> runs
+the file <command>next-line</command> 16 times.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>goto-line	ESC-g</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>goto-line	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-g</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point to the numeric argument line in the buffer.  If no
+argument is supplied, the point moves to the first line in the
+buffer.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>grow-window	^X-^</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>grow-window	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Makes the current window one line larger if it can.  There has to be more
+than one window, and the window which would get smaller has to be big
+enough to get smaller.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>i-search-forward	^S or ^\\</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>i-search-forward	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^S or ^\\</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Incremental search forward.  This is an interactive search command.
+It prompts for a search string (without containing search patterns)
+and starts searching forwards with each character typed
+to find the next line
+with that (growing) pattern.
+Once started, ^S or ^\ will search forward for the next
+occurrence of the current
+pattern, ^R will search backward for the
+previous occurrence of the current pattern, ^H or DELETE will shorten
+the pattern, ^G will end the search and return to the starting
+point, and any other character will stop the search without returning
+to the starting point.  Carriage return will terminate the search
+and leave the cursor at its current position.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>i-search-reverse	^R</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>i-search-reverse	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^R</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Incremental search reverse.  This is an interactive search command.
+It prompts for a search string (without containing search patterns)
+and starts searching backwards with each character typed
+to find the next line
+with that (growing) pattern.
+Once started, ^S or ^\ will search forward for the next
+occurrence of the current
+pattern, ^R will search backward for the
+previous occurrence of the current pattern, ^H or DELETE will shorten
+the pattern, ^G will end the search and return to the starting
+point, and any other character will stop the search without returning
+to the starting point.  Carriage return will terminate the search
+and leave the cursor at its current position.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>insert-file	^X-^I</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>insert-file	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^I</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+If the named file exists and can be read, its contents are inserted
+into the current buffer at the point.  Otherwise an error is reported
+and the point is unchanged.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>init-bindings	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>init-bindings	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Initialize the bindings to the way they were at the beginning of the
+edit session.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>justify-paragraph	ESC-j</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>justify-paragraph	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-j</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Justifies a paragraph surrounding the point.
+Paragraphs are bounded by
+blank lines or lines that begin with a period (such as NROFF control lines).
+The <emphasis remap='I'>margin-length</emphasis> variable determines the length of each
+line in the paragraph.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>kill-buffer	^X-k</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>kill-buffer	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-k</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Deletes a named buffer.  This command is not reversible; once the
+buffer is deleted, it is gone forever.  It is useful when the editor
+runs out of space and there is a buffer which you no longer need.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>kill-to-end-of-line	^K</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>kill-to-end-of-line	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^K</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Kill all the text from the point to the end of the line.  If the point
+is at the end of the line, the current line is joined with the next
+line.  If a numeric count is given, the next count lines are deleted.
+The saved text can be yanked back with the <emphasis remap='I'>yank</emphasis> command (see
+<emphasis remap='I'>delete-to-killbuffer</emphasis>).  If this command is run several times in a
+row all the kills are merged into
+the same <emphasis remap='I'>kill stack</emphasis> entry; thus running
+the yank command will yank all of them back instead of just the last
+one.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>list-buffers	^X-^B</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>list-buffers	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^B</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Creates a buffer called <emphasis remap='I'>Buffer list</emphasis> that contains a list of all
+the buffers
+that <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> currently knows about.  Each line tells each buffer's
+number, type, associated file, name, and a <emphasis remap='B'>*</emphasis> if the
+buffer has been modified.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>make	^X-^E</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>make	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^E</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Writes all the modified buffers and runs the UNIX program <emphasis remap='I'>make</emphasis>
+with output captured in
+a buffer called <emphasis remap='B'>Errors</emphasis>.  After the make is completed, the
+buffer is parsed for CC-style error messages to be used by the
+<emphasis remap='I'>next-error</emphasis> command.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>make-buffer-unmodified	ESC-~</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>make-buffer-unmodified	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-~</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Makes the editor forget that the buffer has been modified.  The <emphasis remap='B'>*</emphasis>
+on the mode line will disappear.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>name-keyboard-macro	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>name-keyboard-macro	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+A new macro is defined with the name supplied by the user.  The current
+definition of the keyboard macro is copied into this new macro, making
+it possible to then
+change the keyboard macro without losing the old version.
+Now it is possible to run the new macro by binding the macro to a key,
+or with the <emphasis remap='I'>execute-macro</emphasis> command.  Note that only named macros
+are saved with the <emphasis remap='I'>write-macros-to-file</emphasis> command, so to remember
+macros from one <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis>
+execution to another, one must give the macro a name, execute
+the <emphasis remap='I'>write-macros-to-file</emphasis> command, and upon invocation of a new
+<emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> the <emphasis remap='I'>read-macros-from-file</emphasis> command should be executed.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>newline	RETURN</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>newline	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>RETURN</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Divides the current line at the point moving the point to the beginning
+of the newly created line.  It is usually bound to the RETURN key.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>newline-and-backup	^O</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>newline-and-backup	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^O</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Divides the current line at the point like the <emphasis remap='I'>newline</emphasis> command, but
+leaves the point unchanged.  Sometimes called "opening" a line.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>newline-and-indent	NEWLINE</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>newline-and-indent	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>NEWLINE</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Same as <emphasis remap='I'>newline</emphasis> except that it inserts white space at the
+beginning of the newline copying the indent of the previous line.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>next-error	^X-^N</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>next-error	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^N</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Takes the next error message
+(as returned by the commands <emphasis remap='I'>parse-C-errors
+and parse-LINT-errors</emphasis>), finds
+the file in which the error occurred, and sets the the point to the line
+on which the error occurred.  The error message will be displayed at the
+top of the <emphasis remap='B'>Errors</emphasis> buffer.  (The <emphasis remap='I'>make</emphasis> command
+automatically runs the <emphasis remap='I'>parse-C-errors</emphasis> and the <emphasis remap='I'>next-error</emphasis>
+commands).</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>next-line	^N</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>next-line	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^N</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point to the next line keeping the column as close to
+the "current"
+column as possible.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>next-page	^V</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>next-page	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^V</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Puts the bottom line of the window at the top of the window, moving the
+point to the top of the window and to the beginning of the line.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>next-window	^X-n</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>next-window	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-n</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves to the next window in the screen.  If the current window is the
+last window, it moves to the first window.  It is an error to
+attempt to move to the
+next window when there is only one window on the screen.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>number-lines-in-window	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>number-lines-in-window	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Each line in the current window is displayed with its line number to
+the left.  The line
+numbers are not part of the buffer and will disappear when
+this command is executed again (it toggles).</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>page-next-window	ESC-^V</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>page-next-window	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-^V</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This command does a <emphasis remap='I'>next-page</emphasis> on the next window.  If there is
+only one window the editor complains.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>paren-flash	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>paren-flash	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+When the variable <emphasis remap='I'>show-match</emphasis> is non-zero, the close
+parenthesis/brace keys are bound to this command.  When invoked, this
+command inserts the character typed and temporarily
+moves the cursor to the
+matching open parenthesis/brace for about one second.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>parse-C-errors	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>parse-C-errors	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This command takes C compiler (or similar in format) errors and sets
+the editor up for subsequent invocations of the <emphasis remap='I'>next-error</emphasis>
+command.  Giving the UNIX file <command>grep(1)</command> the <option>-n</option> option prints
+its output in the same format as C compiler
+error messages, thus running
+<userinput>grep -n</userinput> into a buffer makes it possible to parse its output.
+This is a
+very useful way to look at all the occurrences of certain strings in
+several files.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>parse-LINT-errors	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>parse-LINT-errors	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This is the same as <emphasis remap='I'>parse-C-errors</emphasis>
+except that it parses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lint</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> errors.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>pause-jove	ESC-p</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>pause-jove	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-p</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+If the system has the Berkeley job control features, control is
+returned to the superior shell.  Otherwise an inferior shell is spawned.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>previous-line	^P</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>previous-line	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^P</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the point to the previous line trying to keep the column the
+same.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>previous-page	ESC-v</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>previous-page	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-v</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Moves the top line of the window to the bottom line, leaving the point
+at the top of the window and at the beginning of the top line.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>previous-window	^X-p</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>previous-window	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-p</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Move to the previous window in the screen.  If currently in the first
+window, moves to the last window.  It is an error
+to attempt to move to the previous
+window when there is only one window on the screen.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>print	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>print	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a variable name and prints its value.
+(See "Variables and Modes" later in this document.)</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>query-replace-search	ESC-q</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>query-replace-search	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-q</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Upon receipt of a search and a
+replacement string, the editor replaces all
+occurrences of the search string with the replacement string.  For each
+occurrence the editor asks the user what to do.  The choices are:</para>
+<informaltable pgwide='0' frame='none'>
+  <tgroup cols='3' align='center'>
+    <colspec colname='c1'/>
+    <colspec colname='c2'/>
+    <colspec colname='c3'/>
+    <tbody>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>' ' or 'y'</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>to replace this occurrence.</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>'.'</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>to replace and stop.</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>DELETE or 'n'</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>to skip this occurrence.</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>'r'</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>to recursive edit.</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>'p'</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>to proceed to replace all occurrences.</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>RETURN</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>to stop.</entry>
+      </row>
+    </tbody>
+  </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+
+<!-- .ta 4.5i -->
+
+<para>When there are no more occurrences, the point is moved back to its
+initial position.  Recursive edit makes it possible to temporarily
+suspend the <emphasis remap='I'>query-replace-search</emphasis>, let the user go off and do
+some editing, and then return to the search after the editing is
+finished.  Executing the file <command>exit-jove</command> returns from the
+recursive edit.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>quote-char	^Q or ^~</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>quote-char	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^Q or ^~</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Quotes the next character typed for insertion.  This is used to insert
+special characters which otherwise would be interpreted as commands.
+The second version (^~) is included for terminals that may usurp ^Q
+for flow control purposes.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>read-file	^X-^R</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>read-file	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^R</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a file to read into the current buffer.  It will erase the
+old contents, so if the buffer has been modified but not saved <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis>
+complains and asks for confirmation.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>read-macros-from-file	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>read-macros-from-file	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a file that was previously written with the
+<emphasis remap='I'>write-macros-to-file</emphasis> command, and reads
+the macros back into the editor.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>redraw-display	ESC-^L</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>redraw-display	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-^L</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Redraws the window with the current line in the middle
+of the window.  If a numeric
+argument is provided the current line is moved to the <emphasis remap='I'>argument</emphasis>
+line. If the current line is in the same place as before, the window is
+cleared and redrawn.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>reinitialize-terminal	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>reinitialize-terminal	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+If the value of the variable <emphasis remap='I'>allow-^S-and-^Q</emphasis> is changed, this
+command should be called to make the necessary changes to the terminal.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>replace-search	ESC-^E</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>replace-search	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-^E</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This is the same as <emphasis remap='I'>query-replace-search</emphasis> except the editor does
+not ask whether to replace matched strings; it always does.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>ring-the-bell	^G</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>ring-the-bell	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^G</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Exactly what is says.  It is useful when it is not apparent what the
+editor is currently doing.
+If a prompt or prefix is active, this key
+also aborts the command in progress.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>scroll-one-line-down	ESC-z</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>scroll-one-line-down	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-z</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Scrolls the current window down one line.  If the current line moves off the
+bottom of the window, the cursor is moved to the middle of the window.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>scroll-one-line-up	^Z</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>scroll-one-line-up	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^Z</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Scrolls the current window up one line.  If the current line moves off
+the top of the window, the cursor is moved to the middle of the
+window.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>search-forward	ESC-s</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>search-forward	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-s</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a string to search for and searches for the next instance of
+that string in the buffer (see <emphasis remap='B'>Searching</emphasis> above).
+The second version (^\) is included for terminals that may usurp ^S
+for flow control purposes.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>search-reverse	ESC-r</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>search-reverse	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-r</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a string to search for and searches for the previous instance
+of that string in the buffer (see <emphasis remap='B'>Searching</emphasis> above).</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>select-buffer	^X-b</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>select-buffer	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-b</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a buffer name and makes that buffer the current buffer.  If
+the buffer does not exist, a new buffer is created with nothing in
+it.  If a number is supplied instead of a name and a buffer exists with
+that number, that buffer is selected.  Otherwise, a new buffer is created
+with that number as a name.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>self-insert	[very-bound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>self-insert	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[very-bound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This is bound to all the keys that should be inserted when typed.  This
+command does not work unless bound to a key.  Running this command
+manually will probably cause a random character to be inserted.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>set	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>set	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a variable name and a value, and sets the variable to that
+value.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>set-mark	^@ or ^SPACE</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>set-mark	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^@ or ^SPACE</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Sets the mark to the current buffer location.
+Which of the two commands you use will depend on your terminal.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>set-quote-chars	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>set-quote-chars	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a string of characters to be used as the
+quote characters that will invoke the function "quote-char".
+The characters ^Q and ^~ are the default quote characters.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>shell-command	^X-!</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>shell-command	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-!</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a UNIX shell command to be run, placing the output from the
+command into a buffer called the name of the command.  If a numeric
+argument is provided, the buffer is left alone before the UNIX command
+is started.  Otherwise the buffer is emptied.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>shell-command-to-buffer	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>shell-command-to-buffer	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+The same as <emphasis remap='I'>shell-command</emphasis> except that it asks for a specific buffer
+to place the output in instead of a buffer called the name of the command.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>source	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>source	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This prompts for a file name which contains editor
+commands.  These commands typically set variables or bind commands to
+keys.  Running <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis>
+on a file which does not have editor commands in
+it will very likely cause the editor to crash.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>shrink-window	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>shrink-window	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Shrink the current window by one line if the resulting window would not
+be too small.  It is an error to run this command when there is only one
+window.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>spell-buffer	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>spell-buffer	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Sends the entire buffer to the UNIX spell program.  <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> will go through
+the list of spelling errors and asks whether or not a word is spelled
+correctly.  If it is not, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> remembers where each occurrence of the
+misspelled word is.  The point in the buffer being spelled is positioned
+at the end of the current misspelled word. The <emphasis remap='I'>next-error</emphasis> command
+moves to the next occurrence of the current word, or to the first
+occurrence of the next word.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>split-current-window	^X-2</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>split-current-window	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-2</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Splits the current window into two smaller windows, if the resulting
+windows would not be too small.  The two windows have the same buffer
+associated with them, namely the one that the original window had.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>start-remembering	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>start-remembering	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This tells <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> to start remembering all the following keystrokes until
+the <emphasis remap='I'>stop-remembering</emphasis>
+command is executed.  The saved commands are saved
+as the keyboard macro, and can be re-executed with the
+<emphasis remap='I'>execute-keyboard-macro</emphasis> command.  This is useful when it is
+necessary to run the same command lots of times.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>stop-remembering	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>stop-remembering	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This terminates the definition of a macro.  See <emphasis remap='I'>start-remembering</emphasis>
+for more details.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>string-length	^X-c</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>string-length	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-c</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prints, on the message line, the number of characters between two
+quotes. The point must be between two quotes or the editor
+complains.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>sub-shell	ESC-!</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>sub-shell	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-!</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Causes <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> to suspend and fork an interactive subshell.  When
+the subshell exits, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> will redraw the screen and pick
+up where it left off.  If the SHELL environment variable is
+set, the program referenced by it will be used as the shell to be run,
+otherwise /bin/sh will be used.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>suspend-jove	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>suspend-jove	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Same as <emphasis remap='I'>pause-jove</emphasis>.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>text-insert	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>text-insert	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+When the variable <emphasis remap='I'>text-fill</emphasis> is non-zero, the self-insert keys
+are bound to this command.  This inserts characters like <emphasis remap='I'>self-insert</emphasis>
+does but when the line gets to a certain length, a newline is automatically
+inserted before the word being typed.
+This makes it possible to type in a paper without having to
+remember to hit return, i.e the editor does it automatically.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>transpose-char	^T</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>transpose-char	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^T</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Exchanges the characters on opposite sides of the point, namely the
+character before the cursor and the character under the cursor.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>unbound	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>unbound	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+The <emphasis remap='I'>unbound</emphasis> function is bound to all the keys that don't run
+commands.  It is essentially a no-op.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>vt100-arrow-keys	ESC-[</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>vt100-arrow-keys	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-[</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This makes the arrow keys work on the vt100 terminal.  This is a special
+command that looks at the next character and performs the appropriate
+action.  Users of terminals other than vt100's will not need to use this
+command and vt100 users will only use it implicitly via the arrow keys.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>write-current-file	^X-^S or ^X-^\\</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>write-current-file	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^S or ^X-^\\</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This writes the current buffer to the file associated with the buffer,
+without asking.  If there is currently no file associated with the
+buffer, the editor complains. (See the <emphasis remap='I'>write-named-file</emphasis> command
+below).
+The second version (^X-^\) is included for terminals that may usurp ^S
+for flow control purposes.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>write-macros-to-file	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>write-macros-to-file	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a file and writes all the currently defined macros to that
+file.  The macros can be read back into the editor with the
+<emphasis remap='I'>read-macros-from-file</emphasis> command.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>write-modified-files	^X-^M or ^X-RETURN</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>write-modified-files	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^M or ^X-RETURN</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Writes all the buffers that have been modified but not been saved.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>write-named-file	^X-^W</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>write-named-file	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^X-^W</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Prompts for a file name and writes the current buffer to that file. If
+the file already exists and is not the current file name, the user is
+informed and asked if he really wants to do it.  Writing a file erases
+the old contents of the file.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>write-region	[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>write-region	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>[unbound]</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Takes the region between the point and the mark and writes it to a named
+file.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>yank	^Y</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>yank	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^Y</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Inserts, at the point, all the text that was most recently deleted with
+a delete command that saves the text it deleted to the <emphasis remap='I'>kill stack</emphasis>.  The
+point moves to the end of the inserted region.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>yank-pop	ESC-y</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>yank-pop	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>ESC-y</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Goes through the <emphasis remap='I'>kill stack</emphasis> inserting each entry one at a time,
+substituting it for the previous <emphasis remap='I'>yank-pop</emphasis> insertion.
+The
+previous command has to have been the <emphasis remap='I'>yank</emphasis> command or the
+<emphasis remap='I'>yank-pop</emphasis> command.</para>
+<!-- LEAVE THIS LINE UNTOUCHED, IT DELINEATES THE END OF COMMANDS
+ta 4 12 -->
+
+
+<beginpage/>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='variables_and_modes'><title>Variables and Modes</title>
+<para>The following is a list of variables which change the way the editor
+behaves.  All the variables and the effect they have on the behavior of
+the editor are listed below.
+Some variables contain numeric values such as the tab stop spacing,
+while other variables simply act as flags to indicate whether modes
+or features are on or off.
+When certain variables are set to non-zero
+values, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> prints their
+abbreviations (in parentheses) on the mode line.
+For example, the line</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+   <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE (C-SM-AI)   2: jove.c   "jove.c" *</emphasis>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>indicates the variables <emphasis remap='I'>c-mode</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>show-match</emphasis>,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>auto-indent</emphasis> are
+all non-zero which enables their respective modes.</para>
+
+<para>To put the editor in one of these modes, use the <emphasis remap='I'>set</emphasis> command.
+The set command prompts for one of the mode variables to set.  A
+non-zero value means the mode is on, and a value of 0 means the mode is
+off.  To find out what the value of a particular variable is,
+you can use the <emphasis remap='I'>print</emphasis> command.</para>
+
+
+<!-- ta 30 -->
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>allow-^S-and-^Q	(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>allow-^S-and-^Q	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+When set to non-zero, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> disables the ^S (XOFF) and ^Q (XON)
+flow control
+characters, thus making it possible to bind editor commands to those
+keys.
+When this variable is set, <emphasis remap='I'>search-forward</emphasis>
+can be bound to <emphasis remap='B'>^S</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>quote-char</emphasis> can be bound to <emphasis remap='B'>^Q</emphasis>,
+like they are in real EMACS.  Some terminals require flow control
+in which case this mode must remain off (e.g. DEC VT100).</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>auto-indent	(AI)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>auto-indent	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(AI)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This variable affects the way the <emphasis remap='B'>RETURN</emphasis> key works. Normally
+typing <emphasis remap='B'>RETURN</emphasis> divides the
+current line at the point moving the point down
+to the next line. That still happens in this mode but the line is also
+automatically indented the same as the previous line. This is useful for
+block-structured programming languages such as C and PASCAL.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>backup-files	(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>backup-files	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This is integer variable that controls the making of backup files.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>backup-files</emphasis> is 0, no backup files will be made.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>backup-files</emphasis> is 1, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> will ask if the user wants
+a backup file whenever a file is written out and a copy of the file
+already existed.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>backup-files</emphasis> is 2, then <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> will always make backup
+files when possible (and without asking).
+The effect of a
+value of <emphasis remap='I'>backup-files</emphasis> other than those listed is undefined.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>c-mode	(C)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>c-mode	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(C)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This mode affects the behavior
+of the tab character, the <emphasis remap='B'>')'</emphasis>, and the <emphasis remap='B'>'}'</emphasis>.
+Instead of just inserting
+the tab, the editor determines where the tab "ought" to be for the C
+language and tabs to there instead.  The same thing happens with the
+close brace and close parenthesis;
+they are tabbed to the "right" place and then inserted.
+This mode is automatically entered if the file being edited
+ends in ".c" unless the <emphasis remap='I'>c-mode</emphasis> variable is negative.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>case-independent-search	(CIS)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>case-independent-search	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(CIS)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This affects the way search works.  When in this mode, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> ignores the
+difference between upper case and lower case so
+that <emphasis remap='B'>a</emphasis> matches <emphasis remap='B'>A</emphasis>
+as well as <emphasis remap='B'>a</emphasis>.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>fast-prompt	(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>fast-prompt	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+When this variable is non-zero, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> will not delay before
+printing the prompts "M-" and "C-X " below the status line.
+This variable is normally 0 (disabled) so that the efficiency
+of only updating the bottom line once for the
+prefix and the following character will speed up screen updates.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>files-should-end-with-newline	(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>files-should-end-with-newline	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This causes <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> to ensure that edited files end with a newline.
+This is the default behavior and
+is recommended for normal use.  To disable this feature, set the
+variable to 0.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>internal-tabstop	(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>internal-tabstop	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This tells <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> how many spaces a tab should take up when it is printed.
+The default is 8.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>make-all-at-once	(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>make-all-at-once	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+Tells the editor to run <emphasis remap='B'>make</emphasis> with the <option>-k</option> option when running
+the <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> file <command>make</command>.  This allows detecting more errors in
+the <emphasis remap='B'>make</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'> process.  This defaults to off.</emphasis></para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>over-write	(OV)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>over-write	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(OV)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This mode changes the way self-inserting characters work. Instead of
+pushing the rest of the line over, the character after the point is
+replaced.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>physical-tabstop	(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>physical-tabstop	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This tells <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> how big the tab
+stops are for the specific terminal.
+When the terminal is in <emphasis remap='I'>tabs</emphasis> mode (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>stty</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>), <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> will
+take advantage of that fact and optimize
+the cursor motion using hardware tabs.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>regular-expressions	(RE)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>regular-expressions	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(RE)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This mode makes regular expressions available.  This is not the default
+for new users because certain characters in regular
+expression search strings do
+not do what one might expect.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>right-margin	(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>right-margin	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This is used by the <emphasis remap='I'>justify-paragraph</emphasis> command
+and <emphasis remap='I'>text-fill</emphasis> mode, and says how long
+it should try to make each line.
+The default <emphasis remap='I'>right-margin</emphasis> is 72.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>show-match	(SM)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>show-match	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(SM)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This affects the close parenthesis (brace) characters. When one of those
+is typed in this mode it is inserted normally. Then the cursor flashes
+to the matching open parenthesis (brace) for one second and then moves
+back to the point. If the match was not on the screen, nothing happens.
+If there is no match in the
+buffer, the user is informed of the error.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>scroll-step	</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>scroll-step	</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+This changes the way the editor behaves when the point moves out of the
+range of a window.  Instead of centering the line containing the point,
+the editor scrolls the screen by the number value of <emphasis remap='I'>scroll-step</emphasis>
+and leaves the cursor on the line that was just off the edge of the
+screen.
+This is useful if the
+terminal is being used at a slow baud rate.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>text-fill	(TE)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>text-fill	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(TE)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+When in this mode, the editor will automatically insert line breaks
+when lines reach the right margin.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>visible-bell	(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>visible-bell	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+When using this mode, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> will try to use the
+"visible bell" feature of a terminal if it has that capability.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>write-files-on-make	(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>write-files-on-make	</emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>(not-shown)</emphasis>	\" command name, and key binding
+<!-- .br -->
+When non-zero, <emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> writes all the modified buffers when the
+<emphasis remap='I'>make</emphasis> command is invoked (default is non-zero).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='files'><title>FILES</title>
+<informaltable pgwide='0' frame='none'>
+  <tgroup cols='2' align='center'>
+    <colspec colname='c1'/>
+    <colspec colname='c2'/>
+    <tbody>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'>/tmp</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>where the temporary files are stored.</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'>/usr/lib/jove</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>help files, documentation and system-wide joverc</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'>$HOME/.joverc</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>user's personal JOVE tailoring file</entry>
+      </row>
+    </tbody>
+  </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ed</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "A JOVE Primer", "Tailoring the JOVE Editor"</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> diagnostics are meant to be self-explanatory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>It doesn't garbage-collect the tmp file so it could run out of tmp
+space when it doesn't have to.</para>
+
+<para>There should be one bind-to-key command that works for both macros and
+built in commands.</para>
+
+<para>There should be a way to abort <emphasis remap='I'>read-file</emphasis> and the
+non-interactive search commands.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>JOVE</emphasis> should not blow up when it tries to source a file which doesn't
+have editor commands in it.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Parse-LINT-errors</emphasis> does not work well with some
+newer versions of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lint</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/jove.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/lgt.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/lgt.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/lgt.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,836 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='lgt1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>LGT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>lgt</refname>
+<refpurpose>produce a shaded image of an model</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>lgt</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Lgt</emphasis>
+is an image rendering tool for the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+solids modeling data base.
+The program can run interactively or detached from a terminal session
+(batch mode).
+The interactive user interface consists of a terminal independent pop-up
+hierarchical menu system (though IRIS users have the option of using the
+mouse-driven graphics menus instead).
+The experienced user may wish to exit this menu system (by typing a `q')
+and use the single-letter command interface as described below.
+For information on the hierarchical menus and detailed information on the
+commands and overall usage of <emphasis remap='I'>lgt</emphasis> please refer to the paper
+<emphasis remap='B'>The "lgt" Lighting Model</emphasis> which is included in the BRL-CAD
+documentation.
+<emphasis remap='B'>Note</emphasis>
+that specifying the
+<emphasis remap='B'>viewing direction</emphasis>
+involves setting up light source zero,
+see the
+<emphasis remap='B'>L</emphasis>
+command below for more information.
+There are numerous command-line options.</para>
+
+<refsect2 xml:id='options'><title>Options</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a</option><replaceable>n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set the number of degrees of roll on the grid to
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>.
+This is a rotation of the viewing grid about the viewing axis.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-A</option><replaceable>n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set over-sampling factor to
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>.
+This is a simple anti-aliasing technique which ray traces an
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>
+by
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>
+array of pixels and then outputs a linear average of the result.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option><replaceable>"R G B"</replaceable><emphasis remap='B'></emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set the background color to
+<emphasis remap='I'>R G B</emphasis>
+which are intensity values from 0 to 255 of the red, green, and blue
+channels respectively.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option><replaceable>n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set the tracking-cursor flag to
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>.
+When set to non-zero, this causes an
+arrow cursor to point at the current scan line being ray traced, assuming that
+a graphics device is being used.  The default is to disable the tracking-cursor.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option><replaceable>"x y"</replaceable><emphasis remap='B'></emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set automatic mapping offsets to
+<emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
+in the IR Module.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t</option><replaceable>"x y"</replaceable><emphasis remap='B'></emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set the grid translation to
+<emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>.
+This offsets the grid within the grid plane (perpendicular to the viewing axis).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-D</option><replaceable>"x y"</replaceable><emphasis remap='B'></emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set the image translation to
+<emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>.
+This offsets the image relative to the display origin.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-e</option><replaceable>n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set the debug flag to
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>.
+This flag is for the developer/maintainer of
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lgt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+and
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+and sets a hexadecimal bitmask to
+turn on or off diagnostics.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option><replaceable>n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the distance from the origin of the grid to the model centroid as
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>
+millimeters.
+This command will interact with the
+<option>-p</option>
+option.
+If perspective is set to a positive number,
+the user-specified grid distance is ignored,
+because automatic perspective adjusts both the grid and observer
+distances according to the desired degree of perspective.
+Conversely, if perspective is negative,
+the user-specified grid distance,
+coupled with the observer distance and the view size,
+will effect the apparent degree of perspective.
+If perspective is set to zero,
+the grid distance
+<emphasis remap='I'>will</emphasis>
+be used to position the grid; if the distance is small enough so
+that the grid intersects the model,
+the model will appear sliced,
+that is,
+only the portion of the model beyond the grid will be visible.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-G</option><replaceable>"n cflag gflag vsize"</replaceable><emphasis remap='B'></emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Configure the grid.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>cflag</emphasis>
+is set to zero,
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>
+refers to the grid size.
+The grid is square, so this number represents the number of rays (or cells)
+across the grid in both the
+<emphasis remap='I'>X</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>Y</emphasis>
+directions.
+However, if
+<emphasis remap='I'>cflag</emphasis>
+is set to non-zero,
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>
+refers to the cell size (ray separation) in millimeters.
+If
+<emphasis remap='I'>gflag</emphasis>
+is set to zero,
+the grid origin will be aligned with respect to the model RPP,
+otherwise it will be aligned with the model origin.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Vsize</emphasis>
+is a floating-point number which represents the view size.
+If it is greater than zero,
+the field of view will be set to take in an object of that size.
+Otherwise, the view size will be set relative to the model RPP.
+The grid size and cell size are related; when perspective is set
+to zero (see the
+<option>-p</option>
+option), grid size times cell size equals view size.
+When perspective is non-zero, the grid and eye distance are also
+involved, so the relationship is less pertinent.
+The defaults for this command are;
+<emphasis remap='I'>G 32 0 0 0.0</emphasis>,
+which means grid size of 32, centered WRT the model RPP and view size
+set relative to the model RPP.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i</option><replaceable>n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set noise threshold for the Infrared (IR) Module to
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-I</option><replaceable>file</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read and display infrared data from
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-k</option><replaceable>n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set hidden-line flag to
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>.
+When set to non-zero, this causes a hidden-line drawing to be produced rather
+than the usual shaded color image.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>
+is set to 1, the drawing will be black-on-white, and if set to 2,
+white lines will be drawn on a black background.
+The default is to disable this feature.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-K</option><replaceable>n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set maximum number of bounces (levels of recursion) in ray tracing.
+For instance, it requires one bounce to get the first reflection off of
+a mirrored surface, and several to get through a transparent object.
+If no transparent objects or mirrors are modeled,
+it is more efficient to leave this at the default of zero,
+but, if such objects
+<emphasis remap='I'>are</emphasis>
+modeled, it is best to be safe and use at least 6 bounces, better yet
+a dozen or so since multiple mirrors or critical angles encountered
+in refraction can lead to many bounces for a given ray.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-j</option><replaceable>file</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Input key-frame from
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>.
+This command reads a saved view as output by
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+when using the
+<emphasis remap='I'>savekey</emphasis>
+command.
+When using
+<emphasis remap='I'>savekey</emphasis>
+the user must be sure not to specify the time field,
+otherwise he must remove the resultant lines from the output file
+either manually or as a side-effect of running an interpolation
+program.
+If these time stamps remain in the file,
+<emphasis remap='I'>lgt</emphasis>
+will likely get sick as the input gets out of phase.
+Specifying this command without a file argument will disable key-frame
+input.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option><replaceable>n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set number of processors to use for ray tracing to
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>.
+This parameter is only meaningful when running in a parallel processing
+environment.
+The default is set, in a host-dependent manner,
+to the maximum number of processors available in a parallel configuration.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable>file</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Write image output in
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>
+or display on
+<emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>.
+By default the output is displayed on a frame buffer.  The default frame buffer
+is configured by the frame buffer library (see
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>libfb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3B</manvolnum></citerefentry>),
+based on available graphics devices.  The default may be overridden more generally
+with the environment variable
+<!-- SM elided -->
+<emphasis remap='B'>FB_FILE</emphasis>
+(see
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>brlcad</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-O</option><replaceable>file</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Write errors to
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>
+rather than the terminal.  The default is to write to the standard output in a
+scrolling window (sub-section of the terminal screen), if the standard
+input is attached to the terminal; or to standard error, if input has been
+redirected.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option><replaceable>n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set the relative perspective to
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>.
+When this number is positive, the relative distance of the grid and the observer
+from the model centroid (or origin) will be adjusted automatically to yield the specified ray
+divergence factor (rays emanating from a point, the observer position, to the
+respective grid cells).
+When set to zero, there is no perspective (parallel rays).
+Perspective increases in direct proportion to this number; the default is 0.25.
+When
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>
+is negative, perspective is governed by the position of the observer (eye)
+and the grid, and by the view size.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option><replaceable>n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>
+is non-zero, enter the Infrared Module.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option><replaceable>file</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read light source data base from
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w</option><replaceable>file</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read material data base from
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x</option><replaceable>"a b"</replaceable><emphasis remap='B'></emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set the starting and ending pixel to
+<emphasis remap='I'>a</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>b</emphasis>.
+This sets up left and right boundaries within the grid to limit the ray trace
+to a rectangular sub-grid.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-X</option><replaceable>n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set the overlap reporting flag to
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>.
+When set to non-zero, this causes overlaps to be reported to the log file
+or terminal (see the
+<option>-O</option>
+option).
+The default is to report overlaps.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-y</option><replaceable>"a b"</replaceable><emphasis remap='B'></emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set the starting and ending scan line to
+<emphasis remap='I'>a</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>b</emphasis>
+in the sub-grid.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-z</option><replaceable>n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set shadow computation to
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>.
+When set to zero, no shadows will be computed.
+This is useful when computing a view from inside the model.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>Required arguments to the program are
+<emphasis remap='I'>model.g</emphasis>
+which is the name of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+data base, followed by one or more
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects</emphasis>
+which are names of regions or groups in the geometry hierarchy which
+are to be rendered.
+Commands are read from the standard input, whether in batch mode or interactive.
+In general, all command-line options can be invoked as commands,
+by using the identical option letter,
+but there are a few commands that are not available as command-line options.</para>
+</refsect2>
+
+<refsect2 xml:id='commands'><title>Commands (not available as options)</title>
+<para>Arguments that appear in brackets are optional.
+In general, when an optional file argument is left out, the user will be prompted;
+and if a flag is omitted, the state will be toggled (unless otherwise specified
+below):</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>?</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print the menu of available commands.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>!</emphasis> [command [arg...]]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Execute
+<emphasis remap='I'>command</emphasis>
+from the shell.
+If the environment variable $SHELL is set, it will be executed, otherwise
+<filename>/bin/sh</filename>
+is the default shell.
+If a
+<emphasis remap='I'>command</emphasis>
+is specified, the shell will be fed it as input (along with any arguments),
+otherwise, an interactive shell is spawned.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><literal>.</literal> [flag]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set buffered pixel I/O to
+<emphasis remap='I'>flag</emphasis>.
+The values for specifying the buffering scheme are as follows:</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><literal>0</literal></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Programmed I/O.
+Each pixel is output immediately after it is calculated.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><literal>1</literal></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Paged I/O.
+This is generally the most efficient I/O scheme, but only updates the image
+as it crosses a page boundary.  Page sizes vary with the graphics device
+and host, but range from 8 to 42 scan lines.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><literal>2</literal></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Scan line I/O.
+Each row of pixels is output when ready.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>In the absence of
+<emphasis remap='I'>flag</emphasis>,
+the state is cyclically incremented.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>#</emphasis> [comment]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This is the comment command, useful for preparing input files.
+The entire line is copied to the log file or terminal (see the
+<option>-O</option>
+option).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>B</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Submit a batch run.  The current parameters are used to build a script
+in a temporary file, and this is submitted to the batch queue (see
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>batch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>),
+subject to MDQS availability.
+The user will be sent mail when the job is finished.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>C</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Enter cursor input module.  The user can manipulate the cursor to specify
+rectangular portions of the screen or specific pixels to ray trace.  This
+module has a help facility, accessible by typing a
+<emphasis remap='I'>`?'</emphasis>.</para>
+
+<para>When using the Silicon Graphics IRIS in local mode, the user can use the
+mouse to position the cursor and sweep out rectangular areas.
+These operations require the user to press the middle mouse button to control
+sweeping operations and the selection of positions.
+The cursor module implementation on the IRIS also has a
+<emphasis remap='I'>window-in</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>window-out</emphasis>
+command which allows the user to specify a translation and scaling of the grid
+to include a smaller or larger, respectively, area of the model to ray trace.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>E</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Erase frame buffer.  Fill grid area of frame buffer with black.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>F</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Animate on-screen movie.
+This command is currently only implemented on the IRIS,
+and displays movies such as those generated with this program (see the
+<emphasis remap='B'>J</emphasis>
+command).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>H</emphasis> [file]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Save frame buffer image.
+Stores the image on the current frame buffer in
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>.
+This can also be used to transfer the image to another graphics device.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>h</emphasis> [file]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Restore a saved image from
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>.
+Reads the image from the specified file or device and displays it on the
+current frame buffer.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>J</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Make a movie.
+This command prompts for information necessary to set up a movie.
+Both
+<emphasis remap='I'>full-screen</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>postage-stamp</emphasis>
+movies are supported.
+In specifying the number and size of frames to shoot for a
+<emphasis remap='I'>postage-stamp</emphasis>
+movie,
+the user is limited by the graphics device's display memory
+(the entire movie must fit in the frame buffer).
+<emphasis remap='I'>Full-screen</emphasis>
+movies are saved on the disk,
+1 frame per file,
+so they can be any displayable size given you have the disk space.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>L</emphasis> id</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Modify light source data base entry
+<emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>.
+The user will be prompted for information necessary to position and describe
+the light source.
+Light source zero has special significance and a dual purpose.
+It simulates an ambient light source and,
+its position specifies the position of the observer (the eye).  Note that only
+the program's (in-core) copy of the data base is modified until another command
+(see the
+<emphasis remap='B'>V</emphasis>
+command) is used to write it to a file.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>l</emphasis> id</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print light source data base entry
+<emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>.
+Display the current copy of the specified entry on the terminal's screen.
+If no entry is specified, all entries will be displayed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>M</emphasis> id</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Modify the material data base entry
+<emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>.
+The user will be prompted for information necessary to describe the properties
+of the material necessary for the lighting model calculations.  As with the
+light source data base, a separate command (see the
+<emphasis remap='B'>W</emphasis>
+command) is used to save the
+current modifications in a file.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>m</emphasis> id</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print material data base entry
+<emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>.
+Display the current copy of the specified entry.
+The
+<emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>
+should match the material id in the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+data base.
+If no entry is specified, all entries will be displayed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>N</emphasis> [temperature]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify temperature for IR painting.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>P</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+regions  and associated IR temperature mappings.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>Q</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Assign IR temperature to
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+region or group.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>q </emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>or </emphasis><emphasis remap='B'>^D</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Quit. Normal exit from the program.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>R</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Ray trace current view.
+Initiate a run.
+During a batch mode run,
+this command will be given automatically on encountering an
+<emphasis remap='I'>end-of-file</emphasis>
+if
+it hasn't been given explicitly.
+Note that if an explicit
+<emphasis remap='I'>quit</emphasis>
+command is given,
+an
+<emphasis remap='I'>end-of-file</emphasis>
+condition will not be encountered.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>r</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Redraw the terminal screen.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>S</emphasis> [file]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Save an executable script in
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>.
+Writes out a Bourne shell script which will restart the program with the current
+set of options.  Note that the user should also use the commands (see below) to save
+the light source and material data bases before quitting.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>T</emphasis> [fbsize]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the frame buffer size as
+<emphasis remap='I'>fbsize</emphasis>.
+On windowing systems, a frame buffer window will, by default, be opened which
+just fits the image.
+This command allows one to specify a larger window.
+If the window is a multiple of the image size,
+zooming will be used to enlarge the image to fit the window.
+It is desirable to specify an exact multiple, so that the image will fill
+the window.
+On graphics hardware that does not have a windowed environment,
+there may be only fixed window sizes such as 512 and 1024, in which case,
+you will get the best match.
+Specifying zero for
+<emphasis remap='I'>fbsize</emphasis>
+will restore the default behavior.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>U</emphasis> [file]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Save IR data base in
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>u</emphasis> [file]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read IR data base from
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>V</emphasis> [file]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Save light source data base in
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>W</emphasis> [file]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Save material data base in
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>Z</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Display pseudo-color IR mapping scale.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='hints'><title>HINTS</title>
+<para>This program is designed to be used in two modes; interactively for setting
+up parameters, and in batch mode for rendering high-resolution images.
+First, the user should invoke the program in the interactive mode without options.
+While in this mode,
+the user should set up parameters for a low resolution ray trace,
+perhaps by using the default resolution (32x32 grid),
+ray trace that view, tweak parameters as necessary, and iterate.
+As the user converges on the acceptable combination of parameters,
+there is a command which will save a UNIX shell script.
+This command generates a shell
+script that will invoke the program with the current set of parameters,
+data bases, objects, etc.  When everything is to the user's liking, he or
+she should increase the resolution, change the output device to a file name
+so as not to tie up a graphics device,
+make sure that the error output is being re-directed to a file as well,
+and that all changes to the material or light data bases
+have been written out.  Finally, the user can either spawn a batch run with
+a command, or use the above mentioned command to save a shell script and
+either quit or proceed to set up another view.  The command to create
+a batch run actually executes the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>batch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+command (subject to
+<emphasis remap='I'>MDQS</emphasis>
+availability), with the current set of parameters, etc.  As an alternative
+to generating a batch run from the program, the script files can be fed
+by hand to the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>batch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+command or can just be detached as background jobs (see EXAMPLES for
+the proper method) with their input redirected from a file or
+<filename>/dev/null.</filename>
+If the program is detached without re-directing its input, the full-screen
+display will be generated which will tie up that terminal or layer (in
+a windowed environment).
+If the program is running in batch mode,
+and it detects an
+<emphasis remap='I'>end-of-file</emphasis>
+before the command is
+given to generate an image, it will generate one automatically.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<para>The following command will start up an interactive session which will
+use the Silicon Graphics IRIS's default frame buffer device (/dev/sgi)
+on a host address
+<emphasis remap='I'>fictitious.brlcad.org</emphasis>
+to display the
+<emphasis remap='I'>hull</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>turret</emphasis>
+of the target description in file
+<emphasis remap='I'>tank.g</emphasis>.</para>
+<literallayout remap='RS'>
+<synopsis>
+$ <emphasis remap='I'>lgt -o fictitious.brlcad.org: tank.g hull turret</emphasis>
+</synopsis>
+</literallayout> <!-- remap='RE' -->
+
+<para>This command will start up an interactive session on an alternate device
+on a remote host and will begin at the 251st scan line and complete a
+512x512 image (handy in the event that the computer goes down in the
+middle of ray tracing an image).  Note that since the
+<option>-y</option>
+and
+<option>-G</option>
+options take multiple arguments, they must appear in double-quotes.</para>
+<literallayout remap='RS'>
+<synopsis>
+$ <emphasis remap='I'>lgt -G "512 0 0 0.0" -o fictitious.brlcad.org:/dev/ik1l -y "250 511" tank.g hull turret</emphasis>
+</synopsis>
+</literallayout> <!-- remap='RE' -->
+
+<para>This will run the program as a detached process by executing a saved script called
+<emphasis remap='I'>tankscript</emphasis>.</para>
+<literallayout remap='RS'>
+<synopsis>
+$ <emphasis remap='I'>tankscript &lt; /dev/null &amp;</emphasis>
+</synopsis>
+</literallayout> <!-- remap='RE' -->
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>The "lgt" Lighting Model</emphasis>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>libfb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Gary S. Moss</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1987-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/lgt.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/mcut.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/mcut.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/mcut.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='mcut1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>MCUT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Nov 8, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>mcut</refname>
+<refpurpose>Quantize colors in an image using the median cut algorithm</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>mcut</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-n </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>colors</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-d </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Mcut</emphasis>
+reads an RLE file and tries to choose the "best" subset of colors to
+represent the colors present in the original image.  A common use for this
+is to display a 24 bit image on a frame buffer with only eight bits per
+pixel using a 24 bit color map.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Mcut</emphasis>
+first quantizes intensity values
+from eight bits to five bits, and then chooses the colors from this space.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Mcut</emphasis>
+runs in two passes; the first pass scans the image to find the color
+distributions, and the second pass maps the original colors into color
+map indices.  The output file has a color map containing the colors
+<command>mcut</command> has chosen.  <emphasis remap='I'>Mcut</emphasis> also sets the picture comment
+"color_map_length" equal to the number of colors it has chosen.  The
+<emphasis remap='I'>getx11</emphasis>
+program (among others) will use this color map instead of dithering.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option><replaceable> ncolors</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Limit the number of colors chosen to ncolors.  The default is 200.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Uses Floyd/Steinberg dither to hide contouring.  Greatly improves images
+that have a small number of colors.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If it is a multi-image file,
+each image will be quantized to its own colormap.
+Piped input is not allowed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, output will be written to this file, otherwise it will
+go to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>getx11</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlequant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<!-- .br -->
+"Color Image Quantization for Frame Buffer Display", by Paul Heckbert,
+Procedings of SIGGRAPH '82, July 1982, p. 297.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Robert Mecklenburg, John W. Peterson, University of Utah.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>The initial quantization is hardwired to five bits.  This should be an
+option.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/mcut.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/mergechan.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/mergechan.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/mergechan.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='mergechan1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>MERGECHAN</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Nov 8, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>mergechan</refname>
+<refpurpose>merge channels from several RLE files into a single output stream</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>mergechan</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-a </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>infiles</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Mergechan</emphasis>
+takes input from several RLE files and combines them into a single output
+stream.  Each channel in the output stream comes from the respective filename
+specified on the input (i.e., channel zero is taken from the first file,
+channel one from the next, etc).  The same file can be specified more than
+once.  If the
+<option>-a</option>
+flag is given, the channels are numbered from -1 (the alpha channel) instead
+of zero.  All of the input channels must have exactly the same dimensions
+(use
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crop</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to adjust files to fit each other).</para>
+
+<para>Mergechan is typically used to introduce an alpha mask from another source
+into an image, or combine color channels digitized independently.</para>
+
+<para>If <option>-o</option> is specified, the output will be written to
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>crop</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleswap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson, University of Utah.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Mergechan is totally ignorant of the color maps of the input files.</para>
+
+<para>The restriction that all input files must be the same size could probably
+be removed.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/mergechan.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/mkProbe.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/mkProbe.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/mkProbe.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='mkprobe1'>
+<!--  This manual was prepared by United States Government employees as a
+ part of their official duties and is, therefore, a work of the U.S.
+ Government and not subject to copyright.
+. "
+ $Id: mkProbe.1,v 2.1.0.3 1997/10/23 17:03:36 kcm Exp $ -->
+<refentryinfo><date>23 October 1997</date></refentryinfo>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>MKPROBE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='date'>23 October 1997</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>mkProbe</refname>
+<refpurpose>script file used to generate a Data Probe or Part 21 file reader executable for an EXPRESS schema.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>mkProbe</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-ilsSpP </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-R </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>pdes-root</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-E </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>express-path</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>express-file</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>schema-name</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>mkProbe enables you to create a C++ library based on an EXPRESS file
+and an executable Data Probe or Part 21 file reader application. The
+Data Probe allows you to examine, input, and modify a data file
+corresponding to an EXPRESS schema.  The Data Probe generated is
+specific to the express-file given as the first argument in the
+mkProbe command.  The Part 21 file reader simply reads and writes a
+Part 21 file and outputs any errors encountered in the file.</para>
+
+
+<para>The schema-name argument designates a location in which to place the
+executable.  The directory selected (see OPTIONS below) is searched
+for the schema name provided.  If schema-name does not exist, a
+directory will be created using the name provided.  schema-name is
+also used as a suffix for the name of the executable.</para>
+
+
+<para>A new directory is created under the directory from which the script
+was run.  fedex_plus is called from this directory to generate the C++
+classes to represent the schema information (a.k.a. the Schema Class
+Library.)</para> 
+
+<para>The new directory contains the following:</para>
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+<emphasis remap='B'>
+
+1) the source code for the C++ classes generated by fedex_plus using
+the first argument,
+
+2) the object files generated from the source code above,
+
+3) the library created from the object files above,
+
+4) your new Data Probe executable (or p21read if the -p option was
+used.) 
+
+   i.e. under the directory from which the 
+   script was run you will find the
+   following executable:
+
+       {schema-name}/dp_{schema-name}
+       (or {schema-name}/p21read_{schema-name})
+</emphasis>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi.ft R -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Indicates that the new Data Probe should be installed into the PDES
+root directory.  If -i is not specified the new Data Probe will be
+created in the directory from which the mkProbe script is run.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Tells the script to only generate the library for the schema, and
+not to create the Data Probe application.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option></term>
+<!-- .PD 0 -->
+  <term><option>-P</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Tells the script to generate the Part 21 file reader for the schema,
+rather than the Data Probe application.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option></term>
+<!-- .PD 0 -->
+  <term><option>-S</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Tells fedex_plus to use only single-inheritance, rather than multiple
+inheritance.</para>
+<!-- .PD -->
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-R</option><replaceable> pdes_root</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set the PDES root directory.  This is the directory that mkProbe will
+consider the root of the source tree.</para>
+
+<para>The PDES root directory can also be defined by the environment
+variable PDES_ROOT.  This variable should be set using the appropriate
+shell command.  For example, C shell users would give the command</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+<emphasis remap='B'>
+	setenv PDES_ROOT ~pdes
+</emphasis>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi.ft R -->
+
+<para>If the
+<option>-r</option>
+option is not given, and the PDES_ROOT environment variable is not
+set, mkProbe looks for the directory /proj/pdevel to use as the root.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-E</option><replaceable> express-path</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies an EXPRESS_PATH environment variable to be used when
+fedex_plus is executed in mkProbe.  If this option is not set, mkProbe
+will use the current EXPRESS_PATH environment variable.  For more
+information, see the documentation on the
+<emphasis remap='I'>NIST EXPRESS Toolkit.</emphasis></para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>express-file</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The Express file used to create the schema specific Data Probe.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>schema-name</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>A schema name which is used for naming a new directory and the Data
+Probe executable.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+<emphasis remap='B'>
+Input command line                location and name
+----------------------------------------------------
+mkProbe part41.exp pt41           ./pt41/dp_pt41
+mkProbe -p part41.exp pt41        ./pt41/p21read_pt41
+mkProbe -i part41.exp pt41        $PDES_ROOT/arch/Probes/pt41/dp_pt41
+</emphasis>
+
+
+</literallayout></refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='output'><title>OUTPUT</title>
+<para>If errors are detected, the output generated shows the following:</para>
+
+<para>           - Errors in input</para>
+
+<para>           - Compilation errors</para>
+
+<para>If no errors are encountered, the output generated shows 
+the following:</para>
+
+<para>           - The name of the new Data Probe generated</para>
+
+<para>           - Instructions for running Data Probe</para>
+
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fedex_plus</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+
+<para>http://scl.nist.gov</para>
+
+<para>ISO 10303-11:1994 
+<emphasis remap='I'>\Industrial Automation Systems and Integration - Product Data Representation and Exchange - Part 11: Description Methods: The EXPRESS Language Reference Manual.</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>Morris, K.C., Sauderd, D., Ressler, S., 
+<emphasis remap='I'>\Validation Testing System: Reusable Software Component Design, </emphasis>
+NISTIR 4937, National Institute of Standards and Technology, October
+1992.</para>
+
+<para>Sauder, D.,
+<emphasis remap='I'>\Data Probe Users Guide,</emphasis>
+NISTIR 5141, National Institute of Standards and Technology, March
+1993.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='note'><title>NOTE</title>
+<para>All NISTIR documents may be obtained through the National Technical
+Information Service (NTIS), Springfield VA 22161, USA or through the
+web.  See http://scl.nist.gov for a listing of related
+documentation.</para> 
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/mkProbe.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/painttorle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/painttorle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/painttorle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='painttorle1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>PAINTTORLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>December 20, 1986</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>painttorle</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert MacPaint images to RLE format.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>painttorle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-c </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>red</replaceable></arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>green</replaceable></arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>blue</replaceable></arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>alpha</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-r </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile.rle</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile.paint</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Painttorle</emphasis>
+converts a file from MacPaint format into RLE format.  Because MacPaint and
+RLE disagree on which end is up, the output should be sent through
+<emphasis remap='I'>rleflip</emphasis>
+to preserve orientation.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option><replaceable>[red] [green] [blue] [alpha]</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Allows the color values to be specified (the default is 255).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Invert the color of the MacPaint pixels (reverse video).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile.paint</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input paint data will be read from this file, otherwise, input will
+be taken from stdin.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile.rle</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, output will be written to this file, otherwise it will
+go to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rletopaint</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/painttorle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/pgmtorle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/pgmtorle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/pgmtorle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='pgmtorle1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, Minnesota Supercomputer Center, Inc. -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>PGMTORLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>July 20, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>pgmtorle</refname>
+<refpurpose>convert a pbmplus/pgm image file into an RLE image file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>pgmtorle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-h </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-a </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-o <replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>filename</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program converts PBMPLUS grayscale (pgm) image files into Utah
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+image files.  PBMPLUS/pgm image files contain the image dimensions and 8-bit
+pixels with no matte or alpha data.  When converting to an RLE file, the alpha
+channel may optionally be computed.  The RLE file will contain a "grayscale"
+image (8 bits) with no colormap.  The origins of PBMPLUS and Utah RLE files
+are in the upper left and lower left corners respectively, so this
+program automatically "flips" the image.
+These RLE files may then be viewed using any
+RLE image viewer.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option will cause pgmtorle to operate in verbose mode.  The header
+information is written to "stderr".  Actually, there is not much header
+information stored in a PBMPLUS file so this information is minimal.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-h</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option allows the header of the PBMPLUS image to be dumped to "stderr"
+without converting the file.  It is equivalent to using the -v option except
+that no file conversion takes place.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option will cause pgmtorle to use the grayscale data to compute an alpha
+channel in the resulting RLE file.  For any non-zero grayscale data, the alpha
+channel will contain a value of 255.  The resulting RLE image file will
+contain one color channel and one alpha channel.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile.pgm</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The name of the PBMPLUS image data file to be converted.  This file must end
+in ".pgm".  However, it is not necessary to supply the ".pgm" extension as it
+will be added to the supplied name if not already there.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>pgmtorle -v test.pgm -o test.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>While running in verbose mode, convert test.pgm to RLE format and store
+resulting data in test.rle.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>pgmtorle -h test</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Dump the header information of the PBMPLUS file called test.pgm.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppmtorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rletoppm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<!-- .br -->
+<para>Wesley C. Barris
+<!-- .br -->
+Army High Performance Computing Research Center (AHPCRC)
+<!-- .br -->
+Minnesota Supercomputer Center, Inc.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/pgmtorle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/pictx.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/pictx.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/pictx.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='pictx1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>PICTX</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>pictx</refname>
+<refpurpose>combines the two programs showtherm and ir-X</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>pictx</command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='descriptions'><title>DESCRIPTIONS</title>
+<para>Pictx is an interactive program that
+combines the two programs showtherm and ir-X.  Ultimately it can
+read a temperature output file and display the image on the screen
+without having the user call two different programs.</para>
+
+<para>Pictx is designed to be run in an X-windows environment since
+it does call the program ir-X.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>The following is an example from an interactive session.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	$ pictx
+	This takes a BRL-CAD mged model with a PRISM
+	temperature output file and raytrace and/or
+	display it using X-Windows graphics.  Make
+	your selection.
+		0 - raytrace &amp; store file
+		1 - raytrace, store, and showtherm file
+		2 - showtherm file
+	1
+	Enter .g file to be raytraced (15 char max).
+		test.veh.g
+	Enter the number of groups to be raytraced.
+		1
+	Enter group 0 (25 char max).
+		vehicle
+
+	The program showtherm is now being run.
+
+	Type of output file to be read 0=&gt;PRISM, 1=&gt;generic.
+		0
+	Enter name of the PRISM output file to be read (26 char max).
+		veh.prm
+	Enter the number of regions in the PRISM file, must be more
+	than eight (not including the background).
+		18
+	Enter name of region # &amp; name file to be read (26 char max).
+		veh.f.rnn
+	Enter name of output file (26 char max).
+		veh.dis
+	Enter the elapsed time to create graphical representation of.
+		4
+	Number of regions (including the background):  19
+	7/19/1984 7.000000:0.000000
+	Prism out file read.
+	Region # &amp; name file opened.
+	The number of regions read from the output file and the region # &amp; name
+	file was the same, 18 (does not include background in number).
+	Building directory.
+	File:  test.veh.g
+	Database Title:  test vehicle for use with irprep programs
+		vehicle loaded
+	The number of regions read from the output
+	file, the region # &amp; name file, and the .g
+	file are all equal.  The number of regions
+	read, including the background is 19
+	Preparation started.
+
+	Minimum &amp; maximum X:  -3001.000000 - 3714.000000
+	Minimum &amp; maximum Y:  -1350.000000 - 1350.000000
+	Minimum &amp; maximum Z:  0.000000 - 2500.000000
+	Center of bounding sphere:  356.500000, 0.000000, 1250.000000
+	Radius of bounding sphere:  3829.551456
+	Enter multiplication factor for radius.
+		.75
+	Enter grid size.
+		512
+	Enter azimuth &amp; elevation.
+		35 25
+	gridsize:  512 x 512
+	azimuth:  35.000000 degrees
+	elevation:  25.000000 degrees
+
+	The program ir-X is now being run.  If option
+	0 or 1 was used when the name of a file is asked
+	for enter the name of the file that was just
+	stored.
+
+	Enter name of file to be read (26 char max)
+		veh.dis
+	Indicate type of color shading to use.
+		0 - gray
+		1 - red
+		2 - black-blue-cyan-green-yellow-white
+		3 - black-blue-magenta-red-yellow-white
+	0
+	Do you wish to create a pix file (0-no, 1-yes)?
+		0
+	Zeroing color info array - finished zeroing.
+	Setting up color scale - shades of gray - finished.
+	Reading file - file read.
+	Width:  512
+	Height:  512
+	Finding min &amp; max.
+	Minimum:  22.590000
+	Maximum:  46.830000
+	Finding pixel bins - found pixel bins.
+	Putting color info in arrays - color info in arrays.
+	$
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>firpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>secpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shapefact</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>all_sf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>showtherm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, ir-X(1), <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ir-sgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pictsgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, User's Manual for IRPREP (BRL-SP-96), Computer Programs
+for Generating an Input File for PRISM and Displaying PRISM Results
+(BRL report in progress)</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Susan A. Coates</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1992-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/pictx.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ppmtorle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ppmtorle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ppmtorle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='ppmtorle1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, Minnesota Supercomputer Center, Inc. -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>PPMTORLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>July 30, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>ppmtorle</refname>
+<refpurpose>convert a PBMPLUS/ppm image file into an RLE image file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>ppmtorle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-h </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-a </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-o <replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile.ppm</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program converts PBMPLUS full-color (ppm) image files into Utah
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+image files.  PBMPLUS/ppm image files contain the image dimensions and image
+data in the form of RGB triplets.  When converting to an RLE file, the alpha
+channel may be optionally computed.  The origins of PBMPLUS and Utah RLE files
+are  in the upper left and lower left corners respectively, so this
+program automatically "flips" the image.  The input can consist of
+several concatenated ppm images, in which case, the output will
+consist of several concatenated RLE images.</para>
+
+<para>The RLE file will contain a "true color" image
+(24 bits).  These RLE files may then be viewed using any RLE image viewer.  When
+they are displayed on an 8 bit display, the image must be dithered.  In order
+to produce a better looking image (on 8 bit displays), it is recommended that
+the image be quantizing (to 8 bit mapped color) prior to its display.  This may
+be done by piping the output of this program into the Utah
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mcut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+or
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlequant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+utilities.
+An example of this is shown later.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option will cause ppmtorle to operate in verbose mode.  The header
+information is written to "stderr".  Actually, there is not much header
+information stored in a PBMPLUS file, so this information is minimal.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-h</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option allows the header of the PBMPLUS image to be dumped to "stderr"
+without converting the file.  It is equivalent to using the -v option except
+that no file conversion takes place.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option will cause ppmtorle to use the RGB data to compute an alpha
+channel in the resulting RLE file.  For any non-zero RGB data, the alpha
+channel will contain a value of 255.  The resulting RLE image file will
+contain three color channels and an alpha channel.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile.ppm</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The name of the PBMPLUS image data file to be converted.  This file must end
+in ".ppm".  However, it is not necessary to supply the ".ppm" extension as it
+will be added to the supplied name if not already there.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>ppmtorle -v test.ppm -o test.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>While running in verbose mode, convert test.ppm to RLE format and store
+resulting data in test.rle.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>ppmtorle test | mcut &gt;test.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Convert test.ppm to RLE format and convert to 8 bit
+mapped color before storing data in test.rle</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>ppmtorle -h test</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Dump the header information of the PBMPLUS file called test.ppm.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mcut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pgmtorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlequant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rletoppm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<!-- .br -->
+<para>Wesley C. Barris
+<!-- .br -->
+Army High Performance Computing Research Center (AHPCRC)
+<!-- .br -->
+Minnesota Supercomputer Center, Inc.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ppmtorle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/pyrmask.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/pyrmask.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/pyrmask.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='pyrmask1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>PYRMASK</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Nov 8, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>pyrmask</refname>
+<refpurpose>Blend two images together using Gaussian pyramids.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>pyrmask</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-l </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>levels</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>inmask</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outmask</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>maskfile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Pyrmask</emphasis>
+blends two images together by first breaking the images down into
+separate bandpass images, combining these separate images, and then adding
+the new bandpass images back into a single output image.  This can produce
+very seamless blends of digital images.  The two images
+are combined on the basis of a third "mask" image.  The resulting image
+will contain the
+<emphasis remap='I'>inmask</emphasis>
+image where the mask contains a maximum value (255) and the
+<emphasis remap='I'>outmask</emphasis>
+image where the mask contains zeros.  This is done on a channel by channel
+basis, i.e. the maskfile should have data in each channel describing how
+to combine each channel of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>inmask</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>outmask</emphasis>
+images.  All three images
+must have exactly the same dimensions (both image size and number of channels).
+For best results, it's often useful to filter the mask image a little with
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>smush</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+first.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option><replaceable> levels</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>How many pyramid levels to use (maximum is log(2) of image size).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, output will be written to this file, otherwise it will
+go to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smush</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleswap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<!-- .br -->
+Burt and Adelson, "A Multiresolution Spline With Applications to Image
+Mosaics", <emphasis remap='I'>ACM Transactions on Graphics</emphasis>, October 1983, V2 #4, p. 217.
+<!-- .br -->
+Ogden, Adelson, Bergen and Burt, "Pyramid-based Computer Graphics", <emphasis remap='I'>RCA
+Engineer</emphasis>, Sept/Oct 1985, p. 4.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Rod Bogart</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>The current implementation has very
+strict requirements for image sizes and dimensions.  The extensive
+use of floating point computation makes it very slow for normal sized
+images.  It also keeps all of the bandpass images in core at
+once, which requires considerable amounts of memory.</para>
+
+<para>Pyrmask is built on top of a library of functions for working with
+Gaussian pyramids.  This library has yet to be documented or fully
+tested.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/pyrmask.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rastorle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rastorle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rastorle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rastorle1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1988, University of Utah -->
+<refentryinfo><date>21 June 1988</date></refentryinfo>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RASTORLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='date'>21 June 1988</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rastorle</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert sun raster file image to an RLE format file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rastorle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-a </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile.ras</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rastorle</emphasis>
+converts a sun raster file to a file in the
+Utah Raster Toolkit
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format.  It understands both the original unencoded format and the
+"type 2" (run length encoded) format raster files.  Since Sun raster
+files and RLE images disagree on where the origin is, the program
+automatically flips the image.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile.ras</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input sun raster will be read from this file, otherwise, input will
+be taken from stdin.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, an alpha channel will be "faked".  That is, the alpha
+channel will be zero wherever the input is black (0), and 255
+elsewhere.
+<option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable>
+If specified, output will be written to this file, otherwise it will
+go to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rletorast</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Berry Kercheval</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rastorle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rawtorle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rawtorle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rawtorle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rawtorle1'>
+<refentryinfo><date>1990</date></refentryinfo>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RAWTORLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='date'>1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rawtorle</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert raw image data to RLE.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rawtorle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-N </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-s </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-r </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-w </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>width</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-h </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>height</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-f </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>header-size</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-t </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>trailer-size</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-n </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>nchannels</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-a </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>alpha-value</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-p </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>scanline-pad</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-l </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>left-scanline-pad</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program is used to convert image data in any of a number of "raw" forms to the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format.  The expected input size is computed from the arguments, so
+that several images may be concatenated together and will be processed
+in sequence.  In this case, the output file will contain several RLE images.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-N</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input is in non-interleaved order, as might be generated by the command
+<!-- .br -->
+cat pic.r pic.g pic.b</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input is in scanline interleaved order.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Reverse the channel order.  (E.g., data will be interpreted as ABGR
+instead of RGBA.)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w</option><replaceable> width</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the width of the input image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-h</option><replaceable> height</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the height of the input image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option><replaceable> header-size</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This many bytes will be skipped before starting to read image data.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t</option><replaceable> trailer-size</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This many bytes will be skipped at the end of the image data.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option><replaceable> nchannels</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input data has this many color channels.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a</option> <replaceable>alpha-value</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generate a constant alpha channel.  The default value for
+<emphasis remap='I'>alpha-value</emphasis>
+is 255.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option><replaceable> scanline-pad</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This many bytes will be skipped at the end of each scanline.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option><replaceable> left-scanline-pad</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This many bytes will be skipped at the beginning of each scanline.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, output will be written to this file, otherwise it will
+go to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file, otherwise, input will
+be taken from stdin.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The input data is assumed to have an alpha channel if there are 2 or 4
+channels.  The alpha channel is the last input channel unless
+<option>-r</option>
+is specified, in which case it is the first.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>512x512 grayscale</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>rawtorle -w 512 -h 512 -n 1</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>640x512 raw RGB</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>rawtorle -w 640 -h 512 -n 3</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>picture.[rgb]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>cat picture.[rgb] | rawtorle -w 640 -h 512 -n 3 -N -r
+<!-- .br -->
+(I.e., separate red, green, blue image files.  This subsumes
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>graytorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>JPL ODL Voyager pics</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>rawtorle -w 800 -h 800 -f 2508 -t 1672 -n 1 -p 36</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>24bit Sun raster file</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>rawtorle -f 32 -w ... -h ... -n 3
+<!-- .br -->
+(But
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rastorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+is easier.)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>pic.{000-100}.[rgb]</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>cat pic.* | rawtorle -w ... -h ... -n 3 -s -r
+<!-- .br -->
+(I.e., each color of each scanline is in a separate file.)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>graytorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rastorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Martin Friedmann</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rawtorle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/read98721.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/read98721.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/read98721.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='read987211'>
+<!--  Copyright (c), Program of Computer Graphics, Cornell University. -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>READ98721</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jun 11, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>read98721</refname>
+<refpurpose>read an image from the HP-98721 frame buffer</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>read98721</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-b </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>red</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>green</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>blue</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-d </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>display</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-m </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-p </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xpos</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ypos</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-s </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xsize</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ysize</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-x </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>driver</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-O </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>comments</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program reads an image from a
+<emphasis remap='I'>HP-98721</emphasis>
+frame buffer and writes it to an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file. The file will contain three channels of 8 bits each for red, green,
+and blue respectively. If an output file name is not specified the image
+will be written to the standard output.  The default display device
+and device driver are respectively
+<filename>/dev/crt98721</filename>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>hp98721.</emphasis></para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option><replaceable> red green blue</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies red, green and blue pixel values for the background.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option><replaceable> display</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Gives the name of the display device from which the image is to be read.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-m</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Saves the device color maps. By default, no color maps are saved.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Writes the image to
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile.</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option><replaceable> xpos ypos</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the lower left corner of the portion of the screen to be
+saved. The origin is the lower left corner of the display, which is
+taken as the default starting position if this option is not specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option><replaceable> xsize ysize</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the size of the image to be read.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x</option><replaceable> driver</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Gives the name of the device driver to be used to communicate with
+the display device.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-O</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies that the image has no background.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The remaining arguments are taken to be comment strings of the form
+<emphasis remap='I'>name=value</emphasis>
+, and are inserted in the header of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+output file.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>getren</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Filippo Tampieri, Program of Computer Graphics, Cornell University.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/read98721.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/remapid.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/remapid.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/remapid.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='remapid1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>REMAPID</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>remapid</refname>
+<refpurpose>reassign region idents in a BRL-CAD or TANKILL model according to commands in a specification file</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>remapid</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><group choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>g</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>t</replaceable></arg></group></arg>
+    <group choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>file.g</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>file.tankill</replaceable></arg></group>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>spec_file</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>Performs batch modifications of region IDs for BRL-CAD
+(or TANKILL) geometry.
+The program reads a .g (or TANKILL) file and a spec file
+indicating which region IDs to change to which new values.
+For a .g file, the specified changes are made to that file;
+For a TANKILL file, a modified model is written to stdout.
+The remapping assignment is read from a specification file
+containing commands, the grammar for which looks something like:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    command  --&gt; id_list ':' id
+    id_list  --&gt; id_block | id_block ',' id_list
+    id_block --&gt; id | id '-' id
+    id       --&gt; [0-9]+
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The semantics of a command is:  For every region in the database
+whose region ID appears in the id_list before the ':', change its
+region ID to the value appearing after the ':'.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 2005-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/remapid.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/remrt.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/remrt.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/remrt.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='remrt1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>REMRT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>remrt</refname>
+<refpurpose>network distributed (remote) ray-trace dispatcher</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>remrt</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><command>remrt</command>
+is intended to be an entirely plug-compatible replacement for
+the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+program.
+While
+<emphasis remap='I'>rt</emphasis>
+can operate on more than one processor of a shared memory MIMD style
+multi-processor, it can not spread the work out across the network.
+<command>remrt</command>
+and its companion program
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtsrv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+implement a
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>libpkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>-based
+protocol for distributing the task of ray-traced rendering out
+to an arbitrary number of processors on the network.
+Those processors can be from an arbitrary mix of vendors,
+with differing instruction sets and data representations,
+operating at widely different speeds.</para>
+
+<para><command>remrt</command>
+provides two levels of fault-tolerance in its distributed computation.
+First, any
+<emphasis remap='I'>rtsrv</emphasis>
+processor which fails (or whose network link fails) will have its work
+reassigned automatically by
+<command>remrt</command>
+to other processors, so that the failure of that processor does not
+hold up the progress of the computation.
+On a regular interval
+<command>remrt</command>
+attempts to restart computation on failed processors marked "active",
+so that when failed systems become available again they are
+put back to work.
+Second,
+<command>remrt</command>
+offers a form of "checkpoint-restart" by carefully writing all
+received pixel data immediately to disk.  If the machine running
+<command>remrt</command>
+should fail, when
+<command>remrt</command>
+is restarted, it will determine what work remains to be done and
+restart all the
+<emphasis remap='I'>rtsrv</emphasis>
+processes on the remote machines.</para>
+
+<para><command>remrt</command>
+takes exactly the same set of command line arguments as
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
+For a full discussion of those options, consult the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+manual page.
+From within
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+the
+<command>remrt</command>
+program can be run from the current
+<emphasis remap='I'>mged</emphasis>
+view by giving the
+<emphasis remap='I'>mged</emphasis>
+command</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+     rrt remrt -M -s###
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>where "###" is the image resolution desired.</para>
+
+<para><command>remrt</command>
+depends on the Berkeley
+<emphasis remap='I'>rsh (1)</emphasis>
+remote shell command and the user's corresponding ".rhosts" file
+to automatically initiate remote computation.</para>
+
+<para><command>remrt</command>
+requires a control file called ".remrtrc" which specifies
+a few essential parameters of the server machines (network hosts)
+that are to participate in the distributed computation.
+The ".remrtrc" file contains a list of normal
+<command>remrt</command>
+commands which are to be executed before distributed processing
+is to begin.
+This can be useful for establishing a variety of user-specific
+defaults.
+However, the most important command to provide is a "host"
+command to describe each of the remote hosts that will (or may)
+participate in the distributed computation.
+Here is a sample ".remrt" file:</para>
+
+<!-- .in +5 -->
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+host wolf	passive cd /tmp/cad/.remrt.4d
+host voyage	always cd /tmp/cad/.remrt.4d
+host whiz	hacknight convert /tmp
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<!-- .in -->
+
+<para>The first argument to the "host" command is the name of the
+server machine.
+It will be converted to a fully qualified name by calling
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gethostbyname</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+and
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gethostbyaddr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+
+<para>The second argument to the "host" command describes "when" this
+machine should be used.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>always</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>says that whenever this host is not participating in the computation,
+repeated attempts should be made (every 5 minutes) to start an
+<emphasis remap='I'>rtsrv</emphasis>
+process on that machine.
+This option is most useful for machines where the system administrator
+and/or owner of the machine won't mind your using the machine at any
+time.  (Note that
+<emphasis remap='I'>rtsrv</emphasis>
+runs at the lowest priority by default, so this isn't too terribly
+uncivilized.  But be polite and ask first.)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>night</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>indicates that the machine should only be used during
+the night and on weekends.
+Night extends from 1800 through 0000 to 0800.
+Saturday and Sunday are considered to be in night time for the entire day.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>hacknight</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>indicates that the machine is owned by a late-night "hacker",
+and can be used while that hacker is likely to be asleep.
+Hacking tends to run from 1300 through 0000 to 0400, so
+<emphasis remap='B'>hacknight</emphasis>
+is the time period from 0400 to 1300.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>passive</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>indicates that
+<command>remrt</command>
+should never attempt to initiate an
+<emphasis remap='I'>rtsrv</emphasis>
+process on this machine, but if the user should happen to start
+<emphasis remap='I'>rtsrv</emphasis>
+manually on the machine and direct it to join the computational fray,
+then the necessary information will be available.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>If an unlisted machine should join the fray, it will be added</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>with a "when" value of
+<emphasis remap='B'>passive</emphasis>
+and a "where" value of
+<emphasis remap='B'>convert</emphasis>.
+When an
+<emphasis remap='I'>rtsrv</emphasis>
+passes from night into day, it is automatically terminated by
+<command>remrt</command>
+at the appointed time.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The third argument to the "host" command is the "where" parameter,
+which indicates where the BRL-CAD ".g" file (and any related texture
+maps) can be found.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>cd</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>indicates that the
+<emphasis remap='I'>rtsrv</emphasis>
+program should change directory
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to the indicated directory path, and should just read the
+data files in that directory as
+<emphasis remap='I'>rt</emphasis>
+normally would.
+This can be used to specify NFS or RFS mounted remote directories,
+or static copies of the binary database file(s) needed to perform
+the ray-tracing.
+This is the most efficient way of operating
+<emphasis remap='I'>rtsrv</emphasis>,
+but it also requires some manual preparation on the part of the user
+to install all the required files in the designated location.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>convert</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>indicates that
+<command>remrt</command>
+should send across an ASCII machine-independent version of the
+".g" database file using the command:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    asc2g &lt; file.g | rsh host 'cd directory; g2asc &gt; file.g'
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>before starting up the
+<emphasis remap='I'>rtsrv</emphasis>
+program in that same directory.
+This relieves the user of the burden of setting up the ".g"
+database file, but suffers from several drawbacks.
+First, the transmission of a large database can take a noticeable
+amount of time.
+Second, should the server host go down and then re-join the fray,
+the database will be sent again, because
+<command>remrt</command>
+has no easy way to tell if the previous ".g" file is still intact
+after the crash/restart.
+Third,
+<command>remrt</command>
+has no way to tell what auxiliary files might be needed for this ".g"
+file, and thus can not send them automatically.
+If the ".g" file references height field, extruded bit-map, or volumetric
+solids, the associated data files will not be present on a
+<emphasis remap='B'>convert</emphasis>
+mode server.  The same applies for texture map and bump map files.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para><command>remrt</command>
+uses several different strategies for optimizing the dispatching of work.
+These can be controlled by the "allocate" command.
+If the
+<option>-I</option>
+(interactive) flag is given or "allocate frame" has been specified,
+then the work allocation method is
+a "free for all", allocating work from one frame at a time
+to all servers as they become ready for more.
+This maximizes the CPU overhead for prepping (because all CPUs will
+prep all frames), but it also provides the shortest wall-clock time
+to getting the first frame finished.
+This mode is recommended for demonstrations, and other situations
+where people are sitting around waiting for results to appear on the screen.</para>
+
+<para>If the
+"allocate load" command has been given, then new servers
+will not be assigned to a given frame unless there is at least
+enough work remaining on that frame to require
+10 percent of that server's measured performance capacity.
+Otherwise the server is started on a subsequent frame.</para>
+
+<para>If the "allocate movie" command is given, then each server is
+allocated a whole frame to do.  This minimizes the CPU time
+spent in the overhead of prepping the frame, and tends to maximize overall
+throughput, at the price of making you wait a long time for the first
+frame to finish.
+This mode is best used when crunching out large numbers of frames
+for an animation.
+(See also the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>scriptsort</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+command for a clever power-of-two script rearrangement technique first
+proposed by Jim Blinn).</para>
+
+<para>The output can be stored either in a file, or sent to the current
+framebuffer, the same as with
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+
+<para>When
+<command>remrt</command>
+is run without command line arguments, it enters an interactive
+mode.  In this mode, the current framebuffer can be assigned and
+released, frames can be added to the list of pending work, and
+many other control and status commands can be used.</para>
+
+<para>Normally
+<command>remrt</command>
+runs in a batch mode, taking all its information from the
+command line, the script file on stdin, and the ".remrtrc" file.
+If you wish to issue an interactive-style command to
+<command>remrt</command>
+while it is running in batch mode, this can be accomplished by
+giving an extra argument to
+<emphasis remap='I'>rtsrv</emphasis>,
+which will simply pass on the command and exit.
+For example:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    rtsrv server_host 4446 status
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>would send the command "status" to the
+<command>remrt</command>
+process running on the machine called "server_host" and listening
+at port 4446.
+4446 is the port used by the first copy of
+<command>remrt</command>
+running on a machine.  If a second copy of
+<command>remrt</command>
+is started while the first one continues to run, it
+will be assigned port 4447.  One is added to the port number
+repeatedly until an available port is found.
+Normally you do not need to worry about which port is being used,
+unless you wish to send commands there directly.
+The
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>netstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+command can sometimes be useful to track down which ports are being used.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtsrv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scriptsort</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>brlcad</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lgt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtpp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Numerous error conditions are possible.
+Descriptive messages are printed on standard error.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also2'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para>M. Muuss,
+<emphasis remap='I'>"Workstations, Networking, Distributed Graphics,
+and Parallel Processing"</emphasis>,
+in <emphasis remap='I'>"Computer Graphics Techniques:  Theory and Practice"</emphasis>,
+ed: Rogers &amp; Earnshaw,
+Springer Verlag, New York, pages 409-472.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Most deficiencies observed while using the
+<command>remrt</command>
+program are usually with the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+program, with which it shares a substantial amount of common code,
+or with the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+library.
+If a frame fails to render properly, try processing it on a single
+machine using
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to determine if the problem is in the ray-tracing side of things,
+or the distributed computation side of things.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1994-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/remrt.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/repos.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/repos.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/repos.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='repos1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ Template man page.  Taken from wtm's page for getcx3d -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>REPOS</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Month DD, YYYY</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>repos</refname>
+<refpurpose>reposition an RLE image</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>repos</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-p </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xpos</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ypos</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-P </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xinc</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>yinc</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><command>repos</command>
+repositions an RLE image.  Repos just changes the coordinates stored in
+the RLE header (see
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE(5)),</emphasis>
+no modification is made to the image itself.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<para>If neither of the following flags are specified,
+<option>-p</option>
+0 0 is assumed.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option><replaceable> xpos ypos</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Reposition the image to the absolute coordinates
+<emphasis remap='I'>xpos ypos.</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-P</option><replaceable> xinc yinc</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Move the image by
+<emphasis remap='I'>xinc yinc</emphasis>
+pixels from where it currently is (relative movement).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file, otherwise, input will
+be taken from stdin.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, output will be written to this file, otherwise it will
+go to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Repos</emphasis>
+does not allow the image origin to have negative coordinates.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlesetbg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='authors'><title>AUTHORS</title>
+<para>Rod Bogart, John W. Peterson</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/repos.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/reshoot.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/reshoot.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/reshoot.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='reshoot1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RESHOOT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>reshoot</refname>
+<refpurpose>re-shoot rays and compare results</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>reshoot</command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&lt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>raylist</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program is designed to shoot a set of rays and compare the results with previous results.
+The program exits with a non-zero status if any rays are different from the previous run,
+and a 0 status if no differences were found.</para>
+
+
+
+<para>Typically, an application (probably other than
+<command>reshoot</command>)
+is run with the RT_G_DEBUG flag DEBUG_ALLHITS set.
+This will cause librt to log all calls to the application <emphasis remap='I'>hit</emphasis> routine to the standard error.
+The logged output can be processed by an
+<emphasis remap='I'>awk</emphasis>
+program to produce input to
+<command>reshoot</command>.
+Consider the file p.awk with the following contents:</para>
+
+<!-- .in +5 -->
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+/Pnt/ { START=index($0,"(") + 1
+       STR=substr($0, START, index($0,")") - START)
+       gsub(  ", "  , "," , STR)
+       printf "Pnt=%s\n",STR
+       }
+/Dir/ { START=index($0,"(") + 1
+       STR=substr($0, START, index($0,")") - START)
+       gsub(  ", "  , "," , STR)
+       printf "Dir=%s\n",STR
+       }
+/PT/  { PIN=$3; POUT=$5 }
+/InHIT/ { INHIT=$2 }
+/OutHIT/ { OUTHIT=$2 }
+/Region/ { printf "	region=%s in=%s in%s out=%s out%s\n",
+	$2,PIN,INHIT,POUT,OUTHIT
+	}
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+
+<para>Given this
+<emphasis remap='I'>awk</emphasis>
+program The log file from the application can be processed as follows:</para>
+
+<para>awk -f p.awk &lt; logfile &gt; shotlist</para>
+
+<para>to produce input for
+<command>reshoot</command>.
+An example of the input file format for
+<command>reshoot</command>
+is:</para>
+
+<!-- .in +5 -->
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+Pnt=0,0,1
+Dir=0,0,-1
+	region=r1.r in=p1.s indist=10016.8 out=p2.s outdist=10017.8
+	region=r2.r in=p3.s indist=10018.8 out=p4.s outdist=10019.8
+	<emphasis remap='I'>... (arbitrary many region lines)</emphasis>
+Pnt=0,0,10
+Dir=0,0,-1
+	region=r1.r in=p1.s indist=10016.8 out=p2.s outdist=10017.8
+	region=r2.r in=p3.s indist=10018.8 out=p4.s outdist=10019.8
+	<emphasis remap='I'>... (arbitrary many region lines)</emphasis>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+
+<para>There can be an arbitrary number of rays specified in the file.
+There must not be whitespace between the values of Pnt and Dir.
+It is best to comma separate the three coordinate values.
+The keywords "Pnt" and "Dir" must occur at the beginning of a line.
+There can be an arbitrary number of regions along the ray path.
+Each region must be described on a single line.
+A new ray is started by a "Pnt" value.
+Then
+<command>reshoot</command>
+can be run as follows:</para>
+
+<para>reshoot geom.g obj ... &lt; shotlist</para>
+
+<para>Differences are reported for each ray as they are found:</para>
+
+<!-- .in +5 -->
+<para>Ray Pt 0,0,1 Dir 0,0,-1
+	inhit mismatch 17.8177 16.8
+	outhit mismatch 24.7685 23.8
+	region name mismatch /oops.r sb r1.r
+	in primitive name mismatch p8.s sb p1.s</para>
+
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>The floating point values logged when the DEBUG_ALLHITS flag is set in RT_G_DEBUG are printed with a %g format.
+This causes some truncation of precision.  This is accounted for by
+<command>reshoot</command>
+by re-formatting the numbers computed into ascii and re-parsing them back in.
+This causes the same amount of precision loss as the original values
+have undergone.  However, small actual differences are also overlooked
+as a result.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 2006-2012 United States Government as
+represented by the U.S. Army Research Laboratory. All rights reserved.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/reshoot.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlatorle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlatorle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlatorle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlatorle1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, Minnesota Supercomputer Center, Inc. -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLATORLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>May 30, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlatorle</refname>
+<refpurpose>convert a Wavefront "rla" or "rlb" image file into an RLE image file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlatorle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-b </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-h </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-m </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-o <replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile.rla</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program converts Wavefront image files (rla or rlb formats) into Utah
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+image files.  Wavefront image files store RGB data as well as a matte channel.
+They also define a "bounding box" containing non-background pixels which is in
+many cases smaller than the total image area.  Only this non-background area is
+run length encoded.  When converting to an RLE file, the matte channel is
+stored as an alpha channel and the "bounding box" dimensions are ignored.  It
+is for this reason that in general the RLE version of the file will be larger
+than its Wavefront counterpart.</para>
+
+<para>The RLE file will contain a "true color" image
+(24 bits).  These RLE files may then be viewed using any RLE image viewer.  When
+they are displayed on an 8 bit display, the image will be dithered.  In order
+to produce a better looking image (on 8 bit displays), it is recommended that
+the image be quantizing (to 8 bit mapped color) prior to its display.  This may
+be done by piping the output of this program into the Utah
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mcut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+or
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlequant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+utilities.
+An example of this is shown later.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option will cause rlatorle to convert from a Wavefront "rlb" image
+rather than use the default "rla" conversion.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option will cause rlatorle to operate in verbose mode.  The header
+information is written to "stderr".</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-h</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option allows the header of the wavefront image to be dumped to "stderr"
+without converting the file.  It is equivalent to using the -v option except
+that no file conversion takes place.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-m</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option will cause rlatorle to ignore the RGB data and use the matte
+channel information to produce a monochrome image.  The resulting RLE image
+file will contain only one color channel instead of the usual four
+(RGB + alpha).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile.rla</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The name of the Wavefront image data file to be converted.  It is not necessary
+to supply the ".rla" or ".rlb" extension as it will be added to the supplied
+name if not already there.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlatorle -v test.0001.rla -o test.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>While running in verbose mode, convert test.0001.rla to RLE format and store
+resulting data in test.rle.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlatorle test.0001.rla | mcut &gt;test.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Convert test.0001.rla to RLE format and convert to 8 bit mapped color before
+storing data in test.rle</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlatorle -h test.0001.rla</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Dump the header information of the Wavefront file called test.0001.rla.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlatorle -b test.0001 | get4d</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Convert test.0001.rlb to RLE format and display the resulting image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mcut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlequant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rletorla</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<!-- .br -->
+<para>Wesley C. Barris
+<!-- .br -->
+Army High Performance Computing Research Center (AHPCRC)
+<!-- .br -->
+Minnesota Supercomputer Center, Inc.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlatorle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleClock.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleClock.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleClock.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rleclock1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLECLOCK</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Dec 11, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rleClock</refname>
+<refpurpose>Generate a clock face in RLE format</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleClock</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program generates an analog clock face in
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file format and writes it to
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+or standard output.
+The picture is a standard clock face with optional digital representation
+above.
+The user has control over the colors of the portions of the clock face, the
+text, and the text background.
+The user also has control over the clock configuration: number of ticks, scale
+of the big and little hands, the values of the big and little hands, and the
+format used to generate the digital portion.</para>
+
+<para>By default,
+<command>rleClock</command>
+generates a standard analog clock face displaying the current time and
+with no digital portion.
+This default face is transparent, that is, the alpha channel is only defined
+for the clock outline, tick marks, and the hands.</para>
+
+<para>On those options that expect colors, three numbers must be given after the
+option switch.
+These are values for red, green, and blue on a scale of zero through 255.
+Those color options that are capitalized indicate the colors for the filled
+regions (optional for the clock face and text but default for the hands).
+Those that are not capitalized are for lines that either outline or constitute
+the feature (the clock face is default, but they're optional for the hands).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-help</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Prints a synopsis of the options.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The options that control the value displayed by the clock are</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-ls</option><replaceable> FLOAT</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This specifies the full scale (360 degrees) of the little hand.
+Default is 12.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-lv</option><replaceable> FLOAT</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This specifies the value of the little hand, expressed in units of the little hand
+full scale.
+Default is the current hour time on a 12-hour scale.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-bs</option><replaceable> FLOAT</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This specifies the full scale (360 degrees) of the big hand.
+Default is 60.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-bv</option><replaceable> FLOAT</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This specifies the value of the big hand, expressed in units of the big hand
+full scale.
+Default is the current minute time.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The following options manage the display configuration of the clock:</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x</option><replaceable> INT</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The INT specifies the width of the clock in pixels.
+Default is 128.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-cy</option><replaceable> INT</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The INT specifies the height of the clock face (minus text portion) in pixels.
+The default is 128.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-ty</option><replaceable> INT</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The INT specifies the height in pixels of the text portion of the display.
+If it is zero (the default), no text portion is displayed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t</option><replaceable> INT</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This specifies the number of tick marks to place around the clock.
+The default is 12.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-lw</option><replaceable> INT</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This specifies the line width in pixels of the clock face, the tick marks, the
+optional hand borders, and the text.
+The default is one, but two or three give better looking clocks.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-tf</option><replaceable> STR</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The string describes how to show the digital portion of the clock.
+The rules for forming STR are the same as for
+<emphasis remap='I'>printf</emphasis>
+format strings, that is, a percent sign, optionally followed by field width
+values, followed by a key letter.
+In this case, the key letter may be
+<emphasis remap='B'>b, l, B,</emphasis>
+or
+<emphasis remap='B'>L.</emphasis>
+Lower case
+<emphasis remap='B'>b</emphasis>
+means to insert the integer value of the big hand and upper case
+<emphasis remap='B'>B</emphasis>
+means to insert the floating point value of the big hand.
+Lower case
+<emphasis remap='B'>l</emphasis>
+means to insert the integer value of the little hand and upper case
+<emphasis remap='B'>L</emphasis>
+means to insert the floating point value of the little hand.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-fc</option><replaceable> R G B</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This specifies the color in red, green, and blue, of the clock face.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-Fc</option><replaceable> R G B</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This specifies the color to fill in inside the clock face, under the hands.  If
+this option is not supplied, the clock is generated with no inside-face
+background (by use of the alpha channel).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-Hc</option><replaceable> R G B</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This specifies the color to draw in the hands with.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-hc</option><replaceable> R G B</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This specifies the color to draw the outlines of the hands.
+If it is not given, no outlines are drawn on the edges of the hands.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-tc</option><replaceable> R G B</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This specifies the color of the text above the clock.
+It only has effect if a text height (-ty) is supplied.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-Tc</option><replaceable> R G B</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This specifies the color of a background field to place behind the text.
+If omitted, no background (zero alpha channel) is drawn.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><command>rleClock</command></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generates a transparent clock face showing the current time and no digital
+representation.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><userinput>rleClock -ty 32</userinput></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generates a current-time clock with digital representation above.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><userinput>rleClock -Fc 255 0 0 -Hc 0 0 255 -lw 3 -ty 96 -tc 0 255 0 -Tc 128 128 128</userinput></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generates a clock with a red inside, white face, blue hands, wide lines, tall
+text field, green test, and grey text background.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><userinput>rleClock -ty 32 -bs 10 -bv 4.51 -ls 100 -lv 45.1 -tf %2l.%2.2B </userinput></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generates a clock with the scale of the big hand set to 10 and its value at
+4.51, the scale and value of the little hand as 100 and 45.1, and the format
+for the digital portion formatted as
+<emphasis remap='B'>%2d.%2.2f</emphasis>
+to print the integer little hand value (two spaces) and the floating point big
+hand value.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Robert L. Brown, RIACS, NASA Ames Research Center</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Not thoroughly checked when the line width is cranked up.
+May dump core.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleClock.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleaddcom.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleaddcom.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleaddcom.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rleaddcom1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refentryinfo><date>2/2/87</date></refentryinfo>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEADDCOM</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='date'>2/2/87</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rleaddcom</refname>
+<refpurpose>add picture comments to an RLE file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleaddcom</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-d </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-i </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>comments</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>The
+<command>rleaddcom</command>
+program will add one or more comments to an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-", it will read from the standard input.  The modified
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file is written to the standard output if the
+<option>-o</option>
+<replaceable>outfile</replaceable>
+option is not given.  All remaining arguments on
+the command line are taken as comments.  Comments are nominally of the
+form
+<emphasis remap='I'>name=value</emphasis>
+or
+<emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>.
+Any comment already in the file with the same
+<emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+will be replaced.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Will cause matching comments to be deleted, no comments will be added
+in this case.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>"In place."  The input file will be rewritten with the added comments.
+This argument requires write permission to the directory containing
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>,
+but does not require write permission for
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>.
+Of the special file name cases described in
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+only compressed files may be updated in place.  (It doesn't make sense
+to update the output of a pipe "in place", does it?)</para>
+
+<para>If
+<option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable>
+is specified together with
+<option>-i</option>,
+then
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+will not be modified until <command>rleaddcom</command> has finished (this is
+similar to the way that
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>into</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+works).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>into</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlehdr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas, University of Utah</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleaddcom.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleaddeof.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleaddeof.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleaddeof.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rleaddeof1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEADDEOF</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>June 12, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rleaddeof</refname>
+<refpurpose>Put an end of image marker on an RLE file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<para>Superseded by
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlecat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+<!-- body begins here -->
+
+
+<refsect1><title>Description</title>
+<para>This empty page was brought to you by brain damage somewhere in POD,
+the Perl build system, or the Perl maintainers' release procedures.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleaddeof.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlebg.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlebg.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlebg.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlebg1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEBG</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>November 12, 1986</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlebg</refname>
+<refpurpose>generate simple backgrounds</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlebg</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-l </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-v </arg><arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>top</replaceable></arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>bottom</replaceable></arg></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-s </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xsize</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ysize</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>red</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>green</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>blue</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>alpha</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><command>rlebg</command>
+generates a simple background.  These are typically used for compositing
+below other images.  The values
+<emphasis remap='I'>red green blue</emphasis>
+specify the pixel values (between 0 and 255) the background will have.
+If
+<emphasis remap='I'>alpha</emphasis>
+is not specified, it defaults to 255 (full coverage).
+<command>rlebg</command>
+generates both constant backgrounds and backgrounds with continuous
+ramps.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option><replaceable> xsize ysize</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This is the size of the background image.  The default is 512*480.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generate a linear ramp of pixel values.  If no ramp flag is given,
+<command>rlebg</command>
+generates a constant background.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option><replaceable> top bottom</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generate a variable ramp, using a quadratic function (this looks best
+with gamma corrected images).
+<emphasis remap='I'>top</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>bottom</emphasis>
+are the fractions of the full color values at the top and bottom of the image.
+The defaults are 1.0 0.1, respectively.  If both
+<option>-v</option>
+and
+<option>-l</option>
+are given, then a linear ramp function is used instead of a quadratic ramp.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlesetbg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Rod Bogart</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlebg.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlebox.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlebox.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlebox.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlebox1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEBOX</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Feb 12, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlebox</refname>
+<refpurpose>print bounding box for image in an RLE file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlebox</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-c </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-m </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>margin</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program prints the bounding box for the image portion of an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file.  This is distinct from the bounds in the file header, since it
+is computed solely on the basis of the actual image.  All background
+pixels are ignored.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print the numbers in the order that crop wants them on its command
+line.  The default order is
+<emphasis remap='I'>xmin xmax ymin ymax</emphasis>.
+If this option is specified, the bounds are printed in the order
+<emphasis remap='I'>xmin ymin xmax ymax</emphasis>.
+Thus, a file
+<emphasis remap='I'>foo.rle</emphasis>
+could be trimmed to the smallest possible image by the command</para>
+<informaltable pgwide='0' frame='none'>
+  <tgroup cols='2' align='center'>
+    <colspec colname='c1'/>
+    <colspec colname='c2'/>
+    <tbody>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>crop `rlebox -c foo.rle` foo.rle</entry>
+      </row>
+    </tbody>
+  </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-m</option><replaceable> margin</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Pads the output values by the margin given.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Verbose mode: label the numbers for human consumption.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Name of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE</emphasis>
+file (defaults to standard input).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>crop</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas, University of Utah</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlebox.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlecat.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlecat.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlecat.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlecat1'>
+<!--  \-*\- Text \-*\-
+ Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLECAT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>November 12, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlecat</refname>
+<refpurpose>concatenate and repeat images.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlecat</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-c </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-n </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>repeat-count</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>files</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program will concatenate all the input
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+images, adding titles, and
+optionally repeating the images a specified number of times.
+For each input file, it copies all images to the output file.  If an
+image does not have a
+<emphasis remap='I'>title</emphasis>
+or
+<emphasis remap='I'>TITLE</emphasis>
+comment, and the input is not coming from the standard input, then the
+file name (and an image number, if it is not the first image in the
+file) is added as a
+<emphasis remap='I'>TITLE</emphasis>
+comment.  If the input file were named 'images.rle', the first image
+would be given a comment
+<emphasis remap='I'>TITLE=images.rle</emphasis>,
+the second would get a comment
+<emphasis remap='I'>TITLE=images.rle(2)</emphasis>,
+and so on.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>With
+<option>-n</option>,
+specifies that the output images should be "collated".  In other
+words, the repeat sequence will be 1 2 3 ... 1 2 3 ... instead of the
+default of 1 1 ... 2 2 ... 3 3 ...</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option><replaceable> repeat-count</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies that each input image should be repeated
+<emphasis remap='I'>repeat-count</emphasis>
+times.  The "repeat unit" (if
+<option>-c</option>
+is specified, this is the entire concatenated sequence of input
+images, otherwise it is just each image, separately) is written to a
+temporary file, and then copied to the output the requisite number of
+times.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>files</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from these files.  If
+a file name
+is "-", or none are specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlebg 128 128 128 | rlecat -n 25</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generates 25 copies of a gray background; useful for using
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlecomp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to put background on an animation sequence (with 25 or fewer frames).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlecat *.rle | &lt;some processing&gt; | getx11</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Adds
+<emphasis remap='I'>TITLE</emphasis>
+comments so the individual images are correctly identified by
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getx11</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlecat -c -r 3 anim*.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generates an animation with 3 repeats of the action.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlecat -r 3 anim*.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generates a "triple-framed" animation - each frame is repeated 3
+times.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='files'><title>FILES</title>
+<para>/tmp/rlecatXXXXXXXX</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleaddcom</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlehdr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas, University of Michigan</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>If the /tmp directory is not writable, or if there is not sufficient
+space on /tmp to hold a repeat unit, the program will not work
+correctly.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlecat.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleccube.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleccube.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleccube.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rleccube1'>
+<!--  \-*\- Text \-*\-
+ Copyright (c) 1991, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLECCUBE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>January 30, 1991</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rleccube</refname>
+<refpurpose>Make a picture of a color cube.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleccube</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-w </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>squares-wide</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>cube-side</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program computes an <citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> image of slices through the RGB
+color cube.  The arguments control the size of the cube and the
+arrangement of the slices into an image.  Slices are taken in planes
+of constant red, with green varying along the "x" axis and blue along
+the "y" axis within a slice.  The slice for red=0 is placed in the
+lower left corner of the image; red increases along the bottom row,
+then to the left of the next row, and so on.  The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleswap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+program can be used to get an image with slices of constant green or
+blue.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w</option><replaceable> squares-wide</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The number of slices in a row will be <emphasis remap='I'>squares-wide</emphasis>.  The default
+is the smallest divisor of <emphasis remap='I'>cube-side</emphasis> larger than
+<emphasis remap='I'>sqrt(cube-side)</emphasis>.  If <emphasis remap='I'>squares-wide</emphasis> is not an exact divisor
+of <emphasis remap='I'>cube-side</emphasis>, the top row will be filled in with slices starting
+from red near 0.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>cube-side</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The number of samples on each side of the cube.  Each slice will be
+<emphasis remap='I'>cube-side</emphasis>x<emphasis remap='I'>cube-side</emphasis>, and there will be <emphasis remap='I'>cube-side</emphasis>
+slices.  The default value is 64.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleswap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>It really should fill in the excess space in the last row with black.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleccube.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlecomp.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlecomp.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlecomp.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlecomp1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLECOMP</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>December 20, 1986</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlecomp</refname>
+<refpurpose>Digital image compositor</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlecomp</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>Afile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>operator</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>Bfile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><command>rlecomp</command>
+implements an image compositor based on presence of an alpha, or matte channel
+the image.  This extra channel usually defines
+a mask which represents a sort of a cookie-cutter for the image.  This is the
+case when alpha is 255 (full coverage) for pixels inside the shape, zero
+outside, and between zero and 255 on the boundary.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>Afile</emphasis> or <emphasis remap='I'>Bfile</emphasis> is just a single -, then
+<command>rlecomp</command>
+reads that file from the standard input.</para>
+
+<para>The operations behave as follows (assuming the operation is
+"<emphasis remap='I'>A operator B</emphasis>"):</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>over</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The result will be the union of the two
+image shapes, with <emphasis remap='I'>A</emphasis> obscuring <emphasis remap='I'>B</emphasis> in the region of overlap.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>in</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The result is simply the image <emphasis remap='I'>A</emphasis> cut by the shape of <emphasis remap='I'>B</emphasis>.
+None of the image data of <emphasis remap='I'>B</emphasis> will be in the result.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>atop</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The result is the same shape as image <emphasis remap='I'>B</emphasis>, with <emphasis remap='I'>A</emphasis> obscuring
+<emphasis remap='I'>B</emphasis> where the image shapes overlap.  Note this differs from
+<emphasis remap='B'>over</emphasis>
+because the portion of <emphasis remap='I'>A</emphasis> outside <emphasis remap='I'>B</emphasis>'s shape does not appear
+in the result.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>out</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The result image is image <emphasis remap='I'>A</emphasis> with the shape of <emphasis remap='I'>B</emphasis> cut out.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>xor</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The result is the image data from both images that is
+outside the overlap region.  The overlap region will be blank.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>plus</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The result is just the sum of the image data.  Output values are
+clipped to 255 (no overflow).  This
+operation is actually independent of the alpha channels.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>minus</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The result of <emphasis remap='I'>A</emphasis> - <emphasis remap='I'>B</emphasis>, with underflow clipped to zero.  The
+alpha channel is ignored (set to 255, full coverage).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>diff</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The result of abs(<emphasis remap='I'>A</emphasis> - <emphasis remap='I'>B</emphasis>).
+This is useful for comparing two very similar images.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>add</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The result of <emphasis remap='I'>A</emphasis> + <emphasis remap='I'>B</emphasis>, with overflow wrapping
+around (<emphasis remap='I'>mod</emphasis> 256).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>subtract</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The result of <emphasis remap='I'>A</emphasis> - <emphasis remap='I'>B</emphasis>, with underflow wrapping around
+(<emphasis remap='I'>mod</emphasis> 256).  The <emphasis remap='B'>add</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='B'>subtract</emphasis> operators can be
+used to perform reversible transformations.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<!-- .br -->
+"Compositing Digital Images", Porter and Duff,
+<emphasis remap='I'>Proceedings of SIGGRAPH '84</emphasis>
+p.255</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='authors'><title>AUTHORS</title>
+<para>Rod Bogart and John W. Peterson</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>The other operations could be optimized as much as
+<emphasis remap='B'>over</emphasis>
+is.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rlecomp</emphasis>
+assumes both input files have the same number of channels.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlecomp.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rledither.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rledither.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rledither.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rledither1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ Template man page.  Taken from wtm's page for getcx3d -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEDITHER</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Month DD, YYYY</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rledither</refname>
+<refpurpose>Floyd Steinberg dither an image to the given colors.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rledither</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-e </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>edge_factor</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-l </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>nchan</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>length</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'>- </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>tf</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>mapfile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program accepts an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file and a file of colormap entries, and dithers the image to those colors.
+Edge enhancement is also performed, if specified.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-e</option><replaceable> edge_factor</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>An
+<emphasis remap='I'>edge_factor</emphasis>
+of zero means no edge enhancement (the default).  A value of 1.0 looks pretty
+good for most images.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option><replaceable> nchan length</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the number of channels in the colormap, and the number of entries
+in each channel.  The default is 3 channels of 256 entries, which is
+appropriate for an eight bit color display.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-{tf}</option><replaceable> mapfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='I'>mapfile</emphasis>
+must contain at least
+<emphasis remap='I'>nchan*length</emphasis>
+values in the range 0 to 255.  The <option>-t</option> flag causes
+<emphasis remap='I'>mapfile</emphasis>
+to be read as R G B R G B R G B...  The <option>-f</option> flag implies the entries are
+listed as R R R... G G G... B B B...</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mcut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlehdr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlequant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Rod G. Bogart, University of Michigan</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>It should read colormaps from RLE files, too.  For the moment, edit
+the output from
+<userinput>rlehdr -m</userinput>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rledither.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleflip.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleflip.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleflip.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rleflip1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ Template man page.  Taken from wtm's page for getcx3d -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEFLIP</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Month DD, YYYY</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rleflip</refname>
+<refpurpose>Invert, reflect or rotate an image.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleflip</command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'>- </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>rlhv</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rleflip</emphasis>
+inverts, reflects an image; or rotates left or right by 90 degrees.  The
+picture's origin remains the same.  If no input file is specified, the
+image is read from standard input.  For rotations of other than 90
+degrees, use
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<para>Exactly one of the following flags must be given:</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Rotate the image 90 degrees to the right</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Rotate the image 90 degrees to the left</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-h</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Reflect the image horizontally</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Flip the image vertically</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleflip.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlegrid.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlegrid.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlegrid.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlegrid1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEGRID</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>November 26, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlegrid</refname>
+<refpurpose>create grids and checkerboards in rle format</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlegrid</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-b </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>bg_color</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-c </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-f </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>fg_color</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-s </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xsize</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ysize</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-w </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>width</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><command>rlegrid</command>
+generates simple grid and checkboard patterns.</para>
+
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option><replaceable> bg_color</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the background color value.  Should between 0 and 255.
+Default is 0.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generate checkboards.  With the
+<option>-c</option>
+option, rlegrid will generate
+a checkboard with squares of size
+<emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
+on a side.  Squares will alternate between the foreground and background
+colors.</para>
+
+<para>Without the
+<option>-c</option>
+option, rlegrid will generate a grid.  Grid lines will be
+<emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
+apart and will be in the foreground color.  The remainder
+of the image will be in the background color.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option><replaceable> fg_color</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the background color value.  Should between 0 and 255.
+Default is 255.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies where to place the resulting image.  The default is to write
+to stdout.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", the output will be written to the standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option><replaceable> xsize yssize</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This is the size of the resulting image.  Default is 512x512.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w</option><replaceable> width</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The spacing between grid lines or checkboard squares.  The default is 16.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlebg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,</para>
+<!-- .br -->
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>James S. Painter</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlegrid.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlehdr.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlehdr.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlehdr.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlehdr1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEHDR</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jan 22, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlehdr</refname>
+<refpurpose>Prints the header of an RLE file</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlehdr</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-b </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-ccomment-names </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-d </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-m </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>files</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program prints the header of
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+files in a human readable form.  If the optional
+<emphasis remap='I'>files</emphasis>
+argument is not supplied, input is read from standard input.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print the information in a "brief" one-line form.  The form of the
+output line is
+<!-- .br -->
+<emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>: [<emphasis remap='I'>l</emphasis>,<emphasis remap='I'>b</emphasis>]+[<emphasis remap='I'>xs</emphasis>,<emphasis remap='I'>ys</emphasis>]x<emphasis remap='I'>nc</emphasis>+A,
+BG=<emphasis remap='I'>color</emphasis>, map=<emphasis remap='I'>N</emphasis>x<emphasis remap='I'>L</emphasis>, (C)
+<!-- .br -->
+Where [<emphasis remap='I'>l</emphasis>,<emphasis remap='I'>b</emphasis>] is the position of the lower-left corner of
+the image, [<emphasis remap='I'>xs</emphasis>,<emphasis remap='I'>ys</emphasis>] is the size of the image in pixels,
+<emphasis remap='I'>nc</emphasis> is the number of channels saved, +A is present if an alpha
+channel is saved.  BG= or OV= indicate that a background color was
+saved; OV= means that the existing background is not cleared to the
+background color before the image is read (this was used for a
+cheap form of compositing, but is basically obsolete now).
+<emphasis remap='I'>color</emphasis> is the saved background color.  The map= entry will be
+present only if a color map was saved; <emphasis remap='I'>N</emphasis> is the number of
+channels in the color map and <emphasis remap='I'>L</emphasis> is the length of the map.
+Finally (C) is appended if there are comments present.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option><replaceable> comment-names</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If a comment identified by any of the words in the comma-separated
+list
+<emphasis remap='I'>comment-names</emphasis>
+is present in the input file, its first line will be printed.  Each
+name is tried, in turn, and only the first match is printed.  If no
+match is found, but comments are present, (C) will be printed.  The
+<option>-c</option>
+flag implies
+<option>-b</option>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Dump a very verbose version of the image contents as text to the
+standard error output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-m</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print out the color map information.
+<option>-v</option>
+Prints the raster toolkit version and patch level.  No input files
+will be processed if this option is given.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlehdr image.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print the header information for all images in the file image.rle.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlehdr -m image.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Also print the color map contents, if one is present.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlehdr -b *.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print one line summaries of all the images in the directory.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlehdr -c title,TITLE *.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print one line summaries of all the images, and print the title of any
+that have a title comment.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas, University of Utah</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlehdr.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlehisto.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlehisto.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlehisto.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlehisto1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ additions by Gregg Townsend, University of Arizona -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEHISTO</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>June 25, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlehisto</refname>
+<refpurpose>generate histogram of RLE image.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlehisto</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-b </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-c </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-t </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-h </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>height</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rlehisto</emphasis>
+counts the pixel values in an RLE file,
+producing an RLE file graphing frequency of occurrence.
+The horizontal axis runs from pixel value 0 on the left
+to pixel value 255 on the right.
+The height indicates the number of pixels seen for each pixel value.
+Histograms are computed independently for each channel,
+scaled identically, and then overlaid.</para>
+
+<para>The following options are available:</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Don't count the background pixel values when scaling the histogram.
+This is useful if most pixels are colored the background color, so
+that the interesting part of the histogram would be too small.  This
+option is ignored if
+<option>-c</option>
+is specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Output cumulative values instead of discrete values.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print the totals instead of generating the histogram as an RLE file.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-h</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
+Scale the output image to the specified height.
+The default is 256.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Direct the output to
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile.</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='authors'><title>AUTHORS</title>
+<para>Gregg Townsend, University of Arizona;
+Rod Bogart, University of Utah.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlehisto.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleinterp.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleinterp.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleinterp.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rleinterp1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEINTERP</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>July 1991</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rleinterp</refname>
+<refpurpose>Interpolate between 2 RLE images .</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleinterp</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>prefixe-out</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-1 </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>file1</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-2 </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>file2</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-n </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>nbimages</replaceable></arg></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program create nbimages files of RLE images resulting of linear interpolati
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+images must have the same caracteristics (Number of colors, channel alpha, backg</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> prefixe-out</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>specify the prefix of the names of output files. The names are composed of this
+<emphasis remap='I'>file1</emphasis>
+(or of
+<emphasis remap='I'>file2)</emphasis>
+is used as prefix. If a name cannot be create by the above methods it is arbitra</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-1</option><replaceable> file1</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the name of the file containing the initial image for interpolate. If op
+<option>-2</option>
+exist we interpolate between a black image and the existing file ('fondu au noir
+<emphasis remap='I'>file1</emphasis>
+is '-' standard input is used.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-2</option><replaceable> file2</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the name of the file containing the initial image for interpolate. If op
+<option>-1</option>
+exist we interpolate between a black image and the existing file ('fondu au noir
+<emphasis remap='I'>file2</emphasis>
+is '-' standard input is used.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option><replaceable> nbimages</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify The number of images to create. By default nbimages = 1. The value is li</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>'Fondu au noir' of image1 on 5 images named fondu_XXX.rle.</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>rleinterp -1 image1 -o fondu.rle -n 5</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>Interpolate 1 image between image1 and image2.</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>rleinterp -1 image1 -2 image2</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>Interpolate 3 images with names of files inter_XXX.rle :</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>rleinterp -1 image1 -2 image2 -o inter.rle -n 3</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Michel Gaudet SLX Onera
+CHATILLON
+(France)</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleinterp.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleldmap.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleldmap.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleldmap.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rleldmap1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ Template man page.  Taken from wtm's page for getcx3d -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLELDMAP</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Nov 12, 1986</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rleldmap</refname>
+<refpurpose>Load a new color map into an RLE file</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleldmap</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>ab</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-n </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>nchan</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>length</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-s </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>bits</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-l </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>factor</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-g </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>gamma</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>tf</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>file</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-m </arg><arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>files</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-r </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>rlefile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>The program will load a specified color map into an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file.  The color map may be computed by
+<command>rleldmap</command>
+or loaded from a file in one of several formats.  The input is read from
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+or stdin if no file is given, and the result is written to
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+or stdout.</para>
+
+<para>The following terms are used in the description of the program and its options:</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>input map:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>A color map already in the input RLE file.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>applied map:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The color map specified by the arguments to
+<command>rleldmap</command>.
+This map will be applied to or will replace the input map to produce
+the output map.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>output map:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Unless
+<option>-a</option>
+or
+<option>-b</option>
+is specified, this is equal to the applied map.  Otherwise it will be
+the composition of the input and applied maps.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>map composition:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If the applied map is composed
+<emphasis remap='I'>after</emphasis>
+the input map, then the output map will be
+<emphasis remap='I'>applied map</emphasis>[<emphasis remap='I'>input map</emphasis>].
+Composing the applied map before the input map produces an output map
+equal to
+<emphasis remap='I'>input map</emphasis>[<emphasis remap='I'>applied map</emphasis>].
+The maps being composed must either have the same number of channels,
+or one of them must have only one channel.  If an entry in the map
+being used as a subscript is larger than the length of the map being
+subscripted, the output value is equal to the subscript value.
+The output map will be the same
+length as the subscript map and will have the number of channels that
+is the larger of the two.  If the input map is used as a subscript, it
+will be downshifted the correct number of bits to serve as a subscript
+for the applied map (since the color map in an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file is always stored left justified in 16 bit words).  This also
+applies to the applied map if it is taken from an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file
+(<option>-r</option>
+option below).  Note that if there is no input map, that the result of
+composition will be exactly the applied map.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>nchan:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The number of separate lookup tables (channels) making up the color
+map.  This defaults to 3.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>length:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The number of entries in each channel of the color map.  The default
+is 256.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>bits:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The size of each color map entry in bits.  The default value is the
+log base 2 of the length.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>range:</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The maximum value of a color map entry, equal to 2**bits - 1.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Compose the applied map
+<emphasis remap='I'>after</emphasis>
+the input map.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Compose the applied map
+<emphasis remap='I'>before</emphasis>
+the input map.  Only one of
+<option>-a</option>
+or
+<option>-b</option>
+may be specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option><replaceable> nchan length</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the size of the applied map if it is not 3x256.  The
+<emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>
+should be a power of two, and will be rounded up if necessary.  If
+applying the map
+<emphasis remap='I'>nchan</emphasis>
+must be either 1 or equal to the number of channels in the input map.
+It may have any value if the input map has one channel or is not
+present.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option><replaceable> bits</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the size in bits of the color map entries.  I.e., only the top
+<emphasis remap='I'>bits</emphasis>
+bits of each color map entry will be set.</para>
+
+<para>Exactly one of the options
+<option>-l</option>,
+<option>-g</option>,
+<option>-t</option>,
+<option>-f</option>,
+<option>-m</option>,
+or
+<option>-r</option>,
+must be specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option><replaceable> factor</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generate a linear applied map with the
+<emphasis remap='I'>nth</emphasis>
+entry equal to
+<!-- .br -->
+<emphasis remap='I'>		range * min(1.0, factor*(n/(length-1)))</emphasis>.
+<!-- .br -->
+<emphasis remap='I'>Factor</emphasis>
+defaults to 1.0 if not specified.  Negative values of
+<emphasis remap='I'>factor</emphasis>
+will generate a map with values equal to
+<!-- .br -->
+<emphasis remap='I'>		range * max(0.0, 1.0 - factor*(n/(length-1)))</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g</option><replaceable> gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Generate an applied map to compensate for a display
+with the given gamma.  The
+<emphasis remap='I'>nth</emphasis>
+entry is equal to
+<!-- .br -->
+<emphasis remap='I'>		range * (n/(length-1))**(1/gamma)</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t</option><replaceable> file</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read color map entries from a table in a text file.  The values for each
+channel of a particular entry follow each other in the file.  Thus,
+for an RGB color map, the file would look like:
+<!-- .br -->
+		red0	green0	blue0
+<!-- .br -->
+		red1	green1	blue1
+<!-- .br -->
+		...	...	...
+<!-- .br -->
+Line breaks in the input file are irrelevant.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option><replaceable> file</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Reads the applied map from a text file, with all the entries for each
+channel following each other.  Thus, the input file above would appear
+as
+<!-- .br -->
+		red0 red1 red2 ... (<emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis> values)
+<!-- .br -->
+		green0 green1 green2 ... (<emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis> values)
+<!-- .br -->
+		blue0 blue1 blue2 ... (<emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis> values)
+<!-- .br -->
+As above, line breaks are irrelevant.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-m</option><replaceable> files ...</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read the color map for each channel from a separate file.  The number
+of files specified must equal the number of channels in the applied
+map.  (Note: the list of files must be followed by another flag
+argument or by the null flag
+<option>--</option>
+to separate it from the
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+specification.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The output will be written to the file
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+if this option is specified.  Otherwise the output will go to <emphasis remap='I'>stdout</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be taken from this file if specified.  Otherwise, the
+input will be read from <emphasis remap='I'>stdin</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>applymap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas, University of Utah</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleldmap.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlemandl.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlemandl.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlemandl.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlemandl1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEMANDL</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Nov 8, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlemandl</refname>
+<refpurpose>Compute images of the Mandelbrot set.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlemandl</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-s </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>xsize</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ysize</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>real</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>imaginary</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>width</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rlemandl</emphasis>
+computes images of the Mandelbrot set as an eight bit gray scale image.
+The
+<emphasis remap='I'>real</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>imaginary</emphasis>
+arguments specify the center of the area in the complex plane to be examined.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Width</emphasis>
+specifies the width area to be examined.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, output will be written to this file, otherwise it will
+go to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>xsize ysize</emphasis>
+Specify the resolution of the image (in pixels).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print a message after every 50 lines are generated.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<!-- .br -->
+"Computer Recreations," <emphasis remap='I'>Scientific American</emphasis>, August 1985.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson, University of Utah.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>What a frob.  Gratuitous features are left as exercise to the reader.
+The command name is spelled incorrectly.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlemandl.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlenoise.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlenoise.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlenoise.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlenoise1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLENOISE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>June 15, 1988</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlenoise</refname>
+<refpurpose>Add random noise to an image</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlenoise</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-n </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>amount</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rlenoise</emphasis>
+adds uniform random noise to an image.  The peak-to-peak amplitude of
+the noise can be specified with the
+<option>-n</option>
+flag, the default value is 4.  This program may be
+useful for trying to deal with quantization in an output device, if
+you are able to trade spatial resolution for color resolution, and you
+don't have a good characterization of the quantization function.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file, otherwise, input will
+be taken from stdin.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, output will be written to this file, otherwise it will
+go to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas, University of Michigan.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Of limited utility.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlenoise.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlepatch.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlepatch.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlepatch.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlepatch1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEPATCH</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Nov 8, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlepatch</refname>
+<refpurpose>patch smaller RLE files over a larger image.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlepatch</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>patchfiles</replaceable></arg>
+    
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rlepatch</emphasis>
+puts smaller RLE files on top of a larger RLE image.  One use
+for rlepatch is to place small "fix" images on top of a larger image that
+took a long time to compute.  Along with
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>repos</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<command>rlepatch</command>
+can also be used as a simple way to build image mosaics.</para>
+
+<para>Unlike
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlecomp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<command>rlepatch</command>
+does not perform any arithmetic on the pixels.
+If the patch images overlap, the patches specified last cover those
+specified first.</para>
+
+<para>If the input files each contain multiple images, they are treated as
+streams of images merging to form a stream of output images.  I.e.,
+the
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>th
+image in each input file becomes part of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>th
+image in the output file.  The process ceases as soon as any input
+file reaches its end.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The background image will be read from this file.
+If input is to be taken from
+stdin, "-" must be specified here.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, output will be written to this file, otherwise it will
+go to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlecomp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crop</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>repos</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson, University of Utah.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rlepatch</emphasis>
+uses the "row" interface to the RLE library.  It would run
+much faster using the "raw" interface, particularly for placing small
+patches over a large image.   Even fixing it to work like
+<emphasis remap='I'>rlecomp</emphasis>
+(which uses
+"raw" mode only for non-overlapping images) would make a major improvement.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlepatch.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleprint.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleprint.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleprint.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rleprint1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEPRINT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>June 12, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rleprint</refname>
+<refpurpose>Print the values of all the pixels in the file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleprint</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-a </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program reads an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+image and prints the values of all the pixels to the standard output.
+Each pixel is printed on a single line.  For example, a count of all
+the unique pixel values in the file could be obtained by
+<!-- .br -->
+rleprint pic.rle | sort -u | wc</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print the alpha value (if available) as the last entry on the line.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlehdr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>This program is of limited utility because of the sheer volume of
+output it generates.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleprint.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlequant.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlequant.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlequant.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlequant1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEQUANT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>June 12, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlequant</refname>
+<refpurpose>variance based color quantization for RLE images</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlequant</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-b </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>bits</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-c </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-d </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-i </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>cubeside</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-m </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-n </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>colors</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-r </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>mapfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program quantizes the colors in an RLE image using a
+variance-based method.  See
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>colorquant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+for more details on the method.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option><replaceable> bits</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The colors in the input image will be "prequantized" to this many bits
+before applying the variance-based method.  Two internal tables of
+size
+<emphasis remap='B'>2^(3*</emphasis>bits<emphasis remap='B'>)</emphasis>
+are allocated, so values of
+<emphasis remap='I'>bits</emphasis>
+greater than 6 are likely to cause thrashing or may prevent the
+program from running at all.  The default value of
+<emphasis remap='I'>bits</emphasis>
+is 5.  It must be less than or equal to 8 and greater than 0.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Only the color map will be output; the image will not be digitized.
+The output file will be a 0x0
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE</emphasis>
+file with a color map, suitable for input to
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleldmap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rledither</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+or
+<userinput>rlequant -r</userinput>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Floyd Steinberg dithering is performed on the output.  This is very helpful
+for images being quantized to a small number of colors.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If this option is specified, a faster approximation will be used.  In
+most cases, the error so introduced will be barely noticeable.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i</option><replaceable> cubeside</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Initializes the output color map with a "color cube" of size
+<emphasis remap='I'>cubeside</emphasis>^3.  I.e., if <option>-i 2</option> were specified, the 8 corners of the
+color cube (black, red, green, blue, yellow, cyan, magenta, white)
+would be added to the output colormap.  This reduces the number of
+colors available for quantization.  The color cube will be used to
+quantize the output image, but will not otherwise affect the choice of
+representative colors.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-m</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Computes a single color map suitable for quantizing all the input
+images.  This is useful when the quantized images will be used as a
+"movie" (e.g., with the
+<option>-m</option>
+flag of
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getx11</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>).
+The input may not come from a pipe when this option is specified,
+unless
+<option>-c</option>
+is also specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option><replaceable> colors</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The output image will be quantized to at most
+<emphasis remap='I'>colors</emphasis>
+colors.  It might have fewer if the input image has only a few colors
+itself.  The default value of
+<emphasis remap='I'>colors</emphasis>
+is 256 - <emphasis remap='I'>cubesize</emphasis>^3 - <emphasis remap='I'>mapsize</emphasis>.  It must be less than or
+equal to 256.  If a color cube (<option>-c</option>) or an input map (<option>-r</option>)
+is given, <emphasis remap='I'>colors</emphasis> may be 0; otherwise it must be greater than 0.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r</option><replaceable> mapfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The color map from the RLE file <filename>mapfile</filename> will be added to the
+output color map.  The number of colors in the input color map,
+<emphasis remap='I'>mapsize</emphasis> is calculated as follows: If a <emphasis remap='I'>color_map_length</emphasis>
+comment is present in <emphasis remap='I'>mapfile</emphasis>, its value is used.  If not, the
+size of the color map (usually 256) is used (the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlehdr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+program will display the color map size and the comment, if present).
+The input color map will be used to quantize the output image, but
+will not otherwise affect the choice of representative colors.  If the
+combination <option>-n 0 -r mapfile</option> is specified, then <command>rlequant</command>
+will just quantize (and dither, if requested) the input images to the
+given colormap.  This is usually faster than using <emphasis remap='I'>rledither</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The output will be written to the file
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>.
+If not specified, or if
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", the output will be written to the standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This file contains one or more concatenated RLE images.  Each will be
+processed in turn.  A separate quantization map will be constructed
+for each image.  If not specified, or if
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-", the image(s) will be read from the standard input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlequant file.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Quantizes <emphasis remap='I'>file.rle</emphasis> to 256 colors using a 5-bit pre-quantization.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>file.rle</emphasis> has multiple images, each will get its own
+(different) colormap.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlequant -m file.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Quantizes <emphasis remap='I'>file.rle</emphasis> to 256 colors using a 5-bit pre-quantization.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>file.rle</emphasis> has multiple images, they will all be used to choose
+the color map, and will all be quantized to the same color map.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>cat *.rle | rlequant -m -c &gt;map.rle ;</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>	cat *.rle | rlequant -n 0 -r map.rle
+<!-- .br -->
+Computes a single colormap based on all the images in the files
+<emphasis remap='I'>*.rle</emphasis>, then quantizes each image to that color map.  The output
+is the stream of quantized images.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlequant -i 4 -d file.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Compute 192 representative colors for each image in <emphasis remap='I'>file.rle</emphasis>,
+add a 4x4x4 color cube to the resulting color map, and then quantize
+the image to the resulting set of colors with dithering.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rlequant -b 6 file.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Quantize file.rle to 256 colors using a 6-bit prequantization.  This
+provides slightly more precision in color matching than does a 5-bit
+prequantization.  It also runs significantly slower and requires
+approximately 8 times the memory for its intermediate storage.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<!-- .na -->
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mcut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rledither</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlehdr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>colorquant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+<!-- .ad b -->
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas
+<!-- .br -->
+Craig Kolb (Yale University) wrote the color quantization code.
+<!-- .br -->
+Rod Bogart wrote the dithering code.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlequant.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlescale.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlescale.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlescale.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlescale1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1988, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLESCALE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jun 15, 1988</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlescale</refname>
+<refpurpose>produce gray scale images.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlescale</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-c </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-n </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>nsteps</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>xsize</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>ysize</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rlescale</emphasis>
+produces an RLE image containing a (more-or-less) standard gray scale
+image.  Along the bottom are 8 colored patches (in the standard
+primary and secondary colors).  Above these are a sequences of
+logarithmically scaled gray patches.  By default, a 16 step scale is
+produced.  The size of the output file (default 512 by 480) can be
+set with the
+<emphasis remap='I'>xsize</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='I'>ysize</emphasis>
+arguments.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Produce red, green, blue, and gray scales.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option><replaceable> nsteps</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the number of steps to be produced.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas, University of Michigan.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Can't make an image narrower than 3 *
+<emphasis remap='I'>nsteps</emphasis>
+pixels wide.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlescale.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleselect.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleselect.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleselect.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rleselect1'>
+<!--  \-*\- Text \-*\-
+ Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLESELECT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>July 11, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rleselect</refname>
+<refpurpose>Select images from an RLE file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleselect</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-i </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>image-numbers</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program selects images from an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file containing multiple concatenated images.
+The selected images are specified by number; the first image in the
+file is number 1.  A negative number in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>image-numbers</emphasis>
+list means that all images from the previous number in the list to the
+absolute value of this number should be included.  A zero in the list
+is taken as '-infinity', so that all images from the previous number
+to the last image in the file will be included.  To try to clarify
+this, some examples are included below.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i</option><replaceable> infile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Verbose output.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rleselect 1 4 5</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Selects image 1, 4, and 5.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rleselect 4 1 5</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Also selects image 1, 4, and 5.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rleselect 1 -4 5</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Selects images 1 through 4 and 5 (i.e., 1 through 5).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rleselect 3 0</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Selects images 3 through the last.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rleselect -4</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Selects images 1 through 4.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlesplit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleselect.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlesetbg.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlesetbg.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlesetbg.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlesetbg1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLESETBG</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>December 20, 1986</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlesetbg</refname>
+<refpurpose>Set the background value in the RLE header.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlesetbg</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>DO</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-c </arg><arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>bgcolor</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><command>rlesetbg</command>
+sets the background color field in the image header of an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+image (none of the actual
+pixels are changed).  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+isn't specified, the image is read from stdin.</para>
+
+<para>The background color in the header is used to save space in the
+run-length encoded file.  Runs of background-colored pixels longer
+than 2 pixels are simply not saved.  (Doing this for runs of 1 or 2
+background pixels can make the saved image larger than if no encoding
+were done.)  Therefore, changing the background color with
+<command>rlesetbg</command>
+may still leave some pixels saved in the original background color.
+The <option>-D</option> option will delete the background color altogether from
+the header; this can be useful in certain circumstances, but can also
+lead to very strange results.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-D</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Delete any background specification that might be present.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-O</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies that the image has no background, it overlays existing images.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c </option><emphasis remap='I'>bgcolor ...</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the color values to set the background to.  There should be
+at least as many values as there are color channels in the image.  Use
+-- or another option to separate the list of colors from
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='authors'><title>AUTHORS</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson and Rod Bogart</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>repos</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>This should really be part of a single program that does all header munging...</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlesetbg.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleskel.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleskel.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleskel.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rleskel1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLESKEL</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>June 12, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rleskel</refname>
+<refpurpose>A skeleton tool.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleskel</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program reads an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+image and writes it to the specified output file.  All images in
+the input file will be copied.  The program is not normally compiled
+and installed, it exists solely to serve as a starting point for
+writing simple "filter" tools, just as this man page serves as a starting
+point for the documentation of simple tools.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleskel.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlespiff.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlespiff.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlespiff.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlespiff1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLESPIFF</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>June 12, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlespiff</refname>
+<refpurpose>Use simple contrast enhancement to "spiff up" an image.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlespiff</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-b </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>blacklevel</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-s </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-t </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>threshold</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-w </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>whitelevel</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rlespiff</emphasis>
+"spiffs up" an
+image by stretching the contrast range so that the darkest pixel maps
+to black and the lightest to white.  If the
+<option>-s</option>
+flag is given, the color channels will be treated separately.  This
+will likely cause some drastic color shifts.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option><replaceable> blacklevel</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The darkest input pixel will map to this pixel value in the
+output image.  The default is 0.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, each color channel will be mapped separately.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t</option><replaceable> threshold</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This argument controls the number of samples of a pixel value that
+should be considered insignificant (and will therefore be ignored).
+It is specified in pixels/million.  A threshold of 4 applied to a
+512x512 image would mean that any value that existed at only one pixel
+would be ignored.  The default value is 10.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-w</option><replaceable> whitelevel</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The lightest input pixel will map to this pixel value in the output
+image.  The default is 255.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlespiff.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlesplice.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlesplice.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlesplice.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlesplice1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLESPLICE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Nov 12, 1986</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlesplice</refname>
+<refpurpose>Splice two RLE files together horizontally or vertically.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlesplice</command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'>- </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>hv</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-c </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>infile1</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>infile2</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><command>rlesplice</command>
+splices two RLE images together either vertically or horizontally.  If one
+image is smaller, then its background value or black is used to pad that image
+to equal the larger dimension in the other image.  The
+<option>-c</option>
+flag is used to
+specify whether the smaller image should be centered when put next to the
+larger.  Presently the two images must have the same number of color channels,
+the same presence of an alpha channel, and the same colormap size and length.
+The colormap from the first image is used for the resultant image.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlecomp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlepatch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>unslice</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Martin R. Friedmann</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlesplice.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlesplit.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlesplit.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlesplit.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlesplit1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLESPLIT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>May 12, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlesplit</refname>
+<refpurpose>split a file of concatenated RLE images into separate image files</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlesplit</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-n </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>number</replaceable></arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>digits</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>prefix</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program will split a file containing a concatenated sequence of
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+images into separate files, each containing a single image.  The
+output file names will be constructed from the input file name or a
+specified prefix, and a sequence number.  If an input
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is specified, then the output file names will be in the form
+"<emphasis remap='I'>rlefileroot</emphasis>.<emphasis remap='I'>#</emphasis>.rle",
+where
+<emphasis remap='I'>rlefileroot</emphasis>
+is
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+with any ".rle" suffix stripped off.  If the option
+<option>-o</option><replaceable> prefix</replaceable>
+is specified, then the output file names will be of the form
+"<emphasis remap='I'>prefix</emphasis>.<emphasis remap='I'>#</emphasis>.rle".
+If neither option is given, then the output file names will be in the
+form "<emphasis remap='I'>#</emphasis>.rle".
+Input will be read from
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+if specified, from standard input, otherwise.  File names will be
+printed on the standard error output as they are generated.</para>
+
+<para>The option
+<option>-n</option>
+allows specification of an initial sequence number, and optionally the
+number of digits used for the sequence number.  By default, numbering
+starts at 1, and numbers are printed with 3 digits (and leading zeros).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleselect</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlesplit.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlestereo.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlestereo.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlestereo.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlestereo1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLESTEREO</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>July 31, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlestereo</refname>
+<refpurpose>produce anaglyph from stereo pair</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlestereo</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-l </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>leftscale</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-r </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>rightscale</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>leftimage</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>rightimage</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rlestereo</emphasis>
+reads the two named RLE files and produces a single image suitable for
+viewing
+with red-blue or red-green glasses.</para>
+
+<para>The 'left' image is converted to
+greyscale and written on the red channel.  The 'right' image is converted
+to greyscale and written on the blue or green channel.  The intensity of the
+two channels may be scaled in order to compensate for the relative
+intensities of the two base colors as viewed through the glasses.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The right-eye image is written to the green channel rather than the
+blue.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option><replaceable> leftscale</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Scale the intensities of the left-eye greyscale image by the given amount.
+The default value is 0.7.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r rightscale</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Scale the intensities of the right-eye greyscale image by the given amount.
+The default value is 1.0.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+<!-- .br -->
+
+<para>Cardboard glasses are available at many comic book stores.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Craig Kolb, Yale University</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlestereo.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleswap.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleswap.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleswap.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rleswap1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLESWAP</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jan 22, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rleswap</refname>
+<refpurpose>swap the channels in an RLE file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleswap</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-f </arg><arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>from-channels,</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-t </arg><arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>to-channels,</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-d </arg><arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>delete-channels,</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-p </arg><arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>channel-pairs,</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program can be used to select or swap the color channels in a
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file.  The major options provide four different ways of specifying a
+mapping between the channels in the input file and the output file.
+Only one of the options
+<option>-f</option>,
+<option>-t</option>,
+<option>-d</option>,
+or
+<option>-p</option>
+may be specified.  If the optional
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is not given, input will be read from standard input.  A new
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file will be written to the standard output or to
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>,
+if specified.  The output image will be similar to the input,
+except for the specified channel remappings.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print the channel mappings that will be performed on the standard
+error output.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Following this option is
+a comma separated list of numbers indicating the input channel that
+maps to each output channel in sequence.  I.e., the first number
+indicates the input channel mapping to output channel 0.  The alpha
+channel will be passed through unchanged if present.  Any input
+channels not mentioned in the list will not appear in the output.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Following this option is
+a comma separated list of numbers indicating the output channel to
+which each input channel, in sequence, will map.  I.e., the first
+number gives the output channel to which the first input channel will
+map.  No number may be repeated in this list.  The alpha channel will
+be passed through unchanged if present.  Any output channel not
+mentioned in the list will not receive image data.  If there are fewer
+numbers in the list than there are input channels, the excess input
+channels will be ignored.  If there are more numbers than input
+channels, it is an error.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Following this option is a comma separated list of numbers indicating
+channels to be deleted from the input file.  All other channels will
+be passed through unchanged.  The alpha channel may be specified as -1.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Following this option is
+a comma separated list of pairs of channel numbers.
+The first channel of each pair indicates a channel
+in the input file that will be mapped to the
+the channel in the output file indicated by the
+second number in the pair.  No output channel
+number may appear more than once.  Any input channel
+not mentioned will not appear in the output file.
+Any output channel not mentioned will not receive
+image data.  The alpha channel may be specified as -1.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mergechan</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas, University of Utah</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rleswap.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoabA60.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoabA60.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoabA60.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletoaba601'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1988, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETOABA60</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>June 05, 1988</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletoabA60</refname>
+<refpurpose>convert RLE images to Abekas yuv format</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletoabA60</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-c </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>pP</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>x</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>y</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program converts an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file to a yuv byte file suitable for display on an Abekas A60.
+Typically the yuv file is then rcp'd to the Abekas for display.
+By default
+<command>rletoabA60</command>
+will attempt to place the image according to the placement values in
+the image header.  If the image is to large to fit in the Abekas format
+(720x486), the portion of the image extending off the edge will be
+cropped.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Center the image on a black background.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option><replaceable> x y</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Position the lower left corner of the image at (x y).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-P</option><replaceable> x y</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Increment the position of the image by (x y).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>At most one of
+<option>-c</option>,
+<option>-p</option>,
+or
+<option>-P</option>
+can be specified.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file, otherwise, input will
+be taken from stdin.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, output will be written to this file, otherwise it will
+go to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Thomas Todd Elvins, University of Utah</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoabA60.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoabA62.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoabA62.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoabA62.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletoaba621'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1988, University of Utah -->
+<refentryinfo><date>6 February 1988</date></refentryinfo>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETOABA62</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='date'>6 February 1988</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletoabA62</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert from RLE Format to Abekas A62 Dump Format</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletoabA62</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-N </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f <replaceable>n</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-n <replaceable>n</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>RletoabA62</emphasis>
+converts a raster file in the Utah Raster Toolkit RLE format into a format
+suitable for writing to an Abekas A62 dump tape and subsequent loading onto the
+Abekas disk.
+The generated image is 768 pixels wide and 512 pixels high.
+If the input is larger, it is truncated.
+If it is smaller, it is padded on the top and right with black.
+The output is written to
+<emphasis remap='I'>stdout</emphasis>,
+and should be written to a tape in 24K byte blocks with
+<emphasis remap='I'>dd</emphasis>
+as in the following:</para>
+
+<para>	dd of=/dev/rmt8 obs=24k</para>
+
+<para>Normally, the output is processed with a simple digital filter; this feature
+may be turned off with an option.
+<emphasis remap='I'>RletoabA62</emphasis>
+normally writes two consecutive frames, normally starting at frame 1.</para>
+
+<para>Input is taken from
+<emphasis remap='I'>stdin</emphasis>
+unless a file name is given on the command line.
+Only a single file may be given, and so if multiple invocations of
+<command>rletoabA62</command>
+are performed in a script, care must be taken to tell the program to convert
+the data for the proper Abekas frame number (1-4).
+Otherwise, the colors will appear wrong; they will be rotated on a vector scope
+diagram.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>The following example converts all files ending in
+<markup>.rle</markup>
+in the current directory and writes them to a tape.
+Two frames are written per image and the frame number is incremented
+accordingly.</para>
+
+<!-- .in +1i -->
+<para>frame=1
+<!-- .br -->
+number=2
+<!-- .br -->
+for file in *.rle
+<!-- .br -->
+do
+<!-- .br -->
+	rletoabA62 -f $frame $file
+<!-- .br -->
+	frame=`expr \( \( $frame - 1 \) + $number \) % 4 + 1`
+<!-- .br -->
+done |
+<!-- .br -->
+dd of=/dev/rmt8 obs=24k</para>
+<!-- .in \-1i -->
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<para>Options are parsed by getopt(3).</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-N</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Do not apply digital filtering.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option><replaceable> n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Create the first frame as Abekas frame number
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>,
+having a value from one to four.
+Consecutive frames increment this number modulo four.
+The default is one.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option><replaceable> n</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Write
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>
+frames of output, incrementing the frame number each time.
+The default is two.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Bob Brown, RIACS.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>This program does not preserve the aspect ratio of the input.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoabA62.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoalias.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoalias.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoalias.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletoalias1'>
+<!--  \-*\- Text \-*\-
+ Copyright (c) 1992, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETOALIAS</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>March, 1992</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletoalias</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert RLE image to AliasTM pix format.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletoalias</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program converts an image in
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format to AliasTM "pix" format.  Since "pix" and <emphasis remap='I'>RLE</emphasis> differ on
+the origin location, the program flips the image top to bottom.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.
+<option>-v</option>
+Verbose output.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>aliastorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Raul Rivero, Mathematics Department, University of Oviedo.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoalias.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoascii.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoascii.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoascii.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletoascii1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETOASCII</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jun 18, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletoascii</refname>
+<refpurpose>Print an RLE image as ASCII chars.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletoascii</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-S </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>asciistr</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-r </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rletoascii</emphasis>
+reads a file in
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format, converts it to black and white, then dumps it as ASCII characters.
+The 0 to 255 range of pixel values in
+the image is scaled to the length of
+<emphasis remap='I'>asciistr</emphasis>
+and a the character at that position in the string is printed for each pixel.
+Input will be read from
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+if specified, from standard input, otherwise.  Output dumps to
+standard output, or
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile,</emphasis>
+if specified.</para>
+
+<para>Usually, the input will need to be resized by
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+or
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlezoom</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to make it small enough to fit on the screen and to adjust the pixel aspect
+ratio to the "character aspect ratio" of the terminal.  To get it
+"right side up", use
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleflip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+with the
+<option>-v</option>
+option.  Finally, it may be helpful to maximize the dynamic range with
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlespiff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-S</option><replaceable> asciistr</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the range of ascii characters for conversion.  The default string
+(<emphasis remap='B'>@BR*#$PX0woIcv:+!~"., </emphasis>)
+was designed to look good with the X 6x13 font.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Reverse video.  This causes the 0 to 255 range to be mapped to the reverse of
+the ascii string.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleflip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlespiff</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlezoom</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Rod G. Bogart, University of Michigan.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='deficiencies'><title>DEFICIENCIES</title>
+<para>Could be rewritten to use overprinting for output to a real printer.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoascii.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletocgm.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletocgm.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletocgm.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletocgm1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1991, Carnegie Mellon University (derived from rleskel.1) -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETOCGM</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>April 16, 1991</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletocgm</refname>
+<refpurpose>convert RLE images to ANSI/ISO CGM format</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletocgm</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-d </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program reads an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file converts each image to a CGM
+picture, and writes the result to the specified output file.  All images
+in the input file will be copied.  CGM is an ANSI/ISO standard format
+for 2D images.  Binary-encoded CGM is produced.  The Pittsburgh Supercomputing
+Center
+<emphasis remap='I'>DRAWCGM</emphasis>
+library is used to generate the CGM output.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print information about the pages converted on the standard error output.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-d</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print debugging information on the standard error output.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+ANSI Document X3.122-1986:  Computer Graphics - Metafile for the Storage
+and Transfer of Picture Description Information.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Joel S. Welling, Pittsburgh Supercomputing Center</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletocgm.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletogif.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletogif.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletogif.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletogif1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETOGIF</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>July 3, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletogif</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert RLE files to GIF format.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletogif</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile.gif</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile.rle</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program converts an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+image file to
+<emphasis remap='I'>GIF</emphasis>
+format.  The input file must be a single channel
+(8 bit) image.  Three channel (24 bit) images can be converted to
+single channel images using the programs
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tobw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>to8</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mcut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+or
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlequant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
+The input image will be flipped vertically, since the
+<emphasis remap='I'>GIF</emphasis>
+origin is in the upper left, and the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE</emphasis>
+origin is in the lower left.  Only a single image will be converted.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile.gif</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile.gif</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile.rle</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile.rle</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>to8</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mcut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlequant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>giftorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Bailey Brown, University of Michigan</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletogif.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletogray.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletogray.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletogray.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletogray1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1988, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETOGRAY</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Jun 24, 1988</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletogray</refname>
+<refpurpose>Splits an RLE format file into gray scale images.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletogray</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>prefix</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rletogray</emphasis>
+reads a file in
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format and splits the file into unencoded binary files, one for each channel
+in the RLE file.  The output file names will be constructed from the
+input file name or a specified prefix.</para>
+
+<para>If an input
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is specified, then the output file names will be in the form
+"<emphasis remap='I'>rlefileroot</emphasis>.{alpha, red, green, blue}",
+where
+<emphasis remap='I'>rlefileroot</emphasis>
+is
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+with any ".rle" suffix stripped off.  If the option
+<option>-o</option><replaceable> prefix</replaceable>
+is specified, then the output file names will be of the form
+"<emphasis remap='I'>prefix</emphasis>.{alpha, red, green, blue}".
+If neither option is given, then the output file names will be
+"out.{alpha, red, green, blue}".
+Input will be read from
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+if specified, from standard input, otherwise.  If more channels than
+just red, green, blue, and alpha are
+present in the input, numeric suffixes will be used for the others.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> prefix</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the output file name prefix to be used.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option is used to name the input file.  If not present, input is taken
+from
+<emphasis remap='I'>stdin.</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rletoraw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Michael J. Banks, University of Utah.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletogray.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletopaint.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletopaint.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletopaint.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletopaint1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ Template man page.  Taken from wtm's page for getcx3d -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETOPAINT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Month X, YYYY</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletopaint</refname>
+<refpurpose>convert an RLE file to MacPaint format using dithering</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletopaint</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-l </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-r </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-g </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>gamma</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile.paint</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rletopaint</emphasis>
+converts a file from
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format to MacPaint format.  The program uses
+dithering to convert from a full 24 bit color image to a bitmapped image.
+If the RLE file is larger than a MacPaint image (576*720) it is cropped to
+fit.</para>
+
+<para>Because MacPaint files have their coordinate origin in the upper left instead
+of the lower left, the RLE file should be piped through
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleflip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> -v
+before
+<emphasis remap='I'>rletopaint.</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>The resulting file can be downloaded to a Macintosh in binary mode,
+and should be given a type of
+<emphasis remap='I'>PNTG</emphasis>
+and a creator of
+<emphasis remap='I'>MPNT</emphasis>,
+so it will be recognized as a MacPaint file.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Use a linear map in the conversion from 24 bits to bitmapped output.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g </option><replaceable> gamma </replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Use a gamma map of
+<emphasis remap='I'>gamma</emphasis>
+(gamma is 2.0 if not specified).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Invert the sense of the output pixels (white on black instead of black
+on white).  For normal images, you probably want this flag.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'><citerefentry><refentrytitle>painttorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,</emphasis>
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson.  Byte compression routine by Jim Schimpf.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Should use a color map in the file, if present.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletopaint.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoppm.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoppm.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoppm.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletoppm1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, Minnesota Supercomputer Center, Inc. -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETOPPM</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>July 20, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletoppm</refname>
+<refpurpose>convert a Utah RLE image file into a PBMPLUS/ppm image file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletoppm</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-h </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-p </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program converts Utah
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+image files into PBMPLUS full-color (ppm) image files.  Rletoppm will handle
+four types of RLE files: Grayscale (8 bit data, no color map), Pseudocolor
+(8 bit data with a color map), Truecolor (24 bit data with color map), and
+Directcolor (24 bit data, no color map).  Since the orgins for the RLE and
+PBMPLUS image file formats are in different locations, this program
+automatically "flips" the image when converting.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option will cause rletoppm to operate in verbose mode.  Header information
+is printed to "stderr".</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-h</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option allows the header of the RLE file to be dumped to "stderr" without
+converting the file.  It is equivalent to using the -v option except that no
+file conversion takes place.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option will output the ppm data in the "plain" format (P3), instead of the
+default "raw bits" format (P6).  The plain format is more readable, but takes
+up more space.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.
+The resulting
+PBMPLUS/ppm data will be sent to "stdout".</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rletoppm -v lenna.rle &gt;lenna.ppm</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>While running in verbose mode, convert lenna.rle to PBMPLUS/ppm format and
+store resulting data in lenna.ppm.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rletoppm -h test.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Dump the header information of the RLE file called test.rle.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rletoppm -p test.rle &gt;lenna.ppm</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Convert lenna.rle to PBMPLUS/ppm plain (P3) format and store in lenna.ppm.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppmtorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pgmtorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<!-- .br -->
+<para>Wesley C. Barris
+<!-- .br -->
+Army High Performance Computing Research Center (AHPCRC)
+<!-- .br -->
+Minnesota Supercomputer Center, Inc.
+<!-- .br -->
+Modifications by Eric Haines to support raw and plain formats.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoppm.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletops.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletops.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletops.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletops1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ Template man page.  Taken from wtm's page for getcx3d -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETOPS</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>December 20, 1986</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletops</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert RLE images to PostScript</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletops</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-C </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-a </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>aspect</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-c </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>center</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-h </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>height</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile.ps</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-s </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rletops</emphasis>
+converts
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+images into
+<emphasis remap='I'>PostScript</emphasis>.
+The conversion uses the
+<emphasis remap='I'>PostScript</emphasis>
+<emphasis remap='B'>image</emphasis>
+operator, instructing the device to reproduce the image to the best of its
+abilities.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+isn't specified, the RLE image is read from stdin.  The PostScript output is
+dumped to stdout, or to
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile.ps,</emphasis>
+if specified.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a </option><replaceable>aspect</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify aspect ratio of image.  Default is 1.0 (note PostScript uses square
+pixels).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-C</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Causes a color PostScript image to be generated.
+This creates larger files and uses the PostScript
+<emphasis remap='B'>colorimage</emphasis>
+operator, which is not recognized by all devices.
+The default is monochrome.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c </option><replaceable>center</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Centers the images about a point
+<emphasis remap='I'>center</emphasis>
+inches from the left edge of the page (or left margin if
+<option>-s</option>
+is specified).  Default is 4.25 inches.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-h </option><replaceable>height</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the height (in inches) the image is to appear on the page.  The
+default is three inches.  The width of the image is calculated from
+the image height, aspect ratio, and pixel dimensions.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies image is to be generated in "Scribe Mode."  The image is generated
+without a PostScript
+<emphasis remap='I'>showpage</emphasis>
+operator at the end, and the default image center is changed to 3.25 inches
+from the margin (which usually is 1 inch).
+This is to generate PostScript files that can be included in Scribe documents
+with the @Picture command.  Images may also be included in LaTex documents
+with local conventions like the \special{psfile=image.ps} command.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='notes'><title>NOTES</title>
+<para>On devices like the Apple LaserWriter,
+<command>rletops</command>
+generates large PostScript files that take a non-trivial amount of time
+to download and print.  A 512x512 image takes about ten minutes.
+For including images in documents at the default sizes, 256x256 is
+usually sufficient resolution.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>avg4</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='authors'><title>AUTHORS</title>
+<para>Rod Bogart, John W. Peterson, Gregg Townsend.</para>
+
+<para>Portions are based on a program by Marc Majka.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Due to a mis-understanding with the PostScript interpreter,
+<command>rletops</command>
+always rounds the image size up to an even number of scanlines.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletops.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletorast.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletorast.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletorast.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletorast1'>
+<refentryinfo><date>1990</date></refentryinfo>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETORAST</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='date'>1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletorast</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert an RLE file to a Sun rasterfile.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletorast</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile.ras</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program converts an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file to a Sun raster file.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile.ras</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile.ras</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.  The input file should have either 1 or 3
+channels, and may have an alpha channel.  Depending on the input,
+either a gray scale or color raster file will be generated.  If an
+alpha channel is present, a 32 bit raster will always be made.  Since
+the Sun raster format and RLE disagree on the origin location, the
+image is automatically flipped to maintain its orientation.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+
+<para>The programs
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mcut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlequant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>to8</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+and
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tobw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+will make a 1 channel RLE image from an 3 channel (full color) image.
+If the original image also had an alpha channel,
+<userinput>rleswap -d -1</userinput>
+can be used to delete it.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<!-- .na -->
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mcut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rastorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlequant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleswap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>to8</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tobw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+<!-- .ad b -->
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Ed Falk, Sun Microsystems.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletorast.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoraw.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoraw.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoraw.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletoraw1'>
+<refentryinfo><date>1990</date></refentryinfo>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETORAW</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='date'>1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletoraw</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert RLE file to raw RGB form.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletoraw</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-a </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>Ns</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-r </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f <replaceable>header-size</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-t <replaceable>trailer-size</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-l <replaceable>left-scanline-pad</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-p <replaceable>scanline-pad</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program converts an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+image to a raw RGB form.  The output file is normally a stream of pixels
+(RGBRGB...), in left-to-right, bottom-to-top order (this can be
+changed with the <option>-N</option>
+or <option>-s</option> flags).  The width and
+height of the input image will be printed on the standard error
+stream.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, an alpha channel will be written to the output file.
+This is the last output channel, unless <option>-r</option> is specified,
+in which case it will be the first.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-N</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written in a non-interleaved order.
+I.e., all the red pixels will be written first, then all the green
+pixels, etc.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written in a scanline-interleaved
+order.  I.e., all the red pixels for a scanline will be written,
+followed by all the green pixels for the scanline, etc.  The options
+<option>-N</option> and <option>-s</option> are mutually exclusive.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Reverse the order of the channels in the output.  I.e., output will be
+written ABGR instead of RGBA.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option><replaceable> header-size</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>A header of this many zero bytes will be written to the output file.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t</option><replaceable> trailer-size</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>A trailer of this many zero bytes will be written after the output file.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l</option><replaceable> left-scanline-pad</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The left (beginning) of each scanline will be padded with this many
+zero bytes.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option><replaceable> left-scanline-pad</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The right (end) of each scanline will be padded with this many zero bytes.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rawtorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Martin Friedmann</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Basically handles input files with 1 or 3 channels (plus alpha).  Only
+the first channel of a 2 channel image will be written.</para>
+
+<para>The header, trailer, and pad options are of dubious utility.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletoraw.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletorla.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletorla.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletorla.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletorla1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, Minnesota Supercomputer Center, Inc. -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETORLA</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>May 30, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletorla</refname>
+<refpurpose>convert a Utah RLE image file into a Wavefront "rla" or "rlb" image file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletorla</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-b </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-h </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-o <replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program converts Utah
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+image files into Wavefront "rla" or "rlb" image files.  Rletorla will handle
+four types of RLE files: Grayscale (8 bit data, no color map), Pseudocolor
+(8 bit data with a color map), Truecolor (24 bit data with color map), and
+Directcolor (24 bit data, no color map).  In each case the resulting Wavefront
+image file will contain RGB data as well as a matte channel.  If no alpha
+channel is found in the RLE file, the Wavefront matte channel will be computed
+using the RGB or mapped data.  The entire area of the Wavefront image will be
+run length encoded.  The size of the Wavefront "bounding box" data structure
+will be set to that of the total image area.</para>
+
+<para>NOTE:  Even though images of any size can be converted, Wavefront is very
+fussy about image dimensions.  Normally, the converted image must be one
+of the following sizes or Wavefront will complain with "ERROR, cannot open
+image file filename, error -8":</para>
+
+<para>646x485 (0-645x0-484) ntsc_4d
+<!-- .br -->
+720x486 (0-719x0-485) qtl_ntsc
+<!-- .br -->
+636x484 (0-635x0-483) iris_ntsc
+<!-- .br -->
+1024x1024 (0-1023x0-1023) 1k_square</para>
+
+<para>To get around this problem, the aspect ratio field in the Wavefront
+"rla" file will be "faked" with "ntsc_4d" for all formats that do not match
+one of those shown above.  This way, Wavefront will find a valid format
+string, and any image size will be readable.  "rlb" image file do not have
+this limitation.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option will cause rletorla to create a Wavefront "rlb" image file instead
+of using the default "rla" conversion.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option will cause rletorla to operate in verbose mode.  Header information
+is printed to "stderr".</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-h</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option allows the header of the RLE file to be dumped to "stderr" without
+converting the file.  It is equivalent to using the -v option except that no
+file conversion takes place.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o outfile</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option allows the name of the output file to be specified.  Re-directing
+standard output as is done with most all other toolkit utilities is not
+permitted here because the resulting "rla" or "rlb" file is not written
+sequentially.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The name of the RLE image data file to be converted.  The name of the resulting
+Wavefront file will be derived from the name of the input file (unless the
+-o option is used) -- the extension will be changed from "rle" to "rla" or
+"rlb".  (Note: if you use the extended input file names described in
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+this will result in a very strange filename for the Wavefront file.)</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='examples'><title>EXAMPLES</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rletorla -v lenna.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>While running in verbose mode, convert lenna.rle to Wavefront rla format and
+store resulting data in lenna.rla.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rletorla -h test.0001.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Dump the header information of the RLE file called test.0001.rle.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>rletorla -b -o junk.rlb test.rle</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Convert test.rle into a Wavefront "rlb" file called junk.rlb.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlatorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<!-- .br -->
+<para>Wesley C. Barris
+<!-- .br -->
+Army High Performance Computing Research Center (AHPCRC)
+<!-- .br -->
+Minnesota Supercomputer Center, Inc.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletorla.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletotarga.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletotarga.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletotarga.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletotarga1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETOTARGA</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>March 16, 1991</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletotarga</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert an RLE(5) image file to Truevision TARGA format.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletotarga</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rletotarga</emphasis>
+reads a file in RLE(5) format and converts it to
+Truevision's TARGA format.
+If no input file is specified, the data is
+read from stdin.
+The output TARGA file will be in one of three formats, depending on the
+contents of the RLE file: 8-bit B/W (format #3), 24- or 32-bit
+true color (format #2).  Only the first image in the RLE file is read.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Andrew C. Hadenfeldt, University of Nebraska-Lincoln</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletotarga.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletotiff.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletotiff.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletotiff.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rletotiff1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLETOTIFF</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>July 3, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rletotiff</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert 24 bit RLE image files to TIFF.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletotiff</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>cC</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'>-o </arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile.tif</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile.rle</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program converts a 24 bit image in
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format into
+<emphasis remap='I'>TIFF</emphasis>
+form.  Only a single image will be converted.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-{cC}</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Sets the type of compression used in the output file.
+<option>-c</option>
+(the default) will cause the output file to be compressed using the
+Lempel-Ziv-Welch (LZW) algorithm.
+<option>-C</option>
+will suppress any compression.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile.tif</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The output will be written to this file.
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile.tif</emphasis>
+must be a real file, the special cases described in
+<emphasis remap='I'>urt (1)</emphasis>
+do not apply.  Note also that this "option" is not optional.  The
+<option>-o</option>
+flag is required for consistency with the other tools.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Flip image vertically.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile.rle</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile.rle</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tifftorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Bailey Brown, University of Michigan.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rletotiff.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlezoom.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlezoom.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlezoom.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rlezoom1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RLEZOOM</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Feb 27, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rlezoom</refname>
+<refpurpose>Magnify an RLE file by pixel replication.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlezoom</command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>factor</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>y-factor</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program magnifies (zooms) an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file by a floating point factor.  Each pixel in the original image becomes
+a block of pixels in the output image.  If no
+<emphasis remap='I'>y-factor</emphasis>
+is specified, then the image will be magnified by
+<emphasis remap='I'>factor</emphasis>
+equally in both directions.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>y-factor</emphasis>
+is given, then each input pixel becomes a block of
+<emphasis remap='I'>factor</emphasis>\h'\w'i'u'*\h'\w'i'u'<emphasis remap='I'>y-factor</emphasis>
+pixels in the output.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>factor</emphasis>
+or
+<emphasis remap='I'>y-factor</emphasis>
+is less than 1.0, pixels will be dropped from the image.  There is no
+pixel blending performed.  Input is taken from
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>,
+or from the standard input if not specified.  The magnified image is
+written to the standard output, or
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile,</emphasis>
+if specified.</para>
+
+<para>You should use
+<command>rlezoom</command>
+over
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+if you just want a quick magnification of an image with the pixel
+boundaries showing.  It is significantly faster than
+<emphasis remap='I'>fant</emphasis>
+because it does no arithmetic on the pixel values.
+If you need blending between pixels in the magnified
+image, then
+<emphasis remap='I'>fant</emphasis>
+is the correct program to use.  Use
+<userinput>rlezoom -f factor y-factor</userinput>
+to produce an image the same size as
+<userinput>fant -p 0 0 -s factor y-factor</userinput>
+for previewing purposes.</para>
+
+<para>Note: due to the way that
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>scanargs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+parses the arguments from the command line, if the name of
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is a number, and it is in the current directory, you should prefix it
+with ".\" so that it will not be confused with
+<emphasis remap='I'>factor</emphasis>
+or
+<emphasis remap='I'>y-factor</emphasis>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>scanargs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer W. Thomas,
+Gerald A. Winters.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rlezoom.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rt_bot_faces.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rt_bot_faces.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rt_bot_faces.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rt_bot_faces1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RT_BOT_FACES</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rt_bot_faces</refname>
+<refpurpose> raytrace a model, and write a file listing all the BOT facets hit first on any shotline.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rt_bot_faces</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rt_Bot_Faces</emphasis>
+operates on the indicated
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects</emphasis>
+in the input
+<emphasis remap='I'>model.g</emphasis>
+and fires rays (the same as RT) keeping a list of all the first-hit BOT facets.</para>
+
+<para>The orientation of the rays to be fired may be specified by
+the
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option>
+options, in which case the model will be autosized, and the grid
+will be centered on the centroid of the model, with ray spacing
+chosen to span the entire set of
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects.</emphasis>
+Alternatively,
+with the
+<option>-M</option>
+option, a transformation matrix may be provided on standard input
+which maps model-space to view-space.
+In this case, the grid ranges from -1.0 &lt;= X,Y &lt;= +1.0 in view space,
+with the size of the grid (number of rays fired) specified with
+<option>-s</option>.
+This option is most useful when
+<command>rt_bot_faces</command>
+is being invoked from a shell script created by an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+<emphasis remap='I'>saveview</emphasis> command.  Note that it conflicts with
+<option>-G#</option>
+and
+<option>-g#</option>;
+negative hit distances have been seen when this
+conflict was not avoided.</para>
+
+<para>The following options are recognized.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Number of rays to fire in X and Y directions (square grid).
+Default is 512 (512x512).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select azimuth in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-e</option>
+and conflicts with
+<option>-M</option>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-e#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select elevation in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-a</option>
+and conflicts with
+<option>-M</option>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-M</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read model2view matrix from standard input.
+Conflicts with
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select grid cell width.  Do not use with the
+<option>-s#</option>
+option.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-G#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select grid cell height.  If <emphasis remap='I'>not</emphasis> specified, cell height equals
+cell width.  Do not use with the
+<option>-s#</option>
+option.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-U #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>sets the Boolean variable
+<emphasis remap='I'>use_air</emphasis>
+to the given value.
+The default for
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt_bot_faces</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+is on, i.e.
+<option>-U1</option>,
+but the effect of air regions may be disabled with
+<option>-U0</option>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o output_bot_faces</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>specifies a named file to receive the list of BOT facets that appear as first surface hit on any ray.
+By default, the data are written to stdout. The format of the output is a header line for each BOT primitive that appeared as the first object on any ray of the form:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	BOT: bot_primitive_name
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>This is followed by a list of facet numbers for that BOT primitive (one per line). The
+facet numbers are indices into the list of faces (starting from zero) for that BOT primitive.
+If the output file is not empty, it is expected to contain data from a previous execution of
+<emphasis remap='I'>rt_bot_faces,</emphasis>
+and the data in the file is read, and stored, new data is added to it during the execution,
+and the output file is overwritten with the accumulated data.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set librt debug flags to (hexadecimal) number.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c set rt_cline_radius=# </option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Tells
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt_bot_faces</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to use the provided number (in millimeters) as the additional radius to add to CLINE
+solids.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c set save_overlaps=1 </option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Tells
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt_bot_faces</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to act like the
+<emphasis remap='I'>FASTGEN4</emphasis>
+raytracer. Specifically, overlap handling is changed to agree with that of
+<emphasis remap='I'>FASTGEN4.</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The
+<command>rt_bot_faces</command>
+program is a simple front-end to
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>This section will acquaint the user with the ordinary usage of <command>rt_bot_faces</command>.
+the typical use is:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+rt_bot_faces -s32 model.g all.g &gt; file
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>This will fire a square grid of 32 by 32 rays at the named model and the resulting list of BOT facets
+will be placed in "file".</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='overlap_reporting'><title>OVERLAP REPORTING</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>RT_BOT_FACES</emphasis> shares overlap handling and reporting with the rest of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RT</emphasis> family of applications.  A brief description of the overlap
+reporting follows.</para>
+
+<para>The first one hundred (100) overlaps are individually reported.  Thereafter,
+only one out of each additional one hundred overlaps are reported, and
+the user is notified that overlap printouts are being omitted.  This
+alerts the user that more overlaps exist, but that they are too numerous to
+list individually.  The general overlap message takes the following form:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    OVERLAP1: reg=region_name isol=solid_name
+    OVERLAP2: reg=region_name isol=solid_name
+    OVERLAP depth #mm at (x, y, z) sx# sy# lvl#
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>This means that OVERLAP1 and OVERLAP2 share a common space (depth) of
+#millimeters starting at the point x, y, z in model coordinates, and
+at the ray coordinates (screen coordinates) sx and sy.  Level refers to the
+level of recursion, and will typically be zero unless glass or mirror
+objects are present.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>plot3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Numerous error conditions are possible, usually due to errors in
+the geometry database.
+Descriptive messages are printed on standard error (file descriptor 2).</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 2003-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rt_bot_faces.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtg3.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtg3.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtg3.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rtg31'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RTG3</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rtg3</refname>
+<refpurpose> raytrace a model, writing a COVART (GIFT) 3-component format shotline file</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rtg3</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.cov</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rtg3</emphasis>
+operates on the indicated
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects</emphasis>
+in the input
+<emphasis remap='I'>model.g</emphasis>
+and produces a GIFT/COVART
+shotline file with three components per line, and both
+entrance and exit obliquity angles
+on standard output.
+The region ID field of the output
+file is set to the region id of each intersected region (partition).
+If the ray partition is followed by air,
+the aircode for the air region (and the line-of-sight thickness of the air)
+is noted on the shotline header line.</para>
+
+<para>The orientation of the rays to be fired may be specified by
+the
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option>
+options, in which case the model will be autosized, and the grid
+will be centered on the centroid of the model, with ray spacing
+chosen to span the entire set of
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects.</emphasis>
+Alternatively,
+with the
+<option>-M</option>
+option, a transformation matrix may be provided on standard input
+which maps model-space to view-space.
+In this case, the grid ranges from -1.0 &lt;= X,Y &lt;= +1.0 in view space,
+with the size of the grid (number of rays fired) specified with
+<option>-s</option>.
+This option is most useful when
+<command>rtg3</command>
+is being invoked from a shell script created by an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+<emphasis remap='I'>saveview</emphasis> command.  Note that it conflicts with
+<option>-G#</option>
+and
+<option>-g#</option>;
+negative hit distances have been seen when this
+conflict was not avoided.</para>
+
+<para>The following options are recognized.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Number of rays to fire in X and Y directions (square grid).
+Default is 512 (512x512).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select azimuth in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-e</option>
+and conflicts with
+<option>-M</option>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-e#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select elevation in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-a</option>
+and conflicts with
+<option>-M</option>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-M</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read model2view matrix from standard input.
+Conflicts with
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select grid cell width.  Do not use with the
+<option>-s#</option>
+option.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-G#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select grid cell height.  If <emphasis remap='I'>not</emphasis> specified, cell height equals
+cell width.  Do not use with the
+<option>-s#</option>
+option.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-U #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>sets the Boolean variable
+<emphasis remap='I'>use_air</emphasis>
+to the given value.
+The default for
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtg3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+is on, i.e.
+<option>-U1</option>,
+but the effect of air regions may be disabled with
+<option>-U0</option>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>output.cov</emphasis>
+specifies a named file for COVART-format output.
+By default, the shotlines are written to stdout.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set librt debug flags to (hexadecimal) number.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c set ray_data_file=ray_file_name </option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>specifies a file name for ray data output.  This output consists of one line of data
+for each shotline in the shotline output file. Each line contains azimuth, elevation; x, y, and z of the ray start point;
+x, y, and z of the ray direction; the corresponding line number in the shotline file; and the coordinates of the first hit
+point along this ray.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c set rt_cline_radius=# </option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Tells
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtg3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to use the provided number (in millimeters) as the additional radius to add to CLINE
+solids.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c set save_overlaps=1 </option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Tells
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtg3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to act like the
+<emphasis remap='I'>FASTGEN4</emphasis>
+raytracer. Specifically, overlap handling is changed to agree with that of
+<emphasis remap='I'>FASTGEN4.</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The
+<command>rtg3</command>
+program is a simple front-end to
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+which is most useful when used with
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+and
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>covart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1V</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+
+<para>A color vector display of ray-model intersections can be written to
+<emphasis remap='I'>rtg3.pl</emphasis>
+by specifying the
+<option>-X80000000</option>
+option.
+The resulting plot file can be displayed with <emphasis remap='I'>pl-fb</emphasis> or <emphasis remap='I'>pl-sgi</emphasis>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='format'><title>FORMAT</title>
+<para>The general layout of the output format is:</para>
+
+  <blockquote remap='RS'>
+<para>Overall header line (one per run)</para>
+
+<para>View header line (one per view)</para>
+
+<para>Ray (shotline) header line (one per ray)</para>
+
+<para>Component line (one for each three components in this ray)
+  </para></blockquote> <!-- remap='RE' -->
+
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='B'>GIFT-3</emphasis>
+shotline format has a different convention for the location of
+the start point (and thus the location of parametric distance zero)
+along the ray.  This difference is handled automatically in
+<command>rtg3</command>
+by translating the ray's zero distance to the plane containing the
+model origin, by adding a distance correction factor.
+For each ray, both
+the cell center coordinates and
+the coordinates actually fired from are output.</para>
+
+<para>Obliquity angles (declensions off the normal) are computed internally
+in
+<emphasis remap='I'>radians</emphasis>
+but output in
+<emphasis remap='I'>degrees</emphasis>
+to satisfy the
+<emphasis remap='B'>GIFT-3</emphasis>
+format.  Note that internally,
+<emphasis remap='I'>librt</emphasis>
+normals always point outward, whereas
+<emphasis remap='B'>GIFT</emphasis>
+normals point inward.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>GIFT</emphasis>
+zero-fills the fields of the component card
+if there are less than three components.  Neither
+COVART II nor COVART III require this zero-filling, so it is omitted by
+<emphasis remap='I'>rtg3.</emphasis></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>This section will acquaint the user with the ordinary usage of <command>rtg3</command>.
+A GIFT-3 output file is produced by giving the command:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+rtg3 -s32 model.g all.g &gt; file
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>This will a 32 by 32 ray file of the named model.  If a bounding-box
+plot file is to be made as part of producing visual output, use</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+rtg3 -s32 -x80000000 model.g
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The bounding boxes for the objects in the database specified will
+automatically be put into a file called <emphasis remap='I'>rtrpp.plot</emphasis>.  Now,
+to compute the color rays use</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+Irtg3 -s32 -X80000000 model.g
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The results will be automatically stored in <emphasis remap='I'>rtg3.pl</emphasis>.  The rays
+will be colored green where they traverse solids in the model, and blue
+where they traverse air within the model.</para>
+
+<para>The two plot files can now be combined into a single picture and
+displayed:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+cat rtrpp.plot rtg3.pl | pl-sgi
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='overlap_reporting'><title>OVERLAP REPORTING</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>RTG3</emphasis> shares overlap handling and reporting with the rest of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RT</emphasis> family of applications.  A brief description of the overlap
+reporting follows.</para>
+
+<para>The first one hundred (100) overlaps are individually reported.  Thereafter,
+only one out of each additional one hundred overlaps are reported, and
+the user is notified that overlap printouts are being omitted.  This
+alerts the user that more overlaps exist, but that they are too numerous to
+list individually.  The general overlap message takes the following form:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+OVERLAP1: reg=region_name isol=solid_name
+OVERLAP2: reg=region_name isol=solid_name
+OVERLAP depth #mm at (x, y, z) sx# sy# lvl#
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>This means that OVERLAP1 and OVERLAP2 share a common space (depth) of
+#millimeters starting at the point x, y, z in model coordinates, and
+at the ray coordinates (screen coordinates) sx and sy.  Level refers to the
+level of recursion, and will typically be zero unless glass or mirror
+objects are present.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>covart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1V</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gift</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1V</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>plot3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
+<!-- .br -->
+``<emphasis remap='I'>COVART II - A Simulation Program for Computation of Vulnerable Areas
+and Repair Times - User Manual</emphasis>'', Joint Technical Coordinating
+Group for Munitions Effectiveness, Anti-Air Aerial Target
+Vulnerability Working Group, 61-JTCG/ME-84-3.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Numerous error conditions are possible, usually due to errors in
+the geometry database.
+Descriptive messages are printed on standard error (file descriptor 2).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>The COVART file format permits multiple views to be stored in one file.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Rtg3</emphasis>
+presently can only compute a single view.</para>
+
+<para>Most deficiencies observed while using the
+<command>rtg3</command>
+program are usually with the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+package instead.  If the <option>-s#</option> option is used together with the
+<option>-G#</option> and <option>-g#</option> options, negative hit distances will be
+seen.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='authors'><title>AUTHORS</title>
+<para>Dr. Susanne Muuss
+<!-- .br -->
+Michael John Muuss</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1989-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtg3.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rthide.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rthide.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rthide.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rthide1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RTHIDE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rthide</refname>
+<refpurpose> ray-traces a model and writes a hidden line removed UNIX-Plot file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rthide</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.pl</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rthide</emphasis>
+operates on the indicated
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects</emphasis>
+in the input
+<emphasis remap='I'>model.g</emphasis>
+and produces a hidden line removed UNIX-Plot
+file with bas-relief features.  <command>rthide</command> produces plots by drawing a
+boundary whenever a change in region_id is detected.  It also recognizes
+and portrays abrupt changes in surface curvature and changes in surface
+height.  This permits the recognition of pits, protrusions, and changes in
+surface curvature.</para>
+
+<para>The orientation of the rays to be fired may be specified by
+the
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option>
+options, in which case the model will be autosized, and the grid
+will be centered on the centroid of the model, with ray spacing
+chosen to span the entire set of
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects.</emphasis>
+Alternatively,
+with the
+<option>-M</option>
+option, a transformation matrix may be provided on standard input
+which maps model-space to view-space.
+In this case, the grid ranges from -1.0 &lt;= X,Y &lt;= +1.0 in view space,
+with the size of the grid (number of rays fired) specified with
+<option>-s</option>
+This option is most useful when
+<command>rthide</command>
+is being invoked from a shell script created by an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+<emphasis remap='I'>saveview</emphasis> command.</para>
+
+<para>The following options are recognized.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Number of rays to fire in X and Y directions (square grid).
+Default is 512 (512x512).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select azimuth in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-e</option>
+and conflicts with
+<option>-M</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-A#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select angle for shading.  Default is 5.0 degrees. 89.0 will produce
+a plot where only steep drops and rises are shaded.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-e#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select elevation in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-a</option>
+and conflicts with
+<option>-M</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-M</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read model2view matrix from standard input.
+Conflicts with
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select grid cell width.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-G#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select grid cell height.  If <emphasis remap='I'>not</emphasis> specified, cell height equals
+cell width.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-U #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>sets the Boolean variable
+<emphasis remap='I'>use_air</emphasis>
+to the given value.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>output.pl</emphasis>
+specifies a named file for output.
+By default, the plot is written to hide.pl.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set librt debug flags to (hexadecimal) number.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The
+<command>rthide</command>
+program is a simple front-end to
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+which is most useful when used with
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>This section shows the ordinary usage of <command>rthide</command>.  For example,</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+rthide -a# -e# -s32 model.g all.g &gt; file.pl
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>results in a 32 by 32 UNIXplot file of the named model at the specified
+azimuth and elevation.  There will be some cross-hatching
+of the plot based on surface curvature.  In order to minimize
+this cross-hatching, an angle can be specified:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+rthide -a# -e# -s32 -A89.0  model.g all.g &gt; file.pl
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>eliminates cross-hatching due to curvature.  However,
+cross-hatching resulting from sharp
+changes in gradient cannot be eliminated.</para>
+
+<para>The plotfile resulting from an <command>rthide</command> run can be viewed directly
+via <emphasis remap='I'>pl-sgi</emphasis> and may be rotated with <emphasis remap='B'>plrot</emphasis> at the user's option:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+pl-sgi hide.pl
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>or</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+plrot -a# -e# -g hide.pl | pl-sgi
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>or it can be overlaid onto a solid model in <emphasis remap='I'>mged</emphasis>:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+mged&gt; overlay hide.pl
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>This technique can be used to position and plot <command>rthide</command> output.</para>
+
+<para>The output of <command>rthide</command> can be overlaid on top of a <emphasis remap='B'>rt</emphasis>
+shaded image, for "edge enhancement".  Here is a complete example,
+which assumes that FB_FILE points to a valid framebuffer:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	AZ=35
+	EL=25
+	# Directly to the framebuffer
+	rt -s512 -a$AZ -e$EL moss.g all.g 2&gt; rt.log
+	rthide -A89.9 -s256 -a$AZ -e$EL -o rthide.pl moss.g all.g 2&gt; rthide.log
+	eval `rtregis rthide.log rt.log` &lt; rthide.pl | pl-fb -o -s512
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>cell-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pl-sgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>plrot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtregis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtscale</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>libplot3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>plot3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Numerous error conditions are possible, usually due to errors in
+the geometry database.
+Descriptive messages are printed on standard error (file descriptor 2).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Most deficiencies observed while using the
+<command>rthide</command>
+program are usually with the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+package instead.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='authors'><title>AUTHORS</title>
+<para>Susanne Muuss, J.D.
+<!-- .br -->
+Michael John Muuss</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1990-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rthide.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtpp.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtpp.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtpp.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rtpp1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RTPP</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rtpp</refname>
+<refpurpose>raytrace an mged model, writing a GIFT-style Pretty Picture file</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rtpp</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.pp</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rtpp</emphasis>
+operates on the indicated
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects</emphasis>
+in the input
+<emphasis remap='I'>model.g</emphasis>
+and produces a GIFT-style "pretty picture" format file
+on standard output.
+The orientation of the rays to be fired may be specified by
+the
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option>
+options, in which case the model will be autosized, and the grid
+will be centered on the centroid of the model, with ray spacing
+chosen to span the entire set of
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects.</emphasis>
+Alternatively,
+with the
+<option>-M</option>
+option, a transformation matrix may be provided on standard input
+which maps model-space to view-space.
+In this case, the grid ranges from -1.0 &lt;= X,Y &lt;= +1.0 in view space,
+with the size of the grid (number of pixels) specified with
+<option>-f</option>
+This option is most useful when
+<command>rtpp</command>
+is being invoked from a shell script created by an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+<emphasis remap='I'>saveview</emphasis> command.</para>
+
+<para>The following options are recognized.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Number of pixels in X and Y directions (square grid).
+Default is 512 (512x512), maximum is 1024 (1024x1024).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select azimuth in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-e</option>
+and conflicts With
+<option>-M</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-e#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select elevation in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-a</option>
+and conflicts with
+<option>-M</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-M</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read model2view matrix from standard input.
+Conflicts with
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set debug flags to (hexadecimal) number.  Not generally useful.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The
+<command>rtpp</command>
+program is a simple front-end to
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+which is most useful when used with
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
+In order to display a pretty-picture file,
+the programs
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pp-ik</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+and
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pp-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+are used.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>gift</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1V</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pp-ik</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pp-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rayplot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rayvect</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtpp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Numerous error conditions are possible.
+Descriptive messages are printed on standard error (file descriptor 2).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Most deficiencies observed while using the
+<command>rtpp</command>
+program are usually with the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+package instead.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1986-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtpp.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtrange.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtrange.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtrange.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rtrange1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RTRANGE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rtrange</refname>
+<refpurpose> raytraces a model and visualizes range data in a UNIX-Plot file.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rtrange</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.pl</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rtrange</emphasis>
+operates on the indicated
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects</emphasis>
+in the input
+<emphasis remap='I'>model.g</emphasis>
+and produces a range data UNIX-Plot file of the geometry ray-traced.  The
+algorithm is based on plotting hit distances for all the pixels ray-traced.
+The output is in the versatile, machine independent, UNIX-Plot file format.
+This file is a true vector plot which retains the original model units.</para>
+
+<para>The orientation of the rays to be fired may be specified by
+the
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option>
+options, in which case the model will be autosized, and the grid
+will be centered on the centroid of the model, with ray spacing
+chosen to span the entire set of
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects.</emphasis>
+Alternatively,
+with the
+<option>-M</option>
+option, a transformation matrix may be provided on standard input
+which maps model-space to view-space.
+In this case, the grid ranges from -1.0 &lt;= X,Y &lt;= +1.0 in view space,
+with the size of the grid (number of rays fired) specified with
+<option>-s.</option>
+This option is most useful when
+<command>rtrange</command>
+is being invoked from a shell script created by an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+<emphasis remap='I'>saveview</emphasis> command.</para>
+
+<para>The following options are recognized.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Number of rays to fire in X and Y directions (square grid).
+Default is 512 (512x512).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select azimuth in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-e</option>
+and conflicts with
+<option>-M</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-e#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select elevation in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-a</option>
+and conflicts with
+<option>-M</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-M</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read model2view matrix from standard input.
+Conflicts with
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-U #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>sets the Boolean variable
+<emphasis remap='I'>use_air</emphasis>
+to the given value.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>output.pl</emphasis>
+specifies a named file for output.
+By default, the plot is written to standard out.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>This section shows the ordinary usage of <command>rtrange</command>.  For example,</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	<userinput>rtrange -s32 model.g all.g &gt; file.pl</userinput>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>results in a 32 by 32 range data UNIX-plot file of the named model.</para>
+
+<para>The plotfile resulting from an <command>rtrange</command> can be viewed directly
+via <emphasis remap='I'>pl-sgi</emphasis>:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	<emphasis remap='I'>pl-sgi file.pl</emphasis>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>It can also be rotated by <emphasis remap='B'>plrot</emphasis> and sent to a framebuffer:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	<userinput>plrot -a# -e# -g file.pl | pl-fb</userinput>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>Likewise, it can be overlaid onto a solid model in <emphasis remap='I'>mged</emphasis>:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	<emphasis remap='I'>mged&gt;</emphasis>
+	<emphasis remap='I'>overlay hide.pl</emphasis>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pl-sgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>plrot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,  <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>libplot3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>plot3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Numerous error conditions are possible, usually due to errors in
+the geometry database.
+Descriptive messages are printed on standard error (file descriptor 2).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Most deficiencies observed while using the
+<command>rtrange</command>
+program are usually with the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+package instead.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='authors'><title>AUTHORS</title>
+<para>Susanne Muuss, J.D.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1991-2012 United States Government as
+represented by the U.S. Army Research Laboratory. All rights reserved.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtrange.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtray.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtray.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtray.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rtray1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RTRAY</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rtray</refname>
+<refpurpose> raytrace an mged model, writing a VLD rayfile</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rtray</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.ray</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rtray</emphasis>
+operates on the indicated
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects</emphasis>
+in the input
+<emphasis remap='I'>model.g</emphasis>
+and produces a VLD standard
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format ray file on standard output.
+The "ob" field of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file is set to the region id of each intersected region, or to
+the negative of the aircode for each air region,
+or to one of five VLD-standard reserved values:</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-999</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>zero-thickness "paint" at ray's first entry into the model.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-998</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>zero-thickness "paint" at any ray's exit interior to the model RPP.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-1</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>(unmodeled) air between modeled regions.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-997</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>zero-thickness "paint" at any ray's entry interior to the model RPP.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>-996</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>zero-thickness "paint" at ray's final exit from the model.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The "rt" ray tag field of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file is a 32-bit value
+set to a combination of the grid X and grid Y coordinates, plus the
+recursion/iteration (a_level) value (used mostly for multibounce effects
+in radar simulation).
+This allows all
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+records pertaining to the same grid cell to be identified.</para>
+
+<para>The orientation of the rays to be fired may be specified by
+the
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option>
+options, in which case the model will be autosized, and the grid
+will be centered on the centroid of the model, with ray spacing
+chosen to span the entire set of
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects.</emphasis>
+Alternatively,
+with the
+<option>-M</option>
+option, a transformation matrix may be provided on standard input
+which maps model-space to view-space.
+In this case, the grid ranges from -1.0 &lt;= X,Y &lt;= +1.0 in view space,
+with the size of the grid (number of rays fired) specified with
+<option>-s</option>
+This option is most useful when
+<command>rtray</command>
+is being invoked from a shell script created by an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+<emphasis remap='I'>saveview</emphasis> command.</para>
+
+<para>The following options are recognized.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Number of rays to fire in X and Y directions (square grid).
+Default is 512 (512x512).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select azimuth in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-e</option>
+and conflicts With
+<option>-M</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-e#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select elevation in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-a</option>
+and conflicts with
+<option>-M</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-M</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read model2view matrix from standard input.
+Conflicts with
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-U #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>sets the Boolean variable
+<emphasis remap='I'>use_air</emphasis>
+to the given value.
+The default for
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+is on, i.e.
+<option>-U1</option>,
+but the effect of air regions may be disabled with
+<option>-U0</option>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>output.ray</emphasis>
+specifies a named ray file for output.
+By default, the rays are written to stdout.
+Note that the VLD standard ray file format
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+is a machine-specific binary format, which means ray files should
+be moved between machines with care.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>As an alternative to the</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><option>-s#</option>
+option, the grid cell sizes can be specified with
+<option>-g#</option>
+used to set the grid cell width, and
+<option>-G#</option>
+optionally used to set the grid cell height.
+If the grid cell width is specified and
+the grid cell height is <emphasis remap='I'>not</emphasis> specified,
+the grid cell height defaults to be the same as the width.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set librt debug flags to (hexadecimal) number.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The
+<command>rtray</command>
+program is a simple front-end to
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+which is most useful when used with
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+and the VLD ray filters.
+In order to convert a ray file into a minimal monochrome
+UNIX-plot image for viewing, run:</para>
+
+<para>  /vld/bin/rayvect -mMM &lt; file.ray &gt; file.vect
+  /vld/bin/vectplot -mMM &lt; file.vect &gt; file.plot
+  tplot -Tmeg file.plot		# or other plot filter
+  pl-sgi &lt; file.plot</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>gift</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1V</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>raydump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1V</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rayplot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1V</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rayvect</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1V</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtpp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>plot3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Numerous error conditions are possible.
+Descriptive messages are printed on standard error (file descriptor 2).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Most deficiencies observed while using the
+<command>rtray</command>
+program are usually with the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+package instead.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1986-2012 United States Government as
+represented by the U.S. Army Research Laboratory. All rights reserved.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtray.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtregis.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtregis.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtregis.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rtregis1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RTREGIS</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rtregis</refname>
+<refpurpose> register overlay of a UNIX-Plot onto a rendered image.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rtregis</command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>plot.log</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>pix.log</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>registration.matrix</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><command>rtregis</command>
+makes it easy and fast to overlay a UNIX-Plot file produced with <emphasis remap='B'>rthide</emphasis>
+or <emphasis remap='B'>rtrange</emphasis> onto its equivalent color shaded image produced with <emphasis remap='B'>rt</emphasis> or <emphasis remap='B'>cell-fb</emphasis>.</para>
+
+<para><command>rtregis</command>
+produces a script containing a call to <emphasis remap='B'>plrot</emphasis> with the <option>-m</option> and <option>-S</option> parameters to
+supply it with a registration matrix and a space command.  The registration
+matrix is produced by <command>rtregis</command> from the
+<emphasis remap='B'>RT</emphasis>
+log files for a UNIX-Plot file and a rendered shaded image file.
+Both the UNIX-Plot image and the rendered shaded image must have been
+ray-traced from the same orientation.  The output from
+<command>rtregis</command>
+is a matrix and a space command that are to be used as input parameters
+to
+<emphasis remap='B'>plrot.</emphasis>
+They may not be used together with
+<option>-a, -e, -s, -g</option>
+options to
+<emphasis remap='B'>plrot.</emphasis>
+Output is written to standard out unless it is redirected.
+The output can often be included directly in a shell script using
+grave accents.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>This section shows the ordinary usage of <command>rtregis</command>.  For example,</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	<emphasis remap='I'>rtregis plot.log pix.log  &gt; registration.matrix.file</emphasis>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>results in a file containing the registration matrix and alternate
+space command for <emphasis remap='B'>plrot</emphasis>.  It also contains a call to <emphasis remap='B'>plrot</emphasis> and
+can be edited to send the <emphasis remap='B'>plrot</emphasis> output a file.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	 <emphasis remap='I'>sh registration.matrix.file &gt; file.pl</emphasis>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>This results in a registered plot file.</para>
+
+<para>Now the registered plot file can be overlaid onto the rendered shaded image:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	<emphasis remap='I'>pix-fb file.pix</emphasis>
+	<emphasis remap='I'>pl-fb -o file.pl</emphasis>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>This command pair results in the plot file being overlaid on top of
+the rendered shaded image that was in the framebuffer.
+The result can then be converted to Impress or PostScript and sent
+to a printer:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	<emphasis remap='I'>fb-pix | pix-bw | bw-impress (or bw-ps) | qpr</emphasis>
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>bw-impress</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bw-ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cell-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pl-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>plrot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pl-sgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rthide</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix-bw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>libplot3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>plot3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Descriptive messages are printed on standard error (file descriptor 2).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='authors'><title>AUTHORS</title>
+<para>Susanne Muuss, J.D.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1991-2012 United States Government as
+represented by the U.S. Army Research Laboratory. All rights reserved.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtregis.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtscale.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtscale.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtscale.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rtscale1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RTSCALE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rtscale</refname>
+<refpurpose> supplements rthide output by plotting a scale to indicate drawing size in arbitrary units.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rtscale</command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>width</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>units</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>intervals</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>file.log</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>optional</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>string</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>scale.pl</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rtscale</emphasis>
+supplements the use of <emphasis remap='B'>rthide</emphasis> by generating a UNIX-Plot of a scale that
+permits the accurate measuring of <emphasis remap='B'>rthide</emphasis> plots.  <emphasis remap='B'>rthide</emphasis> provides
+a hidden-line-removed plot of the geometry, and <command>rtscale</command> produces
+an identical plot file containing just a scale.   The two files can then
+be concatenated making sure that the scale precedes the <emphasis remap='B'>rthide</emphasis> file
+to produce a finished plot with scale.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>Rtscale</emphasis> operates on the RT log file from the <emphasis remap='B'>rthide</emphasis> run and
+produces a UNIX-Plot file of a scale with desired units and number
+of tick marks.  The scale's width is given in model units.  A descriptive
+string may be added.  The scale and the strings are plotted
+in the lower left corner of the image.</para>
+
+<para>The inputs required are:
+<emphasis remap='B'>width,</emphasis>
+which specifies the length of the scale in model space,
+<emphasis remap='B'>units,</emphasis>
+which may be any units (metric or English),
+<emphasis remap='B'>intervals,</emphasis>
+which allows the user to specifies the number of tickmarks on the scale.
+<emphasis remap='B'>filename,</emphasis>
+which names the  RT log file that is used to calculate the view2model matrix
+for the raytraced. A view such as azimuth 45, elevation 45, is useful for
+measuring diagonal dimensions of the geometry.
+Optionally, a
+<emphasis remap='B'>descriptive string</emphasis>
+may be given to identify the view or the model.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>This section shows the ordinary usage of <command>rtscale</command>.  For example:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+rtscale 30 mm 10 rt.log &gt; scale.pl
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>This will result in a 30 mm scale with ten tickmarks being plotted in the
+lower left corner of the scale.pl image.  Alternately, a descriptive
+string may be given to identify the view or the model:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+rtscale 30 mm 10 rt.log "UH-60 a90 e0" &gt; scale.pl
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>Note that a descriptive string longer than 28 characters will be cut
+off by <emphasis remap='B'>pl-fb</emphasis>.</para>
+
+<para>The plot file is now concatenated
+with the plot file of the image to scale needs to be put on.  The order in
+which they are concatenated is important: the scale is always concatenated
+over top of the model plot:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+cat scale.pl model.pl &gt;&gt; model.w.scale.pl
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The resulting UNIX-Plot of the geometry with a scale added to it can be
+viewed in several ways.  It can be overlaid in <emphasis remap='B'>mged</emphasis>, or it can be
+rotated to the desired azimuth and elevation with <emphasis remap='B'>plrot</emphasis> and be
+stored in a file or view with <emphasis remap='B'>pl-sgi</emphasis> or <emphasis remap='B'>pl-fb</emphasis>:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+plrot -a# -e# -g model.w.scale.pl | pl-sgi
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>or</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+plrot -a# -e# -g model.w.scale.pl | pl-fb
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>plrot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pl-sgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rthide</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>libplot3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>plot3</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Numerous error conditions are possible, usually due to errors in
+the geometry database.
+Descriptive messages are printed on standard error (file descriptor 2).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Susanne Muuss, J.D.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1991-2012 United States Government as
+represented by the U.S. Army Research Laboratory. All rights reserved.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtscale.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtshot.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtshot.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtshot.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rtshot1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RTSHOT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rtshot</refname>
+<refpurpose>fire one ray at an mged model, for debugging</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rtshot</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rtshot</emphasis>
+fires a single ray at the indicated
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects</emphasis>
+in the input
+<emphasis remap='I'>model.g</emphasis>
+and produces a printed summary of the geometry that the ray passes through.
+The orientation of the ray to be fired is specified by
+giving any two of the three options
+<option>-a</option>
+<option>-d</option>
+and
+<option>-p.</option></para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>The</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><option>-d</option>
+option is followed by three numbers specifying the direction vector.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>The</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><option>-p</option>
+option is followed by three numbers specifying the start point.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>The</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><option>-a</option>
+option is followed by three numbers specifying a point to be fired "at".</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-t #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>specifies the number of triangles per piece for facetted primitives (currently only the BOT).
+The default value is 4.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-b #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>specifies the threshold for breaking facetted primitives into pieces.
+The default is 32.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-x #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set debug flags to (hexadecimal) number.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-U #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set use_air flag.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v attribute_name1 [attribute_name2 ...]</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option specifies a list of attribute names to be listed (along with
+the appropriate values) for each region hit.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-O # or keyword</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option indicates how overlaps should be handled. The
+<emphasis remap='I'>resolve</emphasis>
+or
+<literal>0</literal>
+argument is the default (normal BRL-CAD mode, all overlaps are resolved
+and no overlaps appear in the output). The
+<emphasis remap='I'>rebuild_fastgen</emphasis>
+or
+<literal>1</literal>
+argument mimics FASTGEN4 raytracing (plate-mode overlaps appear in the output). The
+<emphasis remap='I'>rebuild_all</emphasis>
+or
+<literal>2</literal>
+argument rebuilds all overlaps that occurred along the ray (all overlaps appear in the output). The
+<emphasis remap='I'>retain</emphasis>
+or
+<literal>3</literal>
+argument does not resolve any overlaps (each unique combination of
+intersection extent and list of claiming regions produces a single partition).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option specifies the number of rings to use in a ray bundle (does not include
+the central ray).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-c #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option specifies the number of rays in each ring. The rays in each ring are
+not aligned with the rays in the previous ring, they make an outward spiral pattern.
+A central ray is included.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-R #</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This option specifies the radius of the ray bundle. Each ring is evenly spaced with the
+outermost ring at this radius.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The
+<command>rtshot</command>
+program is a simple front-end to
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+which can be invoked directly by the user. If a ray bundle is desired, all of the
+<option>-n</option>
+,
+<option>-c</option>
+, and
+<option>-R</option>
+options must be specified. The output from a ray bundle is handled as a single ray.
+Any overlaps between rays in the bundle are resolved by favoring rays closer to the
+central ray. The default is to fire a single ray.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtpp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Numerous error conditions are possible.
+Descriptive messages are printed on standard error.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Most deficiencies observed while using the
+<command>rtshot</command>
+program are usually with the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+package instead.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1987-2012 United States Government as
+represented by the U.S. Army Research Laboratory. All rights reserved.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtshot.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rttherm.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rttherm.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rttherm.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rttherm1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RTTHERM</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rttherm</refname>
+<refpurpose>raytrace a hyper-spectral thermal image of an mged model</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rttherm</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'>-o <replaceable>output.ssamp</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rttherm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+is a member of the RTUIF family of programs,
+and implements the same options as
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+with the exception that the
+<option>-F</option>
+(framebuffer)
+option is currently not implemented and reserved for future use.
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rttherm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+creates a hyper-spectral ray-trace into
+the output file
+specified with the
+<option>-o</option>
+option.
+It also writes a second file (using bn_table_write) with
+the suffix ".spect" which describes
+the spectral sampling pattern used when creating the output file.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='specifying_temperatures'><title>SPECIFYING TEMPERATURES</title>
+<para>Temperatures are always specified in degrees Kelvin ("Kelvins").</para>
+
+<para>The background (ambient) temperature may be set from the command
+line with the
+<option>-c set bg_temp=degK</option>
+command, or in the animation script with the command</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+set bg_temp=293.0
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>which is the default.  (20 degrees C is 293 degrees Kelvin).</para>
+
+<para>The spectral sampling density may be set from the command line
+with the
+<option>-c set spectrum=nsamp/lo_nm/hi_nm</option>
+option, or in the animation script with the command</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+set spectrum=nsamp/lo_nm/hi_nm
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The default setting is 100/380/12000,
+which takes 100 samples equally spaced from 380nm (low end of the optical
+band) to 12microns (upper end of the "Far-IR" band).</para>
+
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rttherm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+is built using
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>libmultispectral</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+rather than
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>liboptical</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+which provides a similar set of shaders.
+Most notable is the "temp" shader,
+which applies a two-dimensional temperature map to a region
+in exactly the same way as the "texture" and "bwtexture" shaders apply
+colors to the surface.</para>
+
+<para>The temperature of a region may be modified by the
+rt animation script which is read by
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rttherm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+when the
+<option>-M</option>
+flag is specified.
+The syntax of the anim command is:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+ anim path temp ## ;
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>where
+"anim" is a keyword,
+"path" is the path specification for the affected combination(s),
+"temp" is a keyword ("temperature" is also accepted), and
+## is the new temperature for the combination(s) in Kelvins.</para>
+
+<para>The Tcl interface to the database supports adjusting region temperatures.
+The syntax of the anim command is:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+ db put|adjust combname temp ##
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>where
+"db" is the name of the Tcl database object for the desired
+database (typically "db" or ".inmem"),
+"put" and "adjust" are keywords,
+"combname" is the name of the combination,
+"temp" is a keyword,
+and
+## is the new temperature for the combination in Kelvins.
+Note that the BRL-CAD v4 database has no place for
+storing region temperatures on disk,
+so this command won't have any effect on v4 databases.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='post_processing'><title>POST PROCESSING</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssampview</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+is a GUI tool for viewing
+the multi-spectral output files created by
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rttherm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
+In the works is a post-processing tool which will
+extract a spectral window into a conventional
+8-bit/pixel
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file, probably in two steps:
+(1) extracting a representative power value per pixel
+into a
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dbw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+(double-precision .bw file),
+and then (2) using
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to perform a direct conversion, or using
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dpix-pix</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+or similar tool to perform scaling and/or auto-ranging.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>brlcad</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1999-2012 United States Government as
+represented by the U.S. Army Research Laboratory. All rights reserved.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rttherm.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtwalk.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtwalk.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtwalk.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rtwalk1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RTWALK</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rtwalk</refname>
+<refpurpose>generate viewpoint animation between two points</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rtwalk</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>startX</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>startY</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>startZ</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>destX</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>destY</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>destZ</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rtwalk</emphasis>
+generates a viewpoint animation control script that takes the eye
+between given start and end points, without walking through any
+geometry.
+The model geometry is the list of
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects</emphasis>
+in the input database
+<emphasis remap='I'>model.g</emphasis>.
+The primary output is in the form of an old-format
+RT viewpoint animation control script
+(which is also suitable for input to the MGED "rmat" command)
+in the file "rtwalk.mat".</para>
+<itemizedlist remap='TP'>
+
+  <listitem><para><option>-X #</option></para></listitem>
+
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set rtwalk debug flags to (hexadecimal) number.
+A flag value of 1 causes 3-D plot output to be written to stdout.
+All solid RPPs are plotted as grey boxes, and the walk path is
+in alternating blue and green segments.
+A flag value of 2 adds red segments for all attempted steps,
+as well as the final steps.
+A flag value of 3 adds some debugging prints to stderr in addition
+to the plots.  This is useful for immediate path review, e.g.,</para>
+
+<para>	rtwalk -X 1 ... | tiris</para>
+  </listitem>
+
+
+  <listitem><para><option>-x #</option></para></listitem>
+
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set librt debug flags to (hexadecimal) number.</para>
+  </listitem>
+
+
+  <listitem><para><option>-n # of steps</option></para></listitem>
+  <listitem><para><option>-v viewsize</option></para></listitem>
+
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>The
+<command>rtwalk</command>
+program employs
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+for the geometry interrogation.
+This program is currently in fledgling form, and is likely to
+evolve into an important tool for motion path generation and
+validation, interference checking in part articulation,
+and numerically controlled milling.</para>
+
+<para>This program is especially interesting when used on complex scenes
+like those made by proc-db/clutter.c, e.g.:</para>
+
+<para>      rtwalk -X1 -- -3470 -3470 650 3470 3470 650 ../proc-db/c.g clut |
+      plot-fb -i</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtpp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5V</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Numerous error conditions are possible.
+Descriptive messages are printed on standard error.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Most deficiencies observed while using the
+<command>rtwalk</command>
+program are usually with the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+package instead.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1987-2012 United States Government as
+represented by the U.S. Army Research Laboratory. All rights reserved.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtwalk.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtweight.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtweight.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtweight.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rtweight1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RTWEIGHT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rtweight</refname>
+<refpurpose>Calculate weight, centroid and volume data for an mged model, using raytracing</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rtweight</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rtweight</emphasis>
+operates on the indicated
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects</emphasis>
+in
+<emphasis remap='I'>model.g</emphasis>
+to calculate the volume and centroid of each region encountered along
+rays.  An auxiliary file called
+<markup>.density</markup>
+and region line of sight (LOS) thickness estimates are used to calculate
+the mass for each region.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Rtweight</emphasis>
+looks for the
+<markup>.density</markup>
+file in the current directory and then in the user's home directory.
+The file must contain lines with the material number, density in g/cc,
+and material name, each separated by some white space.</para>
+
+<para>The following options are recognized.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Number of rays to fire in X and Y directions (square grid).
+Default is 512 (512x512).  Conflicts with
+<option>-g</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Distance between rays in the X and Y directions in millimeters.  Conflicts with
+<option>-s</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select azimuth in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-e</option>
+and conflicts With
+<option>-M</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-e#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select elevation in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-a</option>
+and conflicts with
+<option>-M</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-M</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read model2view matrix from standard input.
+Conflicts with
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Report individual region weights by region path name and also by region
+id number.  The default only prints the total weight for all the objects
+specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o file</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Send the output to a specified file.  The default is to standard output.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-P#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the maximum number of processors (in a multi-processor system) to be
+used for this execution.  The default is the maximum number for the machine.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para><command>rtweight</command>
+also accepts all other options that the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+program implements, such as for non-square views, perspective, etc.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>Numerous error conditions are possible.
+Descriptive messages are printed on standard error (file descriptor 2).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Most deficiencies observed while using the
+<command>rtweight</command>
+program are usually with the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>librt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+package instead.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>James E. Hunt</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1991-2012 United States Government as
+represented by the U.S. Army Research Laboratory. All rights reserved.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtweight.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtxray.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtxray.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtxray.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='rtxray1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>RTXRAY</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>rtxray</refname>
+<refpurpose> compute a pseudo X-Ray image of a model.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rtxray</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt' rep='repeat'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Rtxray</emphasis>
+operates on the indicated
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects</emphasis>
+in the input
+<emphasis remap='I'>model.g</emphasis>
+and produces a simulated X-Ray image.
+At present, all materials are treated as having the same density.
+The total path length of each ray through solid material is computed
+and the result is divided by the "viewsize" (the length of the diagonal
+of the bounding box of the model, which represents the longest possible
+path).  This relative thickness is then converted to gray scale where
+black (1) is the greatest possible thickness, through white (255) which
+represents a very thin region.  The color 0 is reserved for rays which
+pass through no material at all.  This provides good contrast for the
+object (which would not usually be the case if 255 were chosen) and allows
+the background to be easily replaced.</para>
+
+<para>Most models do not fill their bounding volume (a box which just encloses
+the model) so the "safe" scaling described above usually results in very
+low contrast (mostly white) objects.  Because of this, a default contrast
+boost of 2.0 is applied before the path lengths are converted to gray
+scale.  This value can be changed with the
+<option>-A#</option>
+flag.  This value must 1.0 or greater.  Larger values provide higher
+contrast but may result in clipping values to black (actually 1).</para>
+
+<para>The orientation of the rays to be fired may be specified by
+the
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option>
+options, in which case the model will be autosized, and the grid
+will be centered on the centroid of the model, with ray spacing
+chosen to span the entire set of
+<emphasis remap='I'>objects.</emphasis>
+Alternatively,
+with the
+<option>-M</option>
+option, a transformation matrix may be provided on standard input
+which maps model-space to view-space.
+In this case, the grid ranges from -1.0 &lt;= X,Y &lt;= +1.0 in view space,
+with the size of the grid (number of rays fired) specified with
+<option>-s</option>.
+This option is most useful when
+<command>rtxray</command>
+is being invoked from a shell script created by an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+<emphasis remap='I'>saveview</emphasis> command.</para>
+
+<para>The following options are recognized.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Number of rays to fire in X and Y directions (square grid).
+Default is 512 (512x512).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-a#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select azimuth in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-e</option>
+and conflicts with
+<option>-M</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-e#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Select elevation in degrees.  Used with
+<option>-a</option>
+and conflicts with
+<option>-M</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-M</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read model2view matrix from standard input.
+Conflicts with
+<option>-a</option>
+and
+<option>-e</option></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-A#</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Contrast enhance the output image by the given factor.  Default value
+is 2.0.  See discussion above.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>output.bw</emphasis>
+specifies a named BW(5) file for output.
+By default, the output is displayed on a frame buffer.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-l1</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>use the alternate "lighting model".  In this mode, double precision
+floating point numbers are written
+(<option>-o</option>
+must be used).  Each number is the actual solid material path length
+for that ray.  This allows for post processing and scaling.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>See the
+<emphasis remap='B'>rt</emphasis>
+manual page for additional arguments that can be used with this
+program.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtray</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>This program should do something about material properties
+(X-Ray density) in order to provide a more realistic result.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Phillip Dykstra</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1990-2012 United States Government as
+represented by the U.S. Army Research Laboratory. All rights reserved.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/rtxray.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/scriptsort.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/scriptsort.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/scriptsort.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='scriptsort1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>SCRIPTSORT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>scriptsort</refname>
+<refpurpose>sort an rt/mged animation script or scripts</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>scriptsort</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-fsq </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-b <replaceable>base</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-o <replaceable>frame_offset</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&lt;</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>unsorted.script</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Scriptsort</emphasis>
+reads an rt/mged animation script from standard input and sorts it.
+Typically this program is used to combine several scripts by sorting
+their concatenation. Or, it can be used to change the ordering of the
+frames.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Scriptsort</emphasis>
+organizes the input script into three different categories.
+The first category consists of
+numbered frames. Each frame begins with a
+<emphasis remap='B'>start</emphasis>
+<emphasis remap='I'>frame_num</emphasis>;
+command, and ends with an
+<emphasis remap='B'>end</emphasis>;
+command. All of the text between those two commands makes up the body of
+the frame. When two frames with the same frame number are found in the
+input, they are merged into a single frame. The body of the merged frame
+is the concatenation of the two original frames, except that only one
+<emphasis remap='B'>clean</emphasis>;
+command is ever printed in a single frame.</para>
+
+<para>The second category consists of shell commands. Any line in the
+animation script which is not inside a frame and which begins with an
+exclamation mark is considered to be a shell command.
+Typically, each frame of an animation script might have an associated
+shell command following it to process the image just computed.
+The third category
+is "everything else". These are assumed to be global animation commands that
+don't belong to any frame and should be executed before the first frame.</para>
+
+<para>Once the input has been sorted by category, output is produced according
+to the following method. First, all of the global animation commands
+that didn't belong to any frame are printed. Next,
+<command>scriptsort</command>
+determines the order in which to print the frames. This
+might be in ascending numerical order, or in a scrambled order which
+incrementally increases the time resolution of the script, depending on
+the
+<option>-b</option>
+option. Then
+<command>scriptsort</command>
+prints the frames in order. After each frame, the
+shell command
+<emphasis remap='B'>!</emphasis>end_of_frame.sh frame_num
+is added if any of the input frames which contributed to the frame had
+an associated shell command. When the animation script is run
+as input to
+<emphasis remap='I'>rt,</emphasis>
+the user should create a shell script called "end_of_frame.sh" to
+perform any desired shell commands. The argument to "end_of_frame.sh" is
+the frame number.</para>
+
+<para>The order in which the frames are printed out depends on an integer
+called the base integer, which must always be a power of two. By
+default, the base integer is one, which causes the frames to be output
+in order of increasing frame number. Larger powers of two cause the
+frames to be ordered in such a way that the time resolution of the
+animation script is incrementally increased.
+The following algorithm defines the order corresponding to a given base
+integer:</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>1. List all of the frames in order of increasing frame</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>number. Then give each frame an index according to its position in the
+list. For example, if there are 61 frames numbered from 45 to 105, then the
+index of frame 45 is 0, and the index of frame 105 is 60.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>2. Print all of the frames whose indexes are multiples of the base</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>integer, beginning with the frame indexed by zero.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term>3. If the base integer is one, stop here. Otherwise, go to step 4.</term>
+  <term>4. Divide the base integer in half and print all of the frames whose</term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>indexes are odd multiples of the new base integer. Go to step 3.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>The base integer can be set with the
+<option>-b#</option>
+option. If the specified integer is negative or zero, then the base
+integer is set to the largest power of two which is less than the number
+of frames being printed. Otherwise, if the specified integer is not a
+power of two, a warning is printed and the integer is set to 1. If the specified integer is not a power of two, then a warning
+is printed and the integer is set to the default value, which is one.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='other_options'><title>OTHER OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-f</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>forces a shell command to be printed after every frame, regardless of
+whether or not shell commands were found in the input script.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>suppresses shell commands. No shell commands are printed, regardless of
+whether or not shell commands were found in the input script.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-q</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>enables quiet mode. The status messages normally printed on standard
+error are suppressed.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>frame_offset specifies an integer which should be added to all of the frame
+numbers. For example, suppose that the user wants to concatenate
+two animation scripts which begin at frame zero and are 300 frames long.
+He or she should run one script through
+<command>scriptsort</command>
+with an offset of 300 before doing the concatenation.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='authors'><title>AUTHORS</title>
+<para>Christopher T. Johnson</para>
+
+<para>Carl J. Nuzman</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1994 Geometric Solutions, Inc.
+Contributed to the US Army for unlimited distribution.
+This software is Copyright (c) 1996-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/scriptsort.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/secpass.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/secpass.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/secpass.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='secpass1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>SECPASS</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>secpass</refname>
+<refpurpose>interrogates an mged file to obtain the conductivity table of the PRISM-ready input file or a generic thermal data file</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>secpass</command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>Secpass is an interactive program used to create a conductivity
+table for the PRISM-ready input file (when used in conjunction
+with firpass) or a generic thermal data file.  The conduction approximation
+is based on the following formula from the PRISM manual.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	RK(i,j) =             1
+		    ---------------------------
+		      L(i)/K(i)A + L(j)/K(j)A
+
+	RK(i,j) - conductivity between region i and j
+	L(i)    - conduction path length of region i
+	L(j)    - conduction path length of region j
+	K(i)    - conductivity of material of region i
+	K(j)    - conductivity of material of region j
+	A       - shared surface area
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The conduction path length is a distance between the centroid of
+the region and the shared surface.  The user may select the average,
+root mean squared (rms), minimum, or maximum distance for the length.</para>
+
+<para>The following information about each region is obtained from
+secpass when creating a PRISM ready file.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	number (same scheme as in firpass)
+	number of region there is conduction between
+	conduction
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>The following information about each region is obtained when creating
+a generic thermal data file</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	number
+	number of adjacent regions
+	shared area of each adjacent region (m**2)
+	conduction distance (m)
+</literallayout></refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>The following is an example from an interactive session.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+$ secpass test.veh.g vehicle air
+Write output to standard out (0) or a file(1) not at all (2)?  2
+Enter name of file that has second pass information
+in it (15 char max).  veh.f.2nd
+Enter type of output file to be generated.
+	 0 - PRISM File
+	 1 - Generic File
+0
+Enter name of file to be created for PRISM conductivity
+information (15 char max).  veh.s.con
+Which release of PRISM is being used, 2.0 (2) or 3.0 (3)?  3
+Which length calculation should be used when
+computing conduction
+between regions?
+	1 - average length
+	2 - rms length
+	3 - minimum length
+	4 - maximum length
+3
+Enter name of file to be created for conductivity
+table (15 char max).  veh.s.tbl
+Enter name of material file (15 char max).  prp
+Enter name of error file to be created (15 char max).  veh.s.err
+Should there be 3 sets of orthogonal rays fired (0) or 1 set (1)?
+	3
+3 sets of orthogonal rays will be fired.
+Database title:  test vehicle for use with irprep programs
+Number of regions in mged file:  21
+Mallocing arrays.
+cond malloced
+loop malloced
+All variables zeroed.
+second pass file opened
+The number of regions read was 21
+Center of bounding rpp ( 356.500000, 0.000000, 1250.000000 )
+Length of diagonal of bounding rpp:  3829.051456
+Minimums &amp; maximums of grid:
+  -3472.551456 - 4185.551456
+  -3829.051456 - 3829.051456
+  -2579.051456 - 5079.051456
+
+Model minimum &amp; maximum.
+	X:  -3001.000000 to 3714.000000
+	Y:  -1350.000000 to 1350.000000
+	Z:  0.000000 to 2500.000000
+
+Enter spacing (mm) between fired rays.  10
+
+grid spacing:  10.000000
+
+Shooting down 1st axis.
+
+Shooting down the 2nd axis.
+
+Shooting down the 3rd axis.
+
+
+SUMMARY OF FILES USED &amp; CREATED
+	.g file used:  test.veh.g
+	regions used:
+		vehicle
+		air
+	file containing second pass information:  veh.f.2nd
+	material file used:  prp
+	conductivity file created:  veh.s.con
+	  (format is PRISM 3.0)
+	conductivity table file created:  veh.s.tbl
+	error file created:  veh.s.err
+
+
+Freeing memory.
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='changes_since_brlcad_release_40'><title>CHANGES SINCE BRL-CAD RELEASE 4.0</title>
+<para>1.  Made the numbering scheme for regions the same throughout all
+irprep programs, i.e. region numbers start at one not zero.  This
+affects the format of the diagnostic and error files.</para>
+
+<para>2.  Correct the format of the conductivity file for PRISM.  The
+larger region number must come first.</para>
+
+<para>3.  The user is given a choice of a 2.0 PRISM format or a 3.0 PRISM
+format.</para>
+
+<para>4.  Some diagnostic information is no longer printed out.</para>
+
+<para>5.  The user is given a choice of firing one set of rays or three
+sets of orthogonal rays.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>firpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shapefact</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>all_sf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>showtherm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, ir-X(1), <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ir-sgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pictx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pictsgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, User's Manual for IRPREP (BRL-SP-96), Computer Programs
+for Generating an Input File for PRISM and Displaying PRISM Results
+(BRL report in progress)</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Susan A. Coates</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1991-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/secpass.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/shapefact.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/shapefact.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/shapefact.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='shapefact1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>SHAPEFACT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>shapefact</refname>
+<refpurpose>obtain shape factors between named regions of mged database</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>shapefact</command>    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='descriptions'><title>DESCRIPTIONS</title>
+<para>Shapefact
+is an interactive program used to create a file containing shape
+factors between all regions of the named objects.  The shape factor
+from region i to region j is the fraction of total energy radiated
+from region i that is intercepted by region j.  This file can be
+used with the enhanced engine model developed by Jim Rapp at BRL
+for use in the PRISM thermal simulation.</para>
+
+<para>Air must be explicitly modeled since
+shapefact will only calculate
+shape factors between regions separated by engine air (air code of 5).
+Shapefact uses a Monte Carlo simulation, so increasing the number of
+significant digits in the answer by one requires about one hundred
+fold increase in the number of rays fired.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>The following is an example from an interactive session.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	$ shapefact sph.dsk.g all.air
+	Enter type of file to be written (0=&gt;regular or 1=&gt;generic).  0
+	Enter name of output file (15 char max).
+		sd.sh.reg
+	Enter the name of the error file (15 char max).
+		sd.sh.err
+	Enter the region # &amp; name file to be read (15 char max).
+		sd.f.rnn
+	Do you want to dump interm shape factors to screen (0-no, 1-yes)?  0
+	Enter number of rays to be fired.  5000000
+	Do you wish to enter your own seed (0) or use the default of 1 (1)?  1
+	seed initialized
+	Number of regions read from region # &amp; name file:  4
+	Database Title:  sphere &amp; disk for use with shape
+	Number of regions:  4
+	1000000.000000 rays have been fired.
+	2000000.000000 rays have been fired.
+	3000000.000000 rays have been fired.
+	4000000.000000 rays have been fired.
+	5000000.000000 rays have been fired.
+	Finding correct region numbers.
+	Finished finding correct region numbers.
+	$
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='changes_since_brlcad_release_40'><title>CHANGES SINCE BRL-CAD RELEASE 4.0</title>
+<para>1.  The region number and name file is read so that the numbering
+of regions is consistent across all irprep programs.</para>
+
+<para>2.  A generic output file may now be written.</para>
+
+<para>3.  An error file is written.</para>
+
+<para>4.  The format of the output file has been changed.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>firpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>secpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>all_sf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>showtherm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, ir-X(1), <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ir-sgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pictx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pictsgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, User's Manual for IRPREP (BRL-SP-96), Computer Programs
+for Generating an Input File for PRISM and Displaying PRISM Results
+(BRL report in progress)</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Susan A. Coates</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1991-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/shapefact.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/show3.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/show3.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/show3.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='show31'>
+<!--  \-*\- Text \-*\-
+ Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan
+ Template man page. -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>SHOW3</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>February, 1992</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>show3</refname>
+<refpurpose>flip through three IFF ILBM files in rapid succession</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>show3</command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>redfile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>greenfile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>bluefile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>show3</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>filename</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Show3</emphasis>
+will render the three specified IFF ILBM files in three different
+screens, then flip through them in rapid succession, thus combining
+them into a single picture. Its main use is to combine the three
+r, g, b components of a picture created by saving a picture rendered
+using
+<userinput>getami -3</userinput>
+into the original picture.</para>
+
+<para>If
+<command>show3</command>
+is called using the second form, then the extensions ".r",
+".g", and ".b" will be appended to the file name given, to produce the
+required three file names.</para>
+
+<para>Click the left mouse button to exit from this program.</para>
+
+<para>This program will only work if you have Christian Weber's
+<emphasis remap='I'>iff.library</emphasis>
+in your LIBS: directory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='caveat'><title>CAVEAT</title>
+<para>As with
+<userinput>getami -3</userinput>,
+the screen will flicker, especially in conjunction
+with interlace. If you are sensitive to screen flicker, please do not
+use this program.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Displaying three images with different resolutions is a sure way to
+crash the machine. Use this program only for the purpose for which it
+is intended.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Kriton Kyrimis (kyrimis%theseas@csi.forth.gr), based on showiff.c
+by Christian A. Weber, distributed with his iff.library.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/show3.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/showshot.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/showshot.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/showshot.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='showshot1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>SHOWSHOT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>showshot</refname>
+<refpurpose>generate MGED commands to represent a ray through some geometry</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>showshot</command>    <arg choice='opt'>-n <replaceable>name</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-r <replaceable>radius</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Showshot</emphasis>
+reads the specification for a ray through some geometry
+and generates
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+commands to produce a database object representing the ray.
+The input should consist of lines of the form</para>
+
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+    object  x_in  y_in  z_in  x_out  y_out  z_out
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>as might be obtained from
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>nirt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+where
+<emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+is the name of a database object along the ray,
+and
+(<emphasis remap='I'>x_in</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>y_in</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>z_in</emphasis>)
+and
+(<emphasis remap='I'>x_out</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>y_out</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>z_out</emphasis>)
+are the points at which the ray enters and exits
+<emphasis remap='I'>object,</emphasis>
+respectively.
+The first and last lines of input are assumed to correspond to
+the first and last objects encountered along the ray.
+Otherwise, the lines of input may be in any order.</para>
+
+<para>The first
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+command generated by
+<command>showshot</command>
+produces an RCC
+to represent the ray itself.
+This cylinder has its vertex at the entry point for the first object
+along the ray
+and extends to the exit point for the last object-all
+the other coordinates in the input are ignored.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Showshot</emphasis>
+then generates commands to make the solid a member of a region,
+which is assigned the color 255 255 0 (yellow).
+Finally,
+<command>showshot</command>
+generates commands to create a group
+that contains the ray region and each of the objects specified in the input.</para>
+
+<refsect2 xml:id='options'><title>Options</title>
+<para>The command-line options and their meanings are given below.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option><replaceable> name</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies that the string
+<emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+be used as the root for the names of the new database objects.
+The ray solid and ray region will be called
+<emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>.s and <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>.r,
+respectively,
+and the group will be called
+<emphasis remap='I'>name.</emphasis>
+Default is ray.<emphasis remap='I'>PID</emphasis>,
+where
+<emphasis remap='I'>PID</emphasis>
+is the process ID of the
+<command>showshot</command>
+process.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-r</option><replaceable> radius</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies that the RCC representing the ray should have a radius of
+<emphasis remap='I'>radius</emphasis>
+units.
+Default is 1.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect2>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>If the input stream does not conform to the expected format, then
+<command>showshot</command>
+complains and exits with status 1.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nirt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Paul Tanenbaum</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1991-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/showshot.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/showtherm.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/showtherm.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/showtherm.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='showtherm1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>SHOWTHERM</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>showtherm</refname>
+<refpurpose>ray-traces a BRL-CAD geometry file and as a region is hit the temperature of that region is looked up in a temperature output file</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>showtherm</command>    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>model.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>objects</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='descriptions'><title>DESCRIPTIONS</title>
+<para>Showtherm
+is an interactive program that ray-traces a BRL-CAD geometry file
+that does not include air and as a region is hit the temperature is
+looked up in a temperature output file.  This file may be either a
+PRISM temperature output file or a generic temperature output file.</para>
+
+<para>Showtherm then creates an output file that is readable by Analyzer2
+(an X-windows program written by Glen Durfee), ir-X, or ir-sgi.
+These programs will graphically showtherm the image with temperatures
+being represented by different colors.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>The following is an example from an interactive session.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+	$ showtherm test.veh.g vehicle
+	Type of output file to be read 0=&gt;PRISM, 1=&gt;generic.
+		0
+	Enter name of the PRISM output file to be read (26 char max).
+		veh.prm
+	Enter the number of regions in the PRISM file, must be more
+	than eight (not including the background).
+		18
+	Enter name of region # &amp; name file to be read (26 char max).
+		veh.f.rnn
+	Enter name of output file (26 char max).
+		veh.dis
+	Enter the elapsed time to create graphical representation of.
+		4
+	Number of regions (including the background):  19
+	7/19/1984 7.000000:0.000000
+	Prism out file read.
+	Region # &amp; name file opened.
+	The number of regions read from the output file and the region # &amp; name
+	file was the same, 18 (does not include background in number).
+	Building directory.
+	File:  test.veh.g
+	Database Title:  test vehicle for use with irprep programs
+		vehicle loaded
+	The number of regions read from the output
+	file, the region # &amp; name file, and the .g
+	file are all equal.  The number of regions
+	read, including the background is 19
+	Preparation started.
+
+	Minimum &amp; maximum X:  -3001.000000 - 3714.000000
+	Minimum &amp; maximum Y:  -1350.000000 - 1350.000000
+	Minimum &amp; maximum Z:  0.000000 - 2500.000000
+	Center of bounding sphere:  356.500000, 0.000000, 1250.000000
+	Radius of bounding sphere:  3829.551456
+	Enter multiplication factor for radius.
+		.75
+	Enter grid size.
+		512
+	Enter azimuth &amp; elevation.
+		35 25
+	gridsize:  512 x 512
+	azimuth:  35.000000 degrees
+	elevation:  25.000000 degrees
+	$
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>firpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>secpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shapefact</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>all_sf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, ir-X(1), <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ir-sgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pictx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pictsgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, User's Manual for IRPREP (BRL-SP-96), Computer Programs
+for Generating an Input File for PRISM and Displaying PRISM Results
+(BRL report in progress)</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Susan A. Coates</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1992-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/showtherm.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/smush.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/smush.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/smush.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='smush1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ Template man page.  Taken from wtm's page for getcx3d -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>SMUSH</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>March 15, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>smush</refname>
+<refpurpose>defocus an RLE image.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>smush</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-m </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>maskfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-n </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>levels</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Smush</emphasis>
+convolves an image with a 5x5 Gaussian mask, blurring the image.  One
+may also provide a mask in a text file.  The file must contain an integer
+to specify the size of the square mask, followed by size*size floats.
+The mask will be normalized (forced to sum to 1.0) unless the
+<option>-n</option>
+flag is given.</para>
+
+<para>The resulting image is the same size as the input image, no sub-sampling takes
+place.  The levels option, which defaults to one, signifies the number of
+times which the image will be blurred.  Each successive blurring is done with
+a more spread out mask, so a
+<command>smush</command>
+of level 2 is blurrier than piping two level one
+<command>smush</command>
+calls.
+If no input file is specified,
+<command>smush</command>
+reads from stdin.  If no output file is specified with
+<option>-o</option>
+it writes the result to stdout.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>avg4</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Rod G. Bogart</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Smush</emphasis>
+should probably automatically generate different sized gaussians and other
+common filters.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/smush.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/sqlite3.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/sqlite3.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/sqlite3.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='sqlite31'>
+<!--                                       Hey, EMACS: \-*\- nroff \-*\-
+ First parameter, NAME, should be all caps
+ Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1\-8, maybe w/ subsection
+ other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1) -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>SQLITE3</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Mon Apr 15 23:49:17 2002</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname></refname>
+<refpurpose>A command line interface for SQLite version 3</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>sqlite3</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>options</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>databasefile</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>SQL</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='summary'><title>SUMMARY</title>
+<para><command>sqlite3</command>
+is a terminal-based front-end to the SQLite library that can evaluate
+queries interactively and display the results in multiple formats.
+<command>sqlite3</command>
+can also be used within shell scripts and other applications to provide
+batch processing features.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>To start a
+<command>sqlite3</command>
+interactive session, invoke the
+<command>sqlite3</command>
+command and optionally provide the name of a database file.  If the
+database file does not exist, it will be created.  If the database file
+does exist, it will be opened.</para>
+
+<para>For example, to create a new database file named "mydata.db", create
+a table named "memos" and insert a couple of records into that table:</para>
+
+<para>$ 
+<emphasis remap='B'>sqlite3 mydata.db</emphasis>
+<!-- .br -->
+SQLite version 3.1.3
+<!-- .br -->
+Enter ".help" for instructions
+<!-- .br -->
+sqlite&gt;
+<emphasis remap='B'>create table memos(text, priority INTEGER);</emphasis>
+<!-- .br -->
+sqlite&gt;
+<emphasis remap='B'>insert into memos values('deliver project description', 10);</emphasis>
+<!-- .br -->
+sqlite&gt;
+<emphasis remap='B'>insert into memos values('lunch with Christine', 100);</emphasis>
+<!-- .br -->
+sqlite&gt;
+<emphasis remap='B'>select * from memos;</emphasis>
+<!-- .br -->
+deliver project description|10
+<!-- .br -->
+lunch with Christine|100
+<!-- .br -->
+sqlite&gt;</para>
+
+
+<para>If no database name is supplied, the ATTACH sql command can be used
+to attach to existing or create new database files.  ATTACH can also
+be used to attach to multiple databases within the same interactive
+session.  This is useful for migrating data between databases,
+possibly changing the schema along the way.</para>
+
+<para>Optionally, a SQL statement or set of SQL statements can be supplied as
+a single argument.  Multiple statements should be separated by
+semi-colons.</para>
+
+<para>For example:</para>
+
+<para>$ 
+<userinput>sqlite3 -line mydata.db 'select * from memos where priority &gt; 20;'</userinput>
+<!-- .br -->
+    text = lunch with Christine
+<!-- .br -->
+priority = 100</para>
+<!-- .br -->
+
+
+
+<refsect2 xml:id='sqlite_metacommands'><title>SQLITE META-COMMANDS</title>
+
+<para>The interactive interpreter offers a set of meta-commands that can be
+used to control the output format, examine the currently attached
+database files, or perform administrative operations upon the
+attached databases (such as rebuilding indices).   Meta-commands are
+always prefixed with a dot (.).</para>
+
+<para>A list of available meta-commands can be viewed at any time by issuing
+the '.help' command.  For example:</para>
+
+<para>sqlite&gt;
+<markup>.help</markup></para>
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+.databases             List names and files of attached databases
+.dump ?TABLE? ...      Dump the database in an SQL text format
+.echo ON|OFF           Turn command echo on or off
+.exit                  Exit this program
+.explain ON|OFF        Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.
+.header(s) ON|OFF      Turn display of headers on or off
+.help                  Show this message
+.import FILE TABLE     Import data from FILE into TABLE
+.indices TABLE         Show names of all indices on TABLE
+.mode MODE ?TABLE?     Set output mode where MODE is one of:
+                         csv      Comma-separated values
+                         column   Left-aligned columns.  (See .width)
+                         html     HTML &lt;table&gt; code
+                         insert   SQL insert statements for TABLE
+                         line     One value per line
+                         list     Values delimited by .separator string
+                         tabs     Tab-separated values
+                         tcl      TCL list elements
+.nullvalue STRING      Print STRING in place of NULL values
+.output FILENAME       Send output to FILENAME
+.output stdout         Send output to the screen
+.prompt MAIN CONTINUE  Replace the standard prompts
+.quit                  Exit this program
+.read FILENAME         Execute SQL in FILENAME
+.schema ?TABLE?        Show the CREATE statements
+.separator STRING      Change separator used by output mode and .import
+.show                  Show the current values for various settings
+.tables ?PATTERN?      List names of tables matching a LIKE pattern
+.timeout MS            Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds
+.width NUM NUM ...     Set column widths for "column" mode
+sqlite&gt;
+
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+</refsect2>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<para><command>sqlite3</command>
+has the following options:</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-init file</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Read and execute commands from
+<emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis>
+, which can contain a mix of SQL statements and meta-commands.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-echo</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print commands before execution.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-[no]header</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Turn headers on or off.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-column</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Query results will be displayed in a table like form, using
+whitespace characters to separate the columns and align the
+output.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-html</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Query results will be output as simple HTML tables.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-line</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Query results will be displayed with one value per line, rows
+separated by a blank line.  Designed to be easily parsed by
+scripts or other programs</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-list</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Query results will be displayed with the separator (|, by default)
+character between each field value.  The default.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-separator </option><replaceable>separator</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set output field separator.  Default is '|'.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-nullvalue </option><replaceable>string</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Set string used to represent NULL values.  Default is ''
+(empty string).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-version</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Show SQLite version.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-help</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Show help on options and exit.</para>
+
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='init_file'><title>INIT FILE</title>
+<para><command>sqlite3</command>
+reads an initialization file to set the configuration of the
+interactive environment.  Throughout initialization, any previously
+specified setting can be overridden.  The sequence of initialization is
+as follows:</para>
+
+<para>o The default configuration is established as follows:</para>
+
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+mode            = LIST
+separator       = "|"
+main prompt     = "sqlite&gt; "
+continue prompt = "   ...&gt; "
+
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>o If the file 
+<filename>~/.sqliterc</filename>
+exists, it is processed first.
+can be found in the user's home directory, it is
+read and processed.  It should generally only contain meta-commands.</para>
+
+<para>o If the -init option is present, the specified file is processed.</para>
+
+<para>o All other command line options are processed.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para>http://www.sqlite.org/
+<!-- .br -->
+The sqlite-doc package</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>This manual page was originally written by Andreas Rottmann
+&lt;rotty@debian.org&gt;, for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used
+by others).   It was subsequently revised by Bill Bumgarner &lt;bbum@mac.com&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/sqlite3.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ssamp-bw.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ssamp-bw.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ssamp-bw.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='ssampbw1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>SSAMP-BW</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>ssamp-bw</refname>
+<refpurpose>convert spectral sample data into a monochrome image</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>ssamp-bw</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-s <replaceable>squarefilesize</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-w <replaceable>file_width</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-n <replaceable>file_height</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-l <replaceable>lower_wavelen</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-u <replaceable>upper_wavelen</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-m <replaceable>minval</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-M <replaceable>maxval</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>file.ssamp</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssamp-bw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+reads a
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ssamp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format file of spectral samples for the named file,
+and produces a monochrome image in
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format.
+The spectral definition is read from a second file named
+file.ssamp.spect</para>
+
+<para>Using the
+<option>-l</option>
+and
+<option>-u</option>
+parameters, a filter is constructed to select the energy collected
+over a portion of the spectrum.
+This filter is convolved with each pixel of the two-dimensional input
+file and the power levels are summed into a two-dimensional array of
+scalor results.</para>
+
+<para>The scalor array is scanned to compute the maximum and minimum
+power levels encountered in this image.
+These are used to drive an "automatic gain control" algorithm
+which maximizes the use of the limited 0..255 intensity output range.
+Using the
+<option>-m</option>
+and
+<option>-M</option>
+options, either the minimum or maximum values (or both) may
+be over-ridden from the command line.
+This is particularly useful when processing a series of
+<emphasis remap='I'>ssamp</emphasis>
+files
+(e.g. for an animation sequence)
+and you don't want the gain control settings changing
+from frame to frame.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<option>-v</option>
+option sets "verbose" mode,
+causing the spectral sampling definition and the filter kernel to be
+printed on standard error.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+
+<para>  ssamp-bw -s512 -M0.3 -l3000 -u5000 moss.ssamp | bw-fb -s512</para>
+
+<para>This converts the energy received in the 3-5 micron ("mid-IR") band
+into a monochrome image,
+clamping any power greater than 0.3 to a value of 255 in the output,
+and displays this monochrome image on the current framebuffer.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rttherm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bw-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dpix-pix</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='diagnostics'><title>DIAGNOSTICS</title>
+<para>If the
+<emphasis remap='I'>pix</emphasis>
+file is shorter than expected,
+or the size parameters are given incorrectly,
+an error is printed.</para>
+
+<para>If the spectral range specified for the filter is outside the
+spectral range sampled in the input file, the program aborts with an error.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 2000-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ssamp-bw.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tabinterp.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tabinterp.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tabinterp.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='tabinterp1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>TABINTERP</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>tabinterp</refname>
+<refpurpose>combine and interpolate multiple data files to create an animation script</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>tabinterp</command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;table.final</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><command>tabinterp</command>
+reads a series of commands from standard input which
+designate what parts of various data files should be used
+as input tables for various
+<emphasis remap='I'>channels</emphasis>
+of animation parameters.
+Commands may extend across multiple lines,
+and are semi-colon (';') terminated.
+Each channel is then interpolated using one of a variety of
+interpolation techniques to provide an output table
+which has one line for each time step.</para>
+
+<para>The overall notion is based on parameter
+<emphasis remap='I'>tables.</emphasis>
+Each table is arranged so that every row (line) represents the
+state of some set of parameters at a given
+<emphasis remap='I'>time.</emphasis>
+Each column of the table represents a single parameter, or data
+<emphasis remap='I'>channel,</emphasis>
+with the left-most column always representing
+<emphasis remap='I'>time.</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>The first task in preparing to use
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tabinterp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+is to assign specific purposes to each channel in the output table.
+For example, channels 0, 1, and 2 might be used to represent the
+X, Y, and Z positions of an object, respectively, while channels 3, 4, and 5
+might be used to represent the "aim point" of the virtual camera, while
+channel 6 might be used to represent the brightness of one of the
+objects or light sources, and channel 7 might be used to represent the
+zoom factor (viewsize) of the virtual camera.
+Once the channel assignment has been decided upon, the source file
+containing the table of raw values for each channel must be identified.
+Several output channels may get their raw values from different columns
+of a single input table (file).
+Up to 64 columns of input may appear
+in an input table.</para>
+
+<para>For each file which contains an input table, the
+<emphasis remap='B'>file</emphasis>
+command is given to load the necessary columns of raw values into
+the output channels.
+If a channel number in the list is given as a minus ('-'),
+that input column is skipped.</para>
+
+<para>   file filename chan_num(s);</para>
+
+<para>Using the output channel assignments given above
+as an example, if an input table existed in a file named "table1"
+which consisted of
+five columns of values representing (time, brightness, objX, objY, objZ),
+then these values would be loaded with this command:</para>
+
+<para>   file table1 6 0 1 2;</para>
+
+<para>This command indicates that from the file "table1", the current time and
+four columns of parameters should be read into the raw output table,
+with the first input column representing the time, the second input
+column representing the value for output channel 6 (brightness),
+the third input column representing the value for output channel 0 (objX),
+etc.
+Each row of the input file must fit on a single (newline terminated) line
+of text, with columns separated by one or more spaces and tabs.</para>
+
+<para>After all the
+<emphasis remap='B'>file</emphasis>
+commands have been given, it is necessary to define over what range of
+time all the values just read into the
+the raw output table will be sent on to the interpolators, and
+how many rows of interpolated output should be produced for each second
+(time unit) in the input file.</para>
+
+<para>   times start stop fps;</para>
+
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='I'>fps</emphasis>
+parameter can be thought of as the
+"frames per second" rate of the interpolation, and is usually set
+to 24 for film (cine) work, 30 for NTSC video, and 60 for field-at-a-time
+NTSC video.  Any positive integer value is acceptable.
+(In fact, any time unit can be used, as the time channel is dimensionless.
+Nothing depends on the units being seconds.)
+For example, the command:</para>
+
+<para>   times 1 7.3 24;</para>
+
+<para>would cause
+<command>tabinterp</command>
+to process data values from time 1 second to 7.3 seconds, producing
+24 output rows uniformly separated in time for the passage of each second.</para>
+
+<para>After the
+<emphasis remap='B'>times</emphasis>
+command has been given, it is necessary to associate an interpolator
+procedure or a "value generator" command with each output channel.
+The available interpolator procedures are:
+<emphasis remap='B'>step, linear, spline, cspline,</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='B'>quat</emphasis>.
+The available value generator commands are:
+<emphasis remap='B'>rate, accel,</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='B'>next</emphasis>.
+The interpolator procedures are selected by giving commands of this form:</para>
+
+<para>   interp type chan_num(s);</para>
+
+<para>For example, the command:</para>
+
+<para>   interp linear 3 4 5;</para>
+
+<para>would indicate that output channels 3, 4, and 5 (representing the camera
+aim point) would be processed using linear interpolation.
+If only a starting and ending values
+are given in the input (<emphasis remap='I'>i.e.</emphasis> the input file had only two rows),
+then this is an easy way of moving something from one place to another.
+In this case, if more than two input rows had been provided, there
+would be a noticeable "jerk" as the camera passed through each
+of the input parameter values, an effect which is rarely desired.
+To avoid this, the
+<emphasis remap='B'>spline</emphasis>
+interpolator can be used, which fits an interpolating spline (with open
+end conditions) through the given data values, resulting in smooth motion.
+If the starting and ending values are the same, a continuous spline
+(with closed end conditions) can be used instead by specifying
+<emphasis remap='B'>cspline.</emphasis>
+Both of the spline interpolators require at least
+three rows to have been provided in the input file.</para>
+
+<para>If the output values are to "jump" from one input value to the next,
+(<emphasis remap='I'>i.e.</emphasis> no interpolation at all is desired), then specify
+<emphasis remap='B'>step.</emphasis>
+This can be useful for having lights switch between several intensities
+(for example, a 3-way bulb with 30, 70, and 100 watt settings),
+or for having objects "teleport" into position at just the right moment.</para>
+
+<para>The interpolation method indicated on the
+<emphasis remap='B'>interp</emphasis>
+command is assigned to all the output channels listed.
+One exception to this rule is the
+<emphasis remap='B'>quat</emphasis>
+(Quaternion) interpolator.
+Quaternions are used to describe an orientation in space, and can be
+most easily thought of as containing a vector in space, from which they
+obtain a pointing direction, and a "twist" angle around that vector.
+To do this, quaternions are processed in blocks of four channels, which
+must be numbered sequentially (<emphasis remap='I'>e.g.</emphasis> channels 7, 8, 9, 10).
+Giving the command</para>
+
+<para>   interp quat 7 15;</para>
+
+<para>assigns the quaternion interpolator to two blocks of four channels,
+the block starting with channel 7 (<emphasis remap='I'>e.g.</emphasis> channels 7, 8, 9, 10),
+and the block starting with channel 15.</para>
+
+<para><command>tabinterp</command>
+is strictly an interpolator.  It will not extrapolate values
+before the first input value, nor after the last output value.
+The first or last value is simple repeated.</para>
+
+<para>In addition to interpolation, it is possible to specify rate
+and acceleration based output channels.
+In cases where the exact running time of a scene is not known,
+the
+<emphasis remap='B'>rate</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='B'>accel</emphasis>
+commands can be quite useful.
+One command is given
+for each output channel.
+The
+<emphasis remap='B'>rate</emphasis>
+command takes these arguments:</para>
+
+<para>   rate chan_num init_value incr_per_sec;</para>
+
+<para>For example,</para>
+
+<para>   rate 6 1.5 0.5;</para>
+
+<para>says to make channel 6 a rate based channel, with the initial value
+(at time=0) of 1.5, linearly increasing with an increment of 0.5 for
+the passing of every additional second (time unit).
+In this case, the value would be 2.0 at time=1, 2.5 at time=2, and so on.
+This can be used to establish linear changes where it is the increment
+and not the final value that is important.
+For example, the rotation angle of a helicopter rotor could be specified
+in this way.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='B'>accel</emphasis>
+command takes these arguments:</para>
+
+<para>   accel chan_num init_value mult_per_sec;</para>
+
+<para>For example,</para>
+
+<para>   accel 5 10 2;</para>
+
+<para>says to make channel 5 an acceleration based channel,
+with the initial value at time=0 of 10.0, which is multiplied by
+2 for every additional second (time unit).
+In this case, the value would be 20.0 at time=1, and 40.0 at time=2.
+This can be useful to create constant acceleration, such as
+a car accelerating smoothly away from its position at rest
+in front of a stop sign.
+If the initial value is zero, all subsequent values will also be zero.</para>
+
+<para>Sometimes it is desirable to create an output channel which looks
+ahead (or behind) in time.
+For example, a good way to animate a rocket flying on a complex course
+would be to simply animate the position of the base of the rocket,
+and then look ahead in time to see where the rocket is going to go next
+in order to determine where to aim the nose of the rocket (by rotating it).
+This kind of lookahead is easily implemented using the
+<emphasis remap='B'>next</emphasis>
+command.</para>
+
+<para>   next dest_chan src_chan nsamp;</para>
+
+<para>(See also the
+<emphasis remap='B'>fromto</emphasis>
+directive in
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tabsub</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+which is used in conjunction with this).
+The command</para>
+
+<para>   next 4 5 +3;</para>
+
+<para>says to fill channel 4 with the values that will be present in channel 5
+at 3 output rows later on.
+Negative values are also permitted.
+Since the lookahead is defined in terms of output rows rather than
+time units, this means that the values generated for this column will
+change as the frames per second (fps) value on the
+<emphasis remap='B'>times</emphasis>
+command is changed.
+This is almost always the effect which is desired, since as the
+temporal resolution of the interpolation is increased,
+the accuracy of the look-ahead will increase as well.
+However, if the effect desired is one of "have the camera track where
+the main actor was three seconds ago", then the number of steps given
+here will have to be changed when the fps value is changed.
+Be careful of the values generated for the last (or first)
+<emphasis remap='I'>nsamp</emphasis>
+output rows.
+Looking forward or backward in time beyond the bounds of the interpolation
+will retrieve the last (or first) output values.
+So it takes
+<emphasis remap='I'>nsamp</emphasis>
+output rows to "prime the pumps".</para>
+
+<para>Whenever a pound sign ('#') is encountered in the command input,
+all characters from there to the end of the input line are discarded.
+This is the same commenting convention used in the Bourne shell,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+
+<para>When
+<command>tabinterp</command>
+encounters an end-of-file on its standard input, it computes the
+requested interpolations, and writes the output table on standard output.
+If no values have been assigned to an output channel, then
+the value given is a single dot ('.').  This preserves the
+positional white-space-separated columns nature of the output table.
+If this column is read as a numeric value by a downstream program,
+it will be accepted as a valid floating-point zero.</para>
+
+<para>As an aid to debugging, it is possible to dump the raw values of
+columns of the output table before the interpolation is run:</para>
+
+<para>   idump;
+<!-- .br -->
+   idump chan_num(s);</para>
+
+<para>If no output channel numbers are given, all channels are dumped,
+otherwise only the indicated channels are dumped.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='B'>help</emphasis>
+command can be given to get a list of all available commands.
+(Don't forget the semi-colon).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-q</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>enables quiet mode. This option suppresses the status messages
+that are normally printed on standard error.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<para>What follows here is a Bourne shell script which will generate
+two input tables using "here documents", and will then
+produce an interpolated output table of 8 channels.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+#!/bin/sh
+cat &lt;&lt; EOF &gt; table.aim
+-1   0 0 0    42 250
+3    1 2 3    28 300
+7    3 4 5    17 350
+EOF
+cat &lt;&lt; EOF &gt; table.obj
+0    17 38 44
+2    43 47 3
+4    99 23 18
+EOF
+tabinterp &lt;&lt; EOF &gt; table.final
+# Channel allocations:
+#	0,1,2	objX, objY, objZ	main actor position
+#	3,4,5	aimX, aimY, aimZ	camera aim point
+#	6	light brightness
+#	7	viewsize
+#
+# Input table column allocations:  time, aimX, aimY, aimZ, junk, viewsize
+file table.aim 3 4 5 - 7;
+#
+# Input table column allocations:  time, objX, objY, obxZ
+file table.obj 0 1 2;
+# Channel 6 is not read in here, but is rate base.
+#
+# Tstart, Tstop, fps
+times 0 4 30;
+#
+# Assign interpolators to output channels
+rate 6 1000 50;			# 1000 lumen bulb keeps getting brighter...
+interp linear 0 1 2;
+interp spline 3 4 5;
+interp spline 7;
+EOF
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+
+<para>Try clipping this example out of the manual page
+(usually found in /usr/brlcad/man/man1/tabinterp.1)
+and running it.
+This example will be continued in the manual page for
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tabsub</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='post_processing'><title>POST PROCESSING</title>
+<para>Because both the input and output tables consist of
+a single line of text for each time step,
+many of the standard UNIX tools can be brought to bear to assist
+in creating an animation.
+To visualize the exact position taken by the aim point
+in the example (output channels 3, 4, 5), a UNIX-plot file
+of that trajectory can be created with:</para>
+
+<para>   cut -f5,6,7 table.final | xyz-pl &gt; aim.pl
+<!-- .br -->
+   cut -f1,5,6,7 table.final | txyz-pl &gt; aim.pl</para>
+
+<para>Similarly, the position of the main object can be viewed with</para>
+
+<para>   cut -f2,3,4 table.final | xyz-pl &gt; obj.pl</para>
+
+<para><command>tabinterp</command>
+uses 0-based column numbering, while
+<emphasis remap='I'>cut</emphasis>
+uses 1-based column numbering.
+Also, the first output column from
+<command>tabinterp</command>
+is always the time.  The 0-th data column comes second.</para>
+
+<para>The plot file just created can be viewed using
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pl-fb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+or
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pl-sgi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+or it can be viewed in
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+by giving the command</para>
+
+<para>   overlay aim.pl</para>
+
+<para>to
+<emphasis remap='I'>mged.</emphasis>
+If the model geometry is brought into view using the
+<emphasis remap='I'>mged</emphasis>
+<emphasis remap='B'>e</emphasis>
+command, then the camera aim track (or any other spatial parameter)
+can be viewed in direct relationship to the three dimensional geometry
+which is going to be animated.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='preparing_input_tables'><title>PREPARING INPUT TABLES</title>
+<para>The
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+<emphasis remap='B'>savekey</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis remap='B'>saveview</emphasis>
+commands can be very useful for creating the input tables necessary
+for driving
+<command>tabinterp</command>.
+The details of doing this are beyond the scope of this manual page.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>awk</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+command can also be useful for rooting through the output files
+of existing scientific analysis programs, and extracting the
+few gems of data buried in the heaps of "printout".</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tabsub</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>xyz-pl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>txyz-pl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>paste</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>You can't
+<emphasis remap='I'>grep</emphasis>
+dead trees.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1992-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tabinterp.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tabsub.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tabsub.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tabsub.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='tabsub1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>TABSUB</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>tabsub</refname>
+<refpurpose>macro expand an input table into an animation script</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>tabsub</command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>template_file</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&lt;table.final</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>&gt;&gt;script</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><command>tabsub</command>
+takes as input a data table on standard input
+(such as might have been produced by
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tabinterp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+or similar tool),
+and a template file named on the command line.
+For each row (line) of the input table, one complete copy of
+the template file is output on standard output.
+As the template is output,
+any macro invocations in the template file are replaced with
+the data values from the input table's current row.
+In the input table, any blank lines or lines with a pound sign ('#')
+as the first character are ignored, allowing comments to be
+added to the input table.</para>
+
+<para>Macro invocations in the template file all begin with an at-sign ('@').
+In order to send an at-sign through to the output, a second at-sign
+must immediately follow it, <emphasis remap='I'>e.g.</emphasis> when '@@' is encountered in the
+template, a single '@' is output.
+To output the data value found in a given channel in the current
+input row of the data table, the at-sign is followed by the channel
+number, <emphasis remap='I'>e.g.</emphasis> to output the value in channel four, specify '@4',
+and to output the value in channel 42, specify '@42'.
+In some circumstances it my be desirable to highlight the difference
+between channel value substitution, and literal numeric values.
+To facilitate this, the channel number may be enclosed in parenthesis
+to explicitly delimit the macro invocation.  For example, channel
+four could also be specified as '@(4)', and channel 42 as '@(42)'.
+This second notation is generally preferred.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<command>tabsub</command>
+program is intended primarily for creating scripts relating to animation.
+To facilitate this, a variety of more complex macros also exist.</para>
+
+<para>   @(line)</para>
+
+<para>will output the row (line) number of the input table which is currently
+being processed, with the first line being numbered zero.
+This is useful for creating frame numbers, or other sequence tags
+in the output.</para>
+
+<para>   @(time)</para>
+
+<para>will output the time value which is always found in the left-most column
+of the current row.</para>
+
+<para>The more complex macros can also take arguments.
+If the first character of an argument is an at-sign ('@')
+(or percent-sign ('%'), for backwards compatibility), then
+the number that follows signifies an input channel substitution
+as before.  Otherwise the value is taken literally.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='B'>rot</emphasis>
+macro is used to convert three Euler angles given in degrees
+into a rotation expressed as a
+4x4 homogeneous transformation matrix.</para>
+
+<para>   @(rot x_angle y_angle z_angle)</para>
+
+<para>The arguments may be either numeric constants, column value macros,
+or a combination of both.
+The matrix is generated by calling the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>libbn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+routine
+<emphasis remap='B'>bn_mat_angles</emphasis>
+which performs the rotation around the Z axis first, then Y, then X.
+For example, the macro</para>
+
+<para>   @(rot 0 0 45)</para>
+
+<para>creates the following matrix, a 45 degree rotation about Z:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+<!-- .ne 4 -->
+7.071067812e-01 -7.071067812e-01 0.000000000e+00 0.000000000e+00
+7.071067812e-01 7.071067812e-01 -0.000000000e+00 0.000000000e+00
+0.000000000e+00 0.000000000e+00 1.000000000e+00 0.000000000e+00
+0.000000000e+00 0.000000000e+00 0.000000000e+00 1.000000000e+00
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>Similarly, the macro</para>
+
+<para>   @(rot @4 @5 90)</para>
+
+<para>creates a rotation matrix where the angle of rotation around X is
+taken from input channel four, the Y angle is taken from input channel five,
+and the Z angle is fixed at 90 degrees.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='B'>xlate</emphasis>
+macro converts three distances (which must be
+specified in millimeters if the output script is destined for
+processing by
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+or
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>)
+into a translation expressed as a
+4x4 homogeneous transformation matrix.</para>
+
+<para>   @(xlate dx dy dz)</para>
+
+<para>The matrix is generated by invoking the C macro
+<emphasis remap='B'>MAT_DELTAS</emphasis>
+found in h/vmath.h.
+For example, the macro</para>
+
+<para>   @(xlate 100 -20 300)
+creates the following matrix:</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+1.000000000e+00 0.000000000e+00 0.000000000e+00 1.000000000e+02
+0.000000000e+00 1.000000000e+00 0.000000000e+00 -2.000000000e+01
+0.000000000e+00 0.000000000e+00 1.000000000e+00 3.000000000e+02
+0.000000000e+00 0.000000000e+00 0.000000000e+00 1.000000000e+00
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+<para>Similarly, the macro</para>
+
+<para>  @(xlate 13 @7 0)</para>
+
+<para>creates a matrix where the origin is translated 13 units (mm) in X,
+and the number of units found in input channel 7 in Y.
+No translation occurs in Z.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='B'>orient</emphasis>
+macro combines the operation of the
+<emphasis remap='B'>rot</emphasis>
+zand
+<emphasis remap='B'>xlate</emphasis>
+macros, and also offers optional scaling.
+The invocation is one of:</para>
+
+<para>   @(orient tx ty tz rx ry rz)
+<!-- .br -->
+   @(orient tx ty tz rx ry rz scale)</para>
+
+<para>where all rotation is done first, then the translation,
+and then the scaling (if given).</para>
+
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='B'>ae</emphasis>
+command converts
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+style azimuth and elevation angle given in degrees
+into a rotation expressed as a
+4x4 homogeneous transformation matrix.</para>
+
+<para>   @(ae azimuth elevation)</para>
+
+<para>The matrix is generated by calling the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>libbn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+routine
+<emphasis remap='B'>bn_mat_ae</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='B'>arb_rot_pt</emphasis>
+command generates an arbitrary rotation matrix, expressed
+as a center of rotation, a second point defining the axis of
+rotation, and an angle of rotation expressed as an angle in degrees
+into a rotation expressed as a
+4x4 homogeneous transformation matrix.</para>
+
+<para>   @(arb_rot_pt p1[x] p1[y] p1[z] p2[x] p2[x] p2[z] ang)</para>
+
+<para>The matrix is generated by calling the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>libbn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+routine
+<emphasis remap='B'>bn_mat_arb_rot</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='B'>arb_rot_dir</emphasis>
+command generates an arbitrary rotation matrix, expressed
+as a center of rotation, a direction vector defining the axis of rotation,
+and an angle of rotation expressed as an angle in degrees
+into a rotation expressed as a
+4x4 homogeneous transformation matrix.
+The direction vector need not be unit length.</para>
+
+<para>   @(arb_rot_pt pt[x] pt[y] pt[z] dir[x] dir[x] dir[z] ang)</para>
+
+<para>The matrix is generated by calling the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>libbn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+routine
+<emphasis remap='B'>bn_mat_arb_rot</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='B'>quat</emphasis>
+command converts a quaternion into a
+4x4 homogeneous transformation matrix.</para>
+
+<para>   @(quat x y z w)</para>
+
+
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='B'>fromto</emphasis>
+command is used to rotate the given axis to point in the same direction
+as the vector formed by subtracting the 'next' point from the 'cur' point.</para>
+
+<para>   @(fromto axis cur_x cur_y cur_z next_x next_y next_z)</para>
+
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='I'>axis</emphasis>
+argument must be one of these six strings:
+<emphasis remap='I'>+X, -X, +Y, -Y, +Z, -Z</emphasis>,
+where the axis letter is capitalized.
+The matrix is generated by calling the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>libbn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+routine
+<emphasis remap='B'>bn_mat_fromto</emphasis>
+where the 'from' argument is derived from the
+<emphasis remap='I'>axis</emphasis>
+given, and the 'to' argument is the unit-length difference 'next'-'cur'.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='rt_scriptlanguage_builtins'><title>RT SCRIPT-LANGUAGE BUILT-INS</title>
+<para>It is worth noting that the "anim" command in the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+animation scripting language
+also offers some of these capabilities via built-in shortcuts.
+In addition to being able to provide the full 4x4 matrix as an
+argument to the "anim ... matrix" command, there are special
+keywords:
+"xlate", "translate" which take 3 arguments
+and pass them to the macro MAT_DELTAS,
+"rot" which takes 3 arguments and passes them to bn_mat_angles(),
+"scale" which takes one argument as a uniform scale factor
+(e.g. a value of 2 makes the subtree twice as large, scaled around
+the origin)
+and
+"scale_about" which passes 4 arguments (point and scale factor)
+and calls bn_mat_scale_about_pt().
+An example of making an ellipse 1/5th the original size looks like this:</para>
+
+<para>   anim ellipse.r/ellipse.s matrix rarc
+      scale_about 16.1309 46.6556 -3.72252    0.2;</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example1'><title>EXAMPLE1</title>
+<para>Based upon the example started in the manual page for
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tabinterp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+here is a Bourne shell script which will generate the
+necessary template file using a "here document",
+and then process the 8-channel output table
+left in the file "table.final".</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+#!/bin/sh
+# This template will be instantiated once for each frame to be made.
+cat &lt;&lt; EOF &gt; template
+
+start @(line);
+clean;
+lookat_pt @(3) @(4) @(5);
+viewsize @(7);
+anim all.g/actor.g matrix rmul
+ @(xlate @0 @1 @2);
+anim all.g/light.r material rparam
+ inten=@(6) angle=70 invisible=1;
+end;
+! framedone.sh actor.pix.@(line);
+
+EOF
+# This is the start of the animation script, which will be appended to below.
+cat &lt;&lt; EOF &gt; script
+viewsize 3000;
+eye_pt -4.429280979044739e+03 -1.633722950749571e+03 -1.624787858562220e+03;
+orientation 5.435778713738288e-01 4.980973490458696e-01 4.564221286261679e-01 4.980973490458693e-01;
+#frame data follows
+EOF
+# Append the data for each frame
+tabsub ./template &lt; table.final &gt;&gt; script
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+
+<para>The frame number is taken from the input table line number,
+and substituted into the
+<emphasis remap='I'>start</emphasis>
+command.
+The main actor position is taken from channels 0,1,2 and applied
+(as an "articulation") to the matrix located along the arc between
+"all.g" and "actor.g" in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>mged</emphasis>
+database.
+The camera (eye) position stays fixed for this animation, but the
+camera orientation is changed by substituting channels 3,4,5 into the
+<emphasis remap='I'>lookat_pt</emphasis>
+command, and the viewsize (zoom lens setting) is changed by substituting
+channel 7 into the
+<emphasis remap='I'>viewsize</emphasis>
+command.
+The argument to the light region's material property string
+is replaced with a new string that spells out the current light parameters.
+After the
+<emphasis remap='I'>end</emphasis>
+command, a
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+shell escape is constructed, which will run a script called
+"framedone.sh" with the given argument (which has been arranged
+to be the file name of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pix</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file that
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+just wrote, so that it can be post-processed, compressed,
+sent to a video recorder, etc.</para>
+
+<para>Try clipping this example out of the manual page
+(usually found in /usr/brlcad/man/man1/tabsub.1)
+and running it.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example2'><title>EXAMPLE2</title>
+<para>In the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tabinterp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+manual page, mention was made of animating the flight of a rocket.
+This partial example outlines how that might be accomplished.</para>
+
+<literallayout remap='.nf'>
+tabinterp &lt;&lt; EOF &gt; rocket.final
+# Channel allocations:
+#   0,1,2	position of base of rocket
+#   3,4,5	next position of base of rocket
+#
+# Input table column allocations:  time, X, Y, Z
+file rocket.table 0 1 2;
+#
+times 0 4 60;
+#
+# Assign interpolators to output channels
+interp spline 0 1 2;
+#
+# Get +1 "look ahead" on values, for auto-guidance
+next 3 0 1;
+next 4 1 1;
+next 5 2 1;
+EOF
+cat &lt;&lt; EOF &gt; rocket.template
+
+start @(line);
+clean;
+anim all.g/rot.g matrix rmul
+ @(xlate @0 @1 @2);
+anim rot.g/rocket.g matrix rmul
+  @(fromto +Z @0 @1 @2 @3 @4 @5);
+end;
+EOF
+tabsub ./rocket.template &lt; rocket.final &gt;&gt; script
+</literallayout> <!-- .fi -->
+
+
+<para>The items worthy of note are the use of the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tabinterp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+<emphasis remap='B'>next</emphasis>
+command to place the position look-ahead into channels 3,4,5
+and the matching use of the
+<command>tabsub</command>
+<emphasis remap='B'>fromto</emphasis>
+macro to convert the current and next positions into an
+appropriate rotation.
+In this case, the central axis of the rocket as found in the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+database rises up the +Z axis.
+Translating the rocket into position is handled one matrix
+higher up the tree, using the
+<emphasis remap='B'>xlate</emphasis>
+macro.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='post_processing'><title>POST PROCESSING</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>rt</emphasis>
+style animation scripts can be processed by
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+and
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>remrt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+by giving the
+<option>-M</option>
+option on the command line, and providing the script on standard input.
+For example, the rocket animation might be run like this:</para>
+
+<para>rt -M -V4:3 -w1440 -n972 -p90 -o rocket.pix rocket.g all.g &lt; script</para>
+
+<para>to produce images in NTSC ("Academy" 4:3) aspect ratio at double the
+normal resolution, suitable for later processing by
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pixhalve</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+
+<para>The same animation can be previewed in near real-time using
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
+For this example,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+would be started with</para>
+
+<para>   mged rocket.g</para>
+
+<para>followed by attaching to an appropriate display device.
+Then, these commands would be given:</para>
+
+<para>   e all.g
+   preview script</para>
+
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+will process each frame as fast as it can, and update the screen.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tabinterp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>xyz-pl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>txyz-pl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>paste</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mged</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>There is presently a compiled-in
+limit of 1023 channels in the input table.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>BRL-CAD Team</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='copyright'><title>COPYRIGHT</title>
+<para>This software is Copyright (c) 1992-2012 by the United States
+Government as represented by U.S. Army Research Laboratory.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;devs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tabsub.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/targatorle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/targatorle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/targatorle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='targatorle1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ Template man page.  Taken from wtm's page for getcx3d -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>TARGATORLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>July 12, 1991</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>targatorle</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert Truevision TARGA images to RLE format.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>targatorle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-h </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>headerfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-n </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>nchannels</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile.rle</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile.tga</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Targatorle</emphasis>
+converts a file from Truevision's TARGA format into RLE format.
+If no input file is specified, the data is
+read from stdin.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Targatorle</emphasis>
+recognizes (but cannot necessarily process) all of the image subtypes
+defined by the 1989 TARGA 2.0 specification:</para>
+
+<informaltable pgwide='0' frame='none'>
+  <tgroup cols='3' align='center'>
+    <colspec colname='c1'/>
+    <colspec colname='c2'/>
+    <colspec colname='c3'/>
+    <tbody>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>0</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>- Header Only, No Image Data</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>1</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>- Uncompressed, Color-mapped Image</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>2</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>- Uncompressed, True-color Image</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>3</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>- Uncompressed, B/W (gray scale) Image</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>9</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>- Run-length encoded, Color-mapped Image</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>10</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>- Run-length encoded, True-color Image</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
+        <entry align='left'></entry>
+        <entry align='left'>11</entry>
+        <entry align='left'>- Run-length encoded, B/W Image</entry>
+      </row>
+    </tbody>
+  </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Targatorle</emphasis>
+should correctly process images in formats 0, 2, 3, 10, and 11.
+No support is currently available for color mapped images.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-h</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Allow the program to write TARGA header information to
+<emphasis remap='I'>headerfile</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-n</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>where
+<emphasis remap='I'>nchannels</emphasis>
+is 3 or 4.
+If input is a color image, copy only
+<emphasis remap='I'>nchannels</emphasis>
+of the TARGA file; this allows the alpha channel to be stripped.  By default,
+the alpha channel will be copied if present.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Use
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+as output instead of
+<emphasis remap='I'>stdout.</emphasis></para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='limitations'><title>LIMITATIONS</title>
+<para>The TARGA image descriptor byte is ignored; therefore, the image origin
+is assumed to be that of RLE(5) (bottom left).
+None of the color-mapped TARGA formats (types 1 and 9) are
+supported.
+Finally, no attempt has been made to support extensions to the
+TARGA File Format introduced by Truevision in 1989 (new support
+for time stamps, comments, user-defined data fields, etc.).</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Hann-Bin Chuang
+<!-- .br -->
+Andrew C. Hadenfeldt, Univ. of Nebraska-Lincoln (modifications)</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/targatorle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tclsh.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tclsh.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tclsh.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man+tkman by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='tclsh1'>
+
+<!-- '\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\" Copyright (c) 1994\-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+
+<!-- '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: tclsh.1 30092 2008\-01\-25 22:37:10Z erikgreenwald $
+'\"  -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>tclsh</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>Tcl</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>tclsh</refname>
+<refpurpose>Simple shell containing Tcl interpreter</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>tclsh</command>    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>?-encoding</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>name?</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>?fileName</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>arg</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>arg</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>?</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>Tclsh</emphasis> is a shell-like application that reads Tcl commands
+from its standard input or from a file and evaluates them.
+If invoked with no arguments then it runs interactively, reading
+Tcl commands from standard input and printing command results and
+error messages to standard output.
+It runs until the <emphasis remap='B'>exit</emphasis> command is invoked or until it
+reaches end-of-file on its standard input.
+If there exists a file <markup>.tclshrc</markup> (or <emphasis remap='B'>tclshrc.tcl</emphasis> on
+the Windows platforms) in the home directory of
+the user, interactive <command>tclsh</command> evaluates the file as a Tcl script
+just before reading the first command from standard input.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='script_files'><title>SCRIPT FILES</title>
+<!-- .VS 8.5 -->
+<para>If <command>tclsh</command> is invoked with arguments then the first few arguments
+specify the name of a script file, and, optionally, the encoding of
+the text data stored in that script file. 
+<!-- .VE 8.5 -->
+Any additional arguments
+are made available to the script as variables (see below).
+Instead of reading commands from standard input <command>tclsh</command> will
+read Tcl commands from the named file;  <command>tclsh</command> will exit
+when it reaches the end of the file.
+The end of the file may be marked either by the physical end of
+the medium, or by the character,
+<quote>\032</quote>
+(<quote>\u001a</quote>, control-Z)
+If this character is present in the file, the <command>tclsh</command> application
+will read text up to but not including the character.  An application
+that requires this character in the file may safely encode it as
+<quote>\032</quote>,
+<quote>\x1a</quote>,
+or
+<quote>\u001a</quote>;
+or may generate it by use of commands such as <emphasis remap='B'>format</emphasis> or <emphasis remap='B'>binary</emphasis>.
+There is no automatic evaluation of <markup>.tclshrc</markup> when the name
+of a script file is presented on the <command>tclsh</command> command
+line, but the script file can always <emphasis remap='B'>source</emphasis> it if desired.</para>
+
+<para>If you create a Tcl script in a file whose first line is</para>
+<programlisting>
+<emphasis remap='B'>#!/usr/local/bin/tclsh</emphasis>
+</programlisting>
+<para>then you can invoke the script file directly from your shell if
+you mark the file as executable.
+This assumes that <command>tclsh</command> has been installed in the default
+location in /usr/local/bin;  if it is installed somewhere else
+then you will have to modify the above line to match.
+Many UNIX systems do not allow the <emphasis remap='B'>#!</emphasis> line to exceed about
+30 characters in length, so be sure that the <command>tclsh</command>
+executable can be accessed with a short file name.</para>
+
+<para>An even better approach is to start your script files with the
+following three lines:</para>
+<programlisting>
+<synopsis>
+<emphasis remap='B'>#!/bin/sh
+# the next line restarts using tclsh \
+exec tclsh "$0" "$@"</emphasis>
+</synopsis>
+</programlisting>
+<para>This approach has three advantages over the approach in the previous
+paragraph.  First, the location of the <command>tclsh</command> binary does not have
+to be hard-wired into the script:  it can be anywhere in your shell
+search path.  Second, it gets around the 30-character file name limit
+in the previous approach.
+Third, this approach will work even if <command>tclsh</command> is
+itself a shell script (this is done on some systems in order to
+handle multiple architectures or operating systems:  the <command>tclsh</command>
+script selects one of several binaries to run).  The three lines
+cause both <emphasis remap='B'>sh</emphasis> and <command>tclsh</command> to process the script, but the
+<emphasis remap='B'>exec</emphasis> is only executed by <emphasis remap='B'>sh</emphasis>.
+<emphasis remap='B'>sh</emphasis> processes the script first;  it treats the second
+line as a comment and executes the third line.
+The <emphasis remap='B'>exec</emphasis> statement cause the shell to stop processing and
+instead to start up <command>tclsh</command> to reprocess the entire script.
+When <command>tclsh</command> starts up, it treats all three lines as comments,
+since the backslash at the end of the second line causes the third
+line to be treated as part of the comment on the second line.</para>
+
+<para>You should note that it is also common practice to install tclsh with
+its version number as part of the name.  This has the advantage of
+allowing multiple versions of Tcl to exist on the same system at once,
+but also the disadvantage of making it harder to write scripts that
+start up uniformly across different versions of Tcl.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='variables'><title>VARIABLES</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>Tclsh</emphasis> sets the following Tcl variables:</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>argc</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Contains a count of the number of <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis> arguments (0 if none),
+not including the name of the script file.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>argv</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Contains a Tcl list whose elements are the <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis> arguments,
+in order, or an empty string if there are no <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis> arguments.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>argv0</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Contains <emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis> if it was specified.
+Otherwise, contains the name by which <command>tclsh</command> was invoked.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>tcl_interactive</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Contains 1 if <command>tclsh</command> is running interactively (no
+<emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis> was specified and standard input is a terminal-like
+device), 0 otherwise.</para>
+
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='prompts'><title>PROMPTS</title>
+<para>When <command>tclsh</command> is invoked interactively it normally prompts for each
+command with
+<quote><emphasis remap='B'>% </emphasis></quote>.
+You can change the prompt by setting the
+variables <emphasis remap='B'>tcl_prompt1</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='B'>tcl_prompt2</emphasis>.  If variable
+<emphasis remap='B'>tcl_prompt1</emphasis> exists then it must consist of a Tcl script
+to output a prompt;  instead of outputting a prompt <command>tclsh</command>
+will evaluate the script in <emphasis remap='B'>tcl_prompt1</emphasis>.
+The variable <emphasis remap='B'>tcl_prompt2</emphasis> is used in a similar way when
+a newline is typed but the current command is not yet complete;
+if <emphasis remap='B'>tcl_prompt2</emphasis> is not set then no prompt is output for
+incomplete commands.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='standard_channels'><title>STANDARD CHANNELS</title>
+<para>See <emphasis remap='B'>Tcl_StandardChannels</emphasis> for more explanations.</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para>encoding(n), fconfigure(n), tclvars(n)</para>
+
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='keywords'><title>KEYWORDS</title>
+<para>argument, interpreter, prompt, script file, shell</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tclsh.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/template.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/template.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/template.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='template1'>
+<!--  \-*\- Text \-*\-
+ Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan
+ Template man page. -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>PROGNAME</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Month DD, YYYY</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>progname</refname>
+<refpurpose>a prog for naming</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>progname</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-l </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-p </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>x</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>y</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program accepts an
+<!--  .IR refers to another man entry -->
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file and does something interesting with it.
+<!--  An option mentioned in\-line -->
+One nice feature is the <option>-l</option> option.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option><replaceable> x y</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Reposition the image.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Verbose output.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+is "-" or is not specified, the input will be read from the standard
+input stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='files'><title>FILES</title>
+<para>list files here</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>otherprog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Your name here</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Dirty laundry here.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/template.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tifftorle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tifftorle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tifftorle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='tifftorle1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>TIFFTORLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>July 3, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>tifftorle</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert TIFF image files to RLE.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>tifftorle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile.rle</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>infile.tif</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>This program converts a TIFF image to
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile.rle</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile.rle</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>infile.tif</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The input will be read from this file.
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile.tif</emphasis>
+must be a real file, the special cases described in
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+do not apply here.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='limitations'><title>LIMITATIONS</title>
+<para>Can't handle RGB TIFF files with a separate planar configuration.
+<!-- .br -->
+Can't handle tiled TIFF files.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tifftorle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>libtiff,</emphasis>
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Bailey Brown, University of Michigan.
+<!-- .br -->
+Extended by David R. L. Worthington, SRI International to single
+channel TIFF files.
+<!-- .br -->
+Extended by Spencer W. Thomas, University of Michigan to TIFF files
+with fewer than 8 bits/sample.
+<!-- .br -->
+Requires libtiff, by Sam Leffler.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para>Doesn't copy alpha channel when present.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tifftorle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/to8.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/to8.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/to8.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='to81'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ Template man page.  Taken from wtm's page for getcx3d -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>TO8</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Month DD, YYYY</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>to8</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert a 24 bit RLE file to eight bits using dithering.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to8</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-g </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>display_gamma</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>- </arg><arg choice='opt'><replaceable>iI</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>image_gamma</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>To8</emphasis>
+Converts an image with 24 bit pixel values (eight bits each of red, green and
+blue) to eight bits of color using a dithered color map (the special color
+map is automatically written into the output file).
+If no input file is specified,
+<command>to8</command>
+reads from stdin.  If no output file is specified with
+<option>-o</option>
+it writes the result to the standard output.</para>
+
+<para>Other options allow control over the gamma, or contrast, of the image.
+The dithering process assumes that the incoming image has a gamma of
+1.0 (i.e., a 200 in the input represents an intensity twice that of
+a 100.)  If this is not the case, the input values must be adjusted
+before dithering via the
+<option>-i</option>
+or
+<option>-I</option>
+option.  The input file may also specify the gamma of the image via a
+picture comment (see below).  The output display is assumed to have a gamma of
+2.5 (standard for color TV monitors).  This may be modified via the
+<option>-g</option>
+option if a display with a different gamma is used.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>To8</emphasis>
+will put a picture comment into the output file indicating the display
+gamma assumed in constructing the dithering color map.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-i</option><replaceable> image_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the gamma (contrast) of the image.  A low contrast image,
+suited for direct display without compensation on a high contrast
+monitor (as most monitors are) will have a gamma of less than one.
+The default image gamma is 1.0.  Image gamma may also be specified by
+a picture comment in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE (5)</emphasis>
+file of the form
+<emphasis remap='B'>image_gamma=</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>gamma.</emphasis>
+The command line argument will override the value in the file if specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-I</option><replaceable> image_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>An alternate method of specifying the image gamma, the number
+following
+<option>-I</option>
+is the gamma of the display for which the image was originally
+computed (and is therefore 1.0 divided by the actual gamma of the
+image).  Image display gamma may also be specified by
+a picture comment in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>RLE (5)</emphasis>
+file of the form
+<emphasis remap='B'>display_gamma=</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>gamma.</emphasis>
+The command line argument will override the value in the file if specified.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-g</option><replaceable> display_gamma</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the gamma of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>X</emphasis>
+display monitor.  The default value is 2.5, suitable for most color TV
+monitors (this is the gamma value assumed by the NTSC video standard).</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tobw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>getx11</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mcut</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlequant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>dither</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer Thomas</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/to8.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tobw.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tobw.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tobw.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='tobw1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>TOBW</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Month DD, YYYY</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>tobw</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert a 24 bit RLE file to eight bits of gray scale value.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>tobw</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-t </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Tobw</emphasis>
+converts an image with 24 bit pixel values (eight bits each of red,
+green and blue) to eight bits of grayscale information.  The
+<emphasis remap='I'>NTSC Y</emphasis>
+transform is used.  If the
+<option>-t</option>
+flag is given, then the monochrome pixel values are replicated on all three
+output channels (otherwise, just one channel of eight bit data is produced).
+If no input file is specified,
+<command>tobw</command>
+reads from stdin.  If no output file is specified with
+<option>-o,</option>
+it writes the result to stdout.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>to8</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rgb_to_bw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Spencer Thomas</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/tobw.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ug-g.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ug-g.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ug-g.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='ugg1'>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>UG-G</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>BRL-CAD</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>ug-g</refname>
+<refpurpose>Unigraphics Translator (Unigraphics to BRL-CAD)</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>ug-g</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'>-d <replaceable>level</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-i <replaceable>starting_ident_number</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-n <replaceable>part_no_to_part_name_mapping_file</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-t <replaceable>surface_tolerance</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-a <replaceable>surface_normal_tolerance</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-R <replaceable>use_refset_name</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-c <replaceable>min_chamfer</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-r <replaceable>min_round</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-f </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-s </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-u </arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'>-o <replaceable>database.g</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>part_filename</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>subpart1</replaceable></arg><arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>subpart2</replaceable></arg></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>ug-g</emphasis>
+converts the specified
+<emphasis remap='I'>part_filename</emphasis>
+model to a BRL-CAD
+<emphasis remap='I'>database.g</emphasis>
+file. The
+<emphasis remap='I'>part_filename</emphasis>
+is expected to be a Unigraphics part file.
+The
+<option>-d</option>
+specifies a debug
+<emphasis remap='I'>level.</emphasis>
+Currently this is either on or off for levels 0 or 1.
+The
+<option>-i</option>
+option specifies a starting ident number for the conversion. Each part converted will be assigned an ident
+number, starting with the one specified. The
+<option>-n</option>
+option provides a part number to name mapping file. This can be provided if the Unigraphics model
+uses part numbers instead of part names. If provided, the mapping file will be consulted for
+part names during the conversion, and the BRL-CAD model will use the names rather than the part numbers.
+The
+<option>-t</option>
+option specifies the surface error tolerance for tesellation (in mm). The
+<option>-a</option>
+option specifies an surface normal tolerance for tesellation (in degrees). The
+<option>-R</option>
+option specifies a Unigraphics reference set name. If supplied, only the specified reference set will be converted. The
+<option>-c</option>
+option specifies a minimum chamfer dimension. Any chamfers with dimensions of this minimum or less will be ignored. The
+<option>-r</option>
+option specifies a minimum round radius. Any rounds or blends with radii of curvature of this minimum or
+less will be ignored. The
+<option>-f</option>
+option requests that no CSG conversion be attempted, so that all BRL-CAD geometry will be Bot primitives. The
+<option>-s</option>
+option requests that all features get listed rather than only those successfully converted to CSG. This option has no effect if the
+<option>-f</option>
+option is specified. The
+<option>-u</option>
+option requests surface normals to be extracted from the Unigraphics model and assigned to Bot primitives.
+The
+<option>-o</option>
+option specifies a BRL-CAD output file for the conversion. If a list of optional
+<emphasis remap='I'>subparts</emphasis>
+is specified on the command line, only those subparts of the Unigraphics
+<emphasis remap='I'>part_filename</emphasis>
+are converted.</para>
+
+<para>Note that this converter requires the Unigraphics
+<emphasis remap='I'>ugopen</emphasis>
+module. This may be obtained from Unigraphics.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='example'><title>EXAMPLE</title>
+<literallayout remap='RS'>
+<synopsis>
+$ \fuug-g -o sample.g sample.prt
+</synopsis>
+</literallayout> <!-- remap='RE' -->
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='authors'><title>AUTHORS</title>
+<para>John Anderson
+<!-- .br -->
+Lee Butler</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bug_reports'><title>BUG REPORTS</title>
+<para>Reports of bugs or problems should be submitted via electronic
+mail to &lt;bugs@brlcad.org&gt;.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/ug-g.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/unexp.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/unexp.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/unexp.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='unexp1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah
+ Template man page.  Taken from wtm's page for getcx3d -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>UNEXP</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>November 8, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>unexp</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert "exponential" files into normal files.</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>unexp</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-m </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>maxval</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-p </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-s </arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'>-v </arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>infile</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Unexp</emphasis>
+Converts a file of "exponential" floating point values into an
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+file containing integer valued bytes.  Exponential files have N-1 channels of
+eight bit data, with the Nth channel containing a common exponent for
+the other channels.  This allows the values represented by the pixels to have
+a wider dynamic range.</para>
+
+<para>If no maximum value is specified,
+<command>unexp</command>
+first reads the RLE file to find
+the dynamic range of the whole file.  It then rewinds the file and scales
+the output to fit within that dynamic range.  If a maximum value is specified,
+<command>unexp</command>
+runs in one pass, and clamps any values exceeding the maximum.</para>
+
+<para>Files containing exponential data are expected to have a
+"exponential_data" comment;
+<command>unexp</command>
+prints a warning if such a comment
+doesn't exist.  An exponential file should be <command>unexp</command>'ed before
+attempting to use any tools that perform arithmetic on pixels (e.g.,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlecomp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>avg4</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>fant</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+or
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>applymap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>)
+or displaying the image.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Unexp</emphasis>
+does not allow piped input.  The
+<emphasis remap='I'>infile</emphasis>
+must be a real file; the special filenames described in
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+are not allowed.  ("-" does work, as long as the input is coming from
+a real file; this is of minimal utility, therefore, as typing
+<userinput>unexp - &lt;foo.rle</userinput>
+is harder than typing
+<emphasis remap='I'>unexp foo.rle</emphasis>.)</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-m</option><replaceable> maxval</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specify the maximum value (i.e., the data in the file is assumed to be in the
+range 0..maxval).  Only the conversion pass is executed, and values found
+exceeding the maximum are clamped.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-o</option><replaceable> outfile</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If specified, the output will be written to this file.  If
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", or if it is not specified, the output will be written to the
+standard output stream.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-p</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Print the maximum value found during the scanning phase</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-s</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Just scan the file to find the maximum, don't generate any output.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Verbose mode, print a message to stderr after scanning or converting every
+hundred scanlines.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>float_to_exp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Unexp</emphasis>
+is provided because of the lack of floating point or extended
+precision RLE files.</para>
+
+<para>The
+<option>-v</option>
+flag is a historical relict from the slow CPU days.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/unexp.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/unslice.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/unslice.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/unslice.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='unslice1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1987, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>UNSLICE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>May 21, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>unslice</refname>
+<refpurpose>Quickly assemble image slices</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>unslice</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-f </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ctlfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-y </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>ymax</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>infiles</replaceable></arg>
+    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Unslice</emphasis>
+quickly assembles a number of horizontal image strips into a single
+output image.  A typical use for <command>unslice</command> is to put together
+portions of an image ("slices") computed independently into a single
+output picture.  Because <command>unslice</command> uses the "raw" RLE library
+calls to read and write the images, it runs much faster than doing the
+equivalent operations with crop and comp.</para>
+
+<para><command>unslice</command> has two modes of operation.  If given the
+<option>-f</option>
+flag, <command>unslice</command> reads a control file telling it how to assemble
+the images.  This is a text file with two decimal numbers on each
+line, one line for each slice to be assembled into the output image.
+Each line gives the starting and stopping scanlines (inclusive) for
+each slice.  These must be in ascending order.  This is useful if the
+slices have excess image area that should be cropped away.</para>
+
+<para>If no control file is given, the
+<option>-y</option>
+flag is used.  This tells <command>unslice</command> what the maximum Y value of
+the output image is.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Unslice</emphasis>
+reads the files in order, using the RLE headers to
+determine where to place the slices.  If two slices overlap, the first
+scanlines from the second slice are thrown away.  In both cases, the slices
+must be in ascending order, and are expected to be of uniform width.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>crop</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlecomp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlepatch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>repos</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='bugs'><title>BUGS</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Unslice</emphasis>
+has really been superceded by
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rlepatch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/unslice.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/urt.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/urt.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/urt.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,1248 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='urt1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1990, University of Michigan -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>URT</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>June 17, 1990</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>urt</refname>
+<refpurpose>overview of the Utah Raster Toolkit</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>applymap</emphasis>	Apply color map to image data.</para>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>avg4</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Simple</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>2x2</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>downsizing</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>filter.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>crop</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Crop</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>image.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>cubitorle</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Cubicomp</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>format</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>dvirle</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Typeset</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>TeX</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>".dvi"</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>files</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>as</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>images.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>fant</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Image</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>scale/rotate</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>with</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>anti-aliasing.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>get4d</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>on</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>SGI</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Iris/4D</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>display.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>get_orion</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>on</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>"Orion"</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>display.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getap</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>on</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Apollo.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getbob</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>under</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>HP</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>window</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>system.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getcx3d</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>on</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Chromatics</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>CX3D.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getfb</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>using</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>BRL</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>generic</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>fb</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>library.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getgmr</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>on</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Grinnell</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>GMR-27</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>frame</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>buffer.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getiris</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>on</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>SGI</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>2400/3000</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>w/o</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>window</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>manager.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getmac</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>on</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Mac</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>under</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>MPW.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getmex</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>on</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>SGI</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>under</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>the</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>window</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>manager.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getqcr</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>on</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Matrix</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>QCR</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>camera.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getren</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>on</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>HP</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>SRX.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getsun</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>using</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>SunTools.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>getx10</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Display</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>on</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>X10</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>display.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>getx11</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>Display</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>using</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>X11.</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>giftorle</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>GIF</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>files</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>graytorle</emphasis>	Convert separate rrr ggg bbb files to RLE.</para>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>mcut</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Median</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>cut</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>color</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>quantization.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>mergechan</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Merge</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>colors</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>from</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>multiple</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>images.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>painttorle</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>MacPaint</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>pgmtorle</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>PBMPLUS</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>pgm</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>format</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>ppmtorle</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>PBMPLUS</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>ppm</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>format</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>pyrmask</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Generate</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>"pyramid"</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>filter</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>mask.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rastorle</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Sun</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Raster</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>rawtorle</emphasis>	Convert various raw formats to RLE.
+<emphasis remap='B'>read98721</emphasis>	Read the screen of an HP 98721 "Renaissance" to an RLE file.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>repos</emphasis>	Reposition an image.</para>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlatorle</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Wavefront</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLA</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>format</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleClock</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Draws</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>a</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>clock</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>face.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleaddcom</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Add</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>comments</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>an</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>file.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleaddeof</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Add</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>an</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>EOF</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>code</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>an</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>file.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>rlebg</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>Generate</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>a</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>"background".</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>rlebox</emphasis>	Find bounding box of an image.</para>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlecomp</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Image</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>composition.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>rledither</emphasis>	Floyd-Steinberg dither an image to a given colormap.
+<emphasis remap='B'>rleflip</emphasis>	Flip an image or rotate it 90.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>rlehdr</emphasis>	Print info about an RLE file.
+<emphasis remap='B'>rlehisto</emphasis>	Make a histogram of an image.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>rleldmap</emphasis>	Load a new colormap into a file.</para>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlemandl</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Make</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>a</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Mandelbrot</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>image.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlenoise</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Add</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>noise</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>an</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>image.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>rlepatch</emphasis>	Patch smaller images on a big one.
+<emphasis remap='B'>rleprint</emphasis>	Print all pixel values in image.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>rlequant</emphasis>	Variance based color quantization.</para>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlescale</command>    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>Generate</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>a</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>"gray</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>scale".</replaceable></arg>
+    <sbr/>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleselect</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Select</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>images</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>from</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>an</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>file.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>rlesetbg</emphasis>	Set the background color of an image file.</para>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleskel</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Skeleton</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>tool.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Programming</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>example.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlespiff</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Simple</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>contrast</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>enhancement.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>rlesplice</emphasis>	Splice two images horizontally or vertically.</para>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlesplit</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Split</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>concatenated</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>images</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>into</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>files.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>rlestereo</emphasis>	Combine two images into a "red-green" stereo pair.</para>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rleswap</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Swap</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>or</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>select</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>color</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>channels.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletoabA60</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Abekas</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>A60</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>format.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletoabA62</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Abekas</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>A62</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>format.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletoascii</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Make</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>a</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>line-printer/CRT</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>version</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>of</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>an</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>image.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletogif</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>images</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>GIF</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>format.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>rletogray</emphasis>	Convert RLE to separate rrr ggg bbb files.</para>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletopaint</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>MacPaint.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletoppm</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>PBMPLUS</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>ppm</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>format.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletops</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>(B&amp;W)</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>PostScript.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletorast</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Sun</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Raster.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletoraw</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rgbrgb</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>raw</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>format.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletorla</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Wavefront</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLA</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>format.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rletotiff</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>TIFF</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>24</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>bit</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>format.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>rlezoom</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Scale</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>image</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>by</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>sub-</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>or</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>super-sampling.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>smush</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Generic</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>filtering.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>targatorle</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>TARGA</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>tifftorle</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>TIFF</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>24</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>bit</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>images</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>to8</emphasis>	24 to 8 bit ordered dither color conversion.</para>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>tobw</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Color->B&amp;W</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>conversion.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>unexp</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>"exp"</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>format</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>normal</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>colors.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>unslice</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Paste</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>together</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>"slices"</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>into</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>a</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>full</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>image.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>wasatchrle</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Convert</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>Wasatch</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>paint</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>system</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>to</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>RLE.</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>
+</command></cmdsynopsis>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command><sbr/></command>    
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para>The
+<emphasis remap='I'>Utah Raster Toolkit</emphasis>
+is a collection of programs and C routines for
+dealing with raster images commonly encountered in computer graphics.
+A device and system independent image format stores images
+and information about them.  Called the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+format, it uses
+run length encoding to reduce storage space for most images.</para>
+
+<para>The programs (tools) currently included in the toolkit are listed above,
+together with a short description of each one.  Most of the tools read
+one or more input RLE files and produce an output RLE file.  Some
+generate RLE files from other information, and some read RLE files and
+produce output of a different form.</para>
+
+<para>An input file is almost always specified by mentioning its name on the
+command line.  Some commands, usually those which take an indefinite
+number of non-file arguments (e.g.,
+<command>rleaddcom</command>)
+require a
+<option>-i</option>
+flag to introduce the input file name.
+If the input file name is absent the tool will usually
+read from the standard input.  An input file name of "-" also signals
+that the input should be taken from the standard input.</para>
+
+<para>On Unix
+systems, there are two other specially treated file name forms.  A
+file name starting with the character '|' will be passed to
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to run as a command.  The output from the command will be read by the
+tool.  A file whose name ends in ".Z" (and which does not begin with
+a '|') will be decompressed by the
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>compress</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+program.  Both of these options supply input to the tool through a
+pipe.  Consequently, certain programs (those that must read their
+input twice) cannot take advantage of these features.  This is noted
+in the manual pages for the affected commands.</para>
+
+<para>An output file is almost always specified using the option
+<option>-o</option>
+<replaceable>outfile</replaceable>.
+If the option is missing, or if
+<emphasis remap='I'>outfile</emphasis>
+is "-", then the output will be written to the standard output.</para>
+
+<para>On Unix systems, the special file name forms above may also be used
+for output files.  File names starting with '|' are taken as a command
+to which the tool output will be sent.  If the file name ends in ".Z",
+then
+<emphasis remap='I'>compress</emphasis>
+will be used to produce a compressed output file.</para>
+
+<para>Several images may be concatenated together into a single file, and
+most of the tools will properly process all the images.  Those that
+will not are noted in their respective man pages.</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>Picture comments.</emphasis>
+Images stored in <command>RLE</command> form may have attached comments.  There are
+some comments that are interpreted, created or manipulated by certain
+of the tools.  In the list below, a word enclosed in &lt;&gt; is a
+place-holder for a value.  The &lt;&gt; do not appear in the actual comment.</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>image_gamma=&lt;float number&gt;</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Images are sometimes computed with a particular "gamma" value --
+that is, the pixel values in the image are related to the actual
+intensity by a power law, <emphasis remap='I'>pixel_value=intensity^image_gamma</emphasis>.
+Some of the display programs, and the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>buildmap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> function will
+look for this comment and automatically build a "compensation table"
+to transform the pixel values back to true intensity values.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>display_gamma=&lt;float number&gt;</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The <emphasis remap='I'>display_gamma</emphasis> is just <emphasis remap='I'>1/image_gamma</emphasis>.  That is, it is
+the "gamma" of the display for which the image was computed.  If an
+<emphasis remap='I'>image_gamma</emphasis> comment is not present, but a <emphasis remap='I'>display_gamma</emphasis>
+is, the displayed image will be gamma corrected as above.  The
+<emphasis remap='I'>to8</emphasis> program produces a <emphasis remap='I'>display_gamma</emphasis> comment.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>colormap_length=&lt;integer&gt;</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>The length of the colormap stored in the <command>RLE</command> header must be a
+power of two.  However, the number of useful entries in the colormap
+may be smaller than this.  This comment can be used to tell some
+of the display programs (<emphasis remap='I'>getx11</emphasis>, in particular) how many of
+the colormap entries are used.  The assumption is that entries 0 -
+<emphasis remap='I'>colormap_length-1</emphasis> are used.  This comment is produced by
+<command>mcut</command>, <emphasis remap='I'>rlequant</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>rledither</emphasis>.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>image_title=&lt;string&gt;</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This comment is used by <emphasis remap='I'>getx11</emphasis> to set the window title.  If
+present, the comment is used instead of the file name.  (No other
+programs currently pay attention to this comment.)  The comments
+<emphasis remap='I'>IMAGE_TITLE</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>title</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>TITLE</emphasis> are also recognized,
+in that order.  No programs produce this comment.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>HISTORY=&lt;string&gt;</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>All toolkit programs (with the exception of rleaddcom) create or add
+to a <emphasis remap='I'>HISTORY</emphasis> comment.  Each tool appends a line to this comment
+that contains its command line arguments and the time it was run.
+Thus, the image contains a history of all the things that were done to
+it.  No programs interpret this comment.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='I'>exponential_data</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>This comment should be present in a file stored in "exponential"
+form.  See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>unexp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>float_to_exp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more
+information.  The <command>unexp</command> program expects to see this comment.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>compress</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>Many people contributed to the Utah Raster Toolkit.  This manual page
+was written by Spencer W. Thomas, University of Michigan.</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/urt.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/wasatchrle.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/wasatchrle.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/wasatchrle.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='wasatchrle1'>
+<!--  Copyright (c) 1986, University of Utah -->
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>WASATCHRLE</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>December 20, 1987</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>1</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>wasatchrle</refname>
+<refpurpose>Convert Wasatch Systems image files to RLE format</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>wasatchrle</command>    
+    <arg choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'>-o </arg><arg choice='plain'><replaceable>outfile</replaceable></arg></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>basename</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Wasatchrle</emphasis>
+converts image files generated by the Wasatch Systems Paint program
+to RLE format.  It expects to find two files,
+"<emphasis remap='I'>basename</emphasis>.lut" (the color look-up table) and "<emphasis remap='I'>basename</emphasis>.rlc"
+(the run-length encoded data).</para>
+
+<para><emphasis remap='I'>Wasatchrle</emphasis>
+generates as output a single channel RLE image with a full
+color map.  Since the Wasatch Paint program's origin is the top left
+of the image, the results should be passed through
+<userinput>rleflip -v</userinput>
+to correctly orient the image.  If the image is to be used with other
+toolkit operations (e.g., compositing), it should first be run through
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>applymap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+to convert the image to a full color (three channel) RLE
+file.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='see_also'><title>SEE ALSO</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='I'><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rleflip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,</emphasis>
+<emphasis remap='I'><citerefentry><refentrytitle>applymap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,</emphasis>
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>urt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<citerefentry><refentrytitle>RLE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
+<!-- .br -->
+Wasatch Systems, "Wasatch Raster Image File Definition for Wasatch
+Illustration Software (Version 1.2 and Later)"</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='author'><title>AUTHOR</title>
+<para>John W. Peterson</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/wasatchrle.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/wish.xml
===================================================================
--- brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/wish.xml	(revision 0)
+++ brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/wish.xml	(working copy)
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!-- lifted from troff+man+tkman by doclifter -->
+<refentry xmlns='http://docbook.org/ns/docbook' version='5.0' xml:lang='en' xml:id='wish1'>
+
+<!-- '\" Copyright (c) 1991\-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\" Copyright (c) 1994\-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -->
+
+<!-- '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\" 
+'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: wish.1 30140 2008\-01\-29 18:23:59Z erikgreenwald $
+'\"  -->
+<refentryinfo><date>8.0</date></refentryinfo>
+<refmeta>
+<refentrytitle>wish</refentrytitle>
+<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>
+<refmiscinfo class='date'>8.0</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='source'>Tk</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo class='manual'>Tk Applications</refmiscinfo>
+</refmeta>
+<refnamediv>
+<refname>wish</refname>
+<refpurpose>Simple windowing shell</refpurpose>
+</refnamediv>
+<!-- body begins here -->
+<refsynopsisdiv xml:id='synopsis'>
+<cmdsynopsis>
+  <command>wish</command>    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>?-encoding</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>name?</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>?fileName</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>arg</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain' rep='repeat'><replaceable>arg</replaceable></arg>
+    <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>?</replaceable></arg>
+</cmdsynopsis>
+</refsynopsisdiv>
+
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='options'><title>OPTIONS</title>
+<variablelist remap='IP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-encoding </option><emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<!-- .VS 8.5 -->
+<para>Specifies the encoding of the text stored in <emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis>.
+This option is only recognized prior to the <emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis> argument.</para>
+<!-- .VE 8.5 -->
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-colormap </option><emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies that the window should have a new private colormap instead of
+using the default colormap for the screen.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-display </option><emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Display (and screen) on which to display window.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-geometry </option><emphasis remap='I'>geometry</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Initial geometry to use for window.  If this option is specified, its
+value is stored in the <emphasis remap='B'>geometry</emphasis> global variable of the application's
+Tcl interpreter.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-name </option><emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Use <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis> as the title to be displayed in the window, and
+as the name of the interpreter for <emphasis remap='B'>send</emphasis> commands.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-sync</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Execute all X server commands synchronously, so that errors
+are reported immediately.  This will result in much slower
+execution, but it is useful for debugging.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-use</option> <replaceable>id</replaceable></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies that the main window for the application is to be embedded in
+the window whose identifier is <emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>, instead of being created as an
+independent toplevel window.  <emphasis remap='I'>Id</emphasis> must be specified in the same
+way as the value for the <option>-use</option> option for toplevel widgets (i.e.
+it has a form like that returned by the <emphasis remap='B'>winfo id</emphasis> command).</para>
+  <blockquote remap='RS'>
+<para>Note that on some platforms this will only work correctly if <emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>
+refers to a Tk <emphasis remap='B'>frame</emphasis> or <emphasis remap='B'>toplevel</emphasis> that has its
+<option>-container</option> option enabled.
+    </para></blockquote> <!-- remap='RE' -->
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>-visual </option><emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Specifies the visual to use for the window.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Visual</emphasis> may have any of the forms supported by the <emphasis remap='B'>Tk_GetVisual</emphasis>
+procedure.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><option>--</option></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Pass all remaining arguments through to the script's <emphasis remap='B'>argv</emphasis>
+variable without interpreting them.
+This provides a mechanism for passing arguments such as <option>-name</option>
+to a script instead of having <command>wish</command> interpret them.</para>
+<!-- .BE -->
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='description'><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>Wish</emphasis> is a simple program consisting of the Tcl command
+language, the Tk toolkit, and a main program that reads commands
+from standard input or from a file.
+It creates a main window and then processes Tcl commands.
+If <command>wish</command> is invoked with arguments, then the first few
+arguments, ?<option>-encoding </option><emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>? ?<emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis>? specify the
+name of a script file, and, optionally, the
+encoding of the text data stored in that script file.  A value
+for <emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis> is recognized if the appropriate argument
+does not start with
+<quote>-</quote>.</para>
+
+<para>If there are no arguments, or the arguments do not specify a <emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis>,
+then wish reads Tcl commands interactively from standard input.
+It will continue processing commands until all windows have been
+deleted or until end-of-file is reached on standard input.
+If there exists a file
+<quote><markup>.wishrc</markup></quote>
+in the home directory of the user, <command>wish</command> evaluates the file as a
+Tcl script just before reading the first command from standard input.</para>
+
+<para>If arguments to <command>wish</command> do specify a <emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis>, then 
+<emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis> is treated as the name of a script file.
+<emphasis remap='B'>Wish</emphasis> will evaluate the script in <emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis> (which
+presumably creates a user interface), then it will respond to events
+until all windows have been deleted.
+Commands will not be read from standard input.
+There is no automatic evaluation of
+<quote><markup>.wishrc</markup></quote>
+when the name of a script file is presented on the <command>wish</command> command line,
+but the script file can always <emphasis remap='B'>source</emphasis> it if desired.</para>
+
+<para>Note that on Windows, the <command>wish</command><emphasis remap='I'>version</emphasis><markup>.exe</markup> program varies
+from the <emphasis remap='B'>tclsh</emphasis><emphasis remap='I'>version</emphasis><markup>.exe</markup> program in an additional
+important way: it does not connect to a standard Windows console and
+is instead a windowed program. Because of this, it additionally
+provides access to its own <emphasis remap='B'>console</emphasis> command.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='option_processing'><title>OPTION PROCESSING</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>Wish</emphasis> automatically processes all of the command-line options
+described in the <emphasis remap='B'>OPTIONS</emphasis> summary above.
+Any other command-line arguments besides these are passed through
+to the application using the <emphasis remap='B'>argc</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='B'>argv</emphasis> variables
+described later.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='application_name_and_class'><title>APPLICATION NAME AND CLASS</title>
+<para>The name of the application, which is used for purposes such as
+<emphasis remap='B'>send</emphasis> commands, is taken from the <option>-name</option> option,
+if it is specified;  otherwise it is taken from <emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis>,
+if it is specified, or from the command name by which
+<command>wish</command> was invoked.  In the last two cases, if the name contains a
+<quote>/</quote>
+character, then only the characters after the last slash are used
+as the application name.</para>
+
+<para>The class of the application, which is used for purposes such as
+specifying options with a <emphasis remap='B'>RESOURCE_MANAGER</emphasis> property or .Xdefaults
+file, is the same as its name except that the first letter is
+capitalized.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='variables'><title>VARIABLES</title>
+<para><emphasis remap='B'>Wish</emphasis> sets the following Tcl variables:</para>
+<variablelist remap='TP'>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>argc</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Contains a count of the number of <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis> arguments (0 if none),
+not including the options described above.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>argv</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Contains a Tcl list whose elements are the <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis> arguments
+that follow a <option>--</option> option or do not match any of the
+options described in <emphasis remap='B'>OPTIONS</emphasis> above, in order, or an empty string
+if there are no such arguments.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>argv0</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Contains <emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis> if it was specified.
+Otherwise, contains the name by which <command>wish</command> was invoked.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>geometry</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>If the <option>-geometry</option> option is specified, <command>wish</command> copies its
+value into this variable.  If the variable still exists after
+<emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis> has been evaluated, <command>wish</command> uses the value of
+the variable in a <emphasis remap='B'>wm geometry</emphasis> command to set the main
+window's geometry.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+  <term><emphasis remap='B'>tcl_interactive</emphasis></term>
+  <listitem>
+<para>Contains 1 if <command>wish</command> is reading commands interactively (<emphasis remap='I'>fileName</emphasis>
+was not specified and standard input is a terminal-like
+device), 0 otherwise.</para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='script_files'><title>SCRIPT FILES</title>
+<para>If you create a Tcl script in a file whose first line is</para>
+<programlisting>
+<emphasis remap='B'>#!/usr/local/bin/wish</emphasis>
+</programlisting> <!-- remap='CE' -->
+<para>then you can invoke the script file directly from your shell if
+you mark it as executable.
+This assumes that <command>wish</command> has been installed in the default
+location in /usr/local/bin;  if it is installed somewhere else
+then you will have to modify the above line to match.
+Many UNIX systems do not allow the <emphasis remap='B'>#!</emphasis> line to exceed about
+30 characters in length, so be sure that the <command>wish</command> executable
+can be accessed with a short file name.</para>
+
+<para>An even better approach is to start your script files with the
+following three lines:</para>
+<programlisting>
+<synopsis>
+<emphasis remap='B'>#!/bin/sh
+# the next line restarts using wish \
+exec wish "$0" "$@"</emphasis>
+</synopsis>
+</programlisting> <!-- remap='CE' -->
+<para>This approach has three advantages over the approach in the previous
+paragraph.  First, the location of the <command>wish</command> binary does not have
+to be hard-wired into the script:  it can be anywhere in your shell
+search path.  Second, it gets around the 30-character file name limit
+in the previous approach.
+Third, this approach will work even if <command>wish</command> is
+itself a shell script (this is done on some systems in order to
+handle multiple architectures or operating systems:  the <command>wish</command>
+script selects one of several binaries to run).  The three lines
+cause both <emphasis remap='B'>sh</emphasis> and <command>wish</command> to process the script, but the
+<emphasis remap='B'>exec</emphasis> is only executed by <emphasis remap='B'>sh</emphasis>.
+<emphasis remap='B'>sh</emphasis> processes the script first;  it treats the second
+line as a comment and executes the third line.
+The <emphasis remap='B'>exec</emphasis> statement cause the shell to stop processing and
+instead to start up <command>wish</command> to reprocess the entire script.
+When <command>wish</command> starts up, it treats all three lines as comments,
+since the backslash at the end of the second line causes the third
+line to be treated as part of the comment on the second line.</para>
+
+<para>The end of a script file may be marked either by the physical end of
+the medium, or by the character,
+<quote>\032</quote>
+(<quote>\u001a</quote>, control-Z)
+If this character is present in the file, the <command>wish</command> application
+will read text up to but not including the character.  An application
+that requires this character in the file may encode it as
+<quote>\032</quote>,
+<quote>\x1a</quote>,
+or
+<quote>\u001a</quote>;
+or may generate it by use of commands such as <emphasis remap='B'>format</emphasis> or <emphasis remap='B'>binary</emphasis>.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='prompts'><title>PROMPTS</title>
+<para>When <command>wish</command> is invoked interactively it normally prompts for each
+command with
+<quote><emphasis remap='B'>% </emphasis></quote>.
+You can change the prompt by setting the
+variables <emphasis remap='B'>tcl_prompt1</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='B'>tcl_prompt2</emphasis>.  If variable
+<emphasis remap='B'>tcl_prompt1</emphasis> exists then it must consist of a Tcl script
+to output a prompt;  instead of outputting a prompt <command>wish</command>
+will evaluate the script in <emphasis remap='B'>tcl_prompt1</emphasis>.
+The variable <emphasis remap='B'>tcl_prompt2</emphasis> is used in a similar way when
+a newline is typed but the current command is not yet complete;
+if <emphasis remap='B'>tcl_prompt2</emphasis> is not set then no prompt is output for
+incomplete commands.</para>
+</refsect1>
+
+<refsect1 xml:id='keywords'><title>KEYWORDS</title>
+<para>shell, toolkit</para>
+</refsect1>
+</refentry>
+

Property changes on: brlcad/doc/docbook/system/man1/en/wish.xml
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/xml
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
